This patch is a cleanup, it removes the `nowait' parameter
from all *fill_info() function since it is always set to one.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch cleans up the message handling path in two aspects:
* it uses NLMSG_LENGTH() instead of NLMSG_SPACE() like rtnetlink
does in this case to check if there is enough room for the
Netlink/nfnetlink headers. No need to check for the padding room.
* it removes a redundant header size checking that has been
already do at the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The patch below adds supporting TCP simultaneous open to conntrack. The
unused LISTEN state is replaced by a new state (SYN_SENT2) denoting the
second SYN sent from the reply direction in the new case. The state table
is updated and the function tcp_in_window is modified to handle
simultaneous open.
The functionality can fairly easily be tested by socat. A sample tcpdump
recording
23:21:34.244733 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 49224, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.254.2020 > 192.168.0.1.2020: S, cksum 0xe75f (correct), 3383710133:3383710133(0) win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 173445629 0,nop,wscale 7>
23:21:34.244783 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 0, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 40) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: R, cksum 0x0253 (correct), 0:0(0) ack 3383710134 win 0
23:21:36.038680 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 28092, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: S, cksum 0x704b (correct), 2634546729:2634546729(0) win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 824213 0,nop,wscale 1>
23:21:36.038777 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 49225, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.254.2020 > 192.168.0.1.2020: S, cksum 0xb179 (correct), 3383710133:3383710133(0) ack 2634546730 win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 173447423 824213,nop,wscale 7>
23:21:36.038847 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 28093, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 52) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: ., cksum 0xebad (correct), ack 3383710134 win 2920 <nop,nop,timestamp 824213 173447423>
and the corresponding netlink events:
[NEW] tcp 6 120 SYN_SENT src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 [UNREPLIED] src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020
[UPDATE] tcp 6 120 LISTEN src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020
[UPDATE] tcp 6 60 SYN_RECV src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020 [ASSURED]
The RST packet was dropped in the raw table, thus it did not reach
conntrack. nfnetlink_conntrack is unpatched so it shows the new SYN_SENT2
state as the old unused LISTEN.
With TCP simultaneous open support we satisfy REQ-2 in RFC 5382 ;-) .
Additional minor correction in this patch is that in order to catch
uninitialized reply directions, "td_maxwin == 0" is used instead of
"td_end == 0" because the former can't be true except in uninitialized
state while td_end may accidentally be equal to zero in the mid of a
connection.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a bug which unconfigured struct tcf_proto keeps
chaining in tc_ctl_tfilter(), and avoids kernel panic in
cls_cgroup_classify() when we use cls_cgroup.
When we execute 'tc filter add', tcf_proto is allocated, initialized
by classifier's init(), and chained. After it's chained,
tc_ctl_tfilter() calls classifier's change(). When classifier's
change() fails, tc_ctl_tfilter() does not free and keeps tcf_proto.
In addition, cls_cgroup is initialized in change() not in init(). It
accesses unconfigured struct tcf_proto which is chained before
change(), then hits Oops.
Signed-off-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Tested-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens
regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly
modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier.
This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL.
In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current
Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide
original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from
multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi <niv@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter<cl@linux.com>
Acked-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print-out the error value when sock_alloc_send_skb() fails in
the IPv6 neighbor discovery code - can be useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event that gprs_writeable() and gprs_xmit() check for
writeability at the same, we could stop the device queue forever.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'autoconf' and 'disable_ipv6' parameters to the IPv6 module.
The first controls if IPv6 addresses are autoconfigured from
prefixes received in Router Advertisements. The IPv6 loopback
(::1) and link-local addresses are still configured.
The second controls if IPv6 addresses are desired at all. No
IPv6 addresses will be added to any interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts unicast address list to standard list_head using
previously introduced struct netdev_hw_addr. It also relaxes the
locking. Original spinlock (still used for multicast addresses) is not
needed and is no longer used for a protection of this list. All
reading and writing takes place under rtnl (with no changes).
I also removed a possibility to specify the length of the address
while adding or deleting unicast address. It's always dev->addr_len.
The convertion touched especially e1000 and ixgbe codes when the
change is not so trivial.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
drivers/net/bnx2.c | 13 +--
drivers/net/e1000/e1000_main.c | 24 +++--
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.c | 14 ++--
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.h | 4 +-
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c | 6 +-
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_type.h | 4 +-
drivers/net/macvlan.c | 11 +-
drivers/net/mv643xx_eth.c | 11 +-
drivers/net/niu.c | 7 +-
drivers/net/virtio_net.c | 7 +-
drivers/s390/net/qeth_l2_main.c | 6 +-
drivers/scsi/fcoe/fcoe.c | 16 ++--
include/linux/netdevice.h | 18 ++--
net/8021q/vlan.c | 4 +-
net/8021q/vlan_dev.c | 10 +-
net/core/dev.c | 195 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----------
net/dsa/slave.c | 10 +-
net/packet/af_packet.c | 4 +-
18 files changed, 227 insertions(+), 137 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somewhat luckily, I was looking into these parts with very fine
comb because I've made somewhat similar changes on the same
area (conflicts that arose weren't that lucky though). The loop
was very much overengineered recently in commit 915219441d
(tcp: Use SKB queue and list helpers instead of doing it
by-hand), while it basically just wants to know if there are
skbs after 'skb'.
Also it got broken because skb1 = skb->next got translated into
skb1 = skb1->next (though abstracted) improperly. Note that
'skb1' is pointing to previous sk_buff than skb or NULL if at
head. Two things went wrong:
- We'll kfree 'skb' on the first iteration instead of the
skbuff following 'skb' (it would require required SACK reneging
to recover I think).
- The list head case where 'skb1' is NULL is checked too early
and the loop won't execute whereas it previously did.
Conclusion, mostly revert the recent changes which makes the
cset very messy looking but using proper accessor in the
previous-like version.
The effective changes against the original can be viewed with:
git-diff 915219441d566f1da0caa0e262be49b666159e17^ \
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c | sed -n -e '57,70 p'
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.30' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
svcrdma: dma unmap the correct length for the RPCRDMA header page.
nfsd: Revert "svcrpc: take advantage of tcp autotuning"
nfsd: fix hung up of nfs client while sync write data to nfs server
ipgre_tunnel_xmit() might need skb->dst, so tell dev_hard_start_xmit()
to no release it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clip_start_xmit() needs skb->dst so tell dev_hard_start_xmit()
to no release it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipip_tunnel_xmit() might need skb->dst, so tell dev_hard_start_xmit()
to no release it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This comment suggested storing two pieces of state in the
LLC skb control block, and in fact we do. Someone did
the implementation but never killed this todo comment :-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
wimax connection manager / daemon has to know what is current
state of the device. Previously it was only possible to get
notification whet state has changed.
Note:
By mistake, the new generic netlink's number for
WIMAX_GNL_OP_STATE_GET was declared inserting into the existing list
of API calls, not appending; thus, it'd break existing API.
Fixed by Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com> by moving to
the tail, where we add to the interface, not modify the interface.
Thanks to Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> for catching this.
Signed-off-by: Paulius Zaleckas <paulius.zaleckas@teltonika.lt>
Funcion documentation for wimax_msg_alloc() and wimax_msg_send() needs
to clarify that they can be used in the very early stages of a
wimax_dev lifecycle.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The svcrdma module was incorrectly unmapping the RPCRDMA header page.
On IBM pserver systems this causes a resource leak that results in
running out of bus address space (10 cthon iterations will reproduce it).
The code was mapping the full page but only unmapping the actual header
length. The fix is to only map the header length.
I also cleaned up the use of ib_dma_map_page() calls since the unmap
logic always uses ib_dma_unmap_single(). I made these symmetrical.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This reverts commit 47a14ef1af "svcrpc:
take advantage of tcp autotuning", which uncovered some further problems
in the server rpc code, causing significant performance regressions in
common cases.
We will likely reinstate this patch after releasing 2.6.30 and applying
some work on the underlying fixes to the problem (developed by Trond).
Reported-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Cc: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Jim Rees <rees@umich.edu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Use ALIGN() and PTR_ALIGN() macros instead of handcoding them.
Get rid of NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST ugly define
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes
the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This problem was introduced in 72961ecf84
since no space was reserved for the new attributes NFULA_HWTYPE,
NFULA_HWLEN and NFULA_HWHEADER.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function dl_seq_show() returns 1 (equal to SEQ_SKIP) in case
a seq_printf() call return -1. It should return -1.
This SEQ_SKIP behavior brakes processing the proc file e.g. via a
pipe or just through less.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is no need to repeatedly check flush when comparing TCP
options for GRO as it will be false 99% of the time where it
matters.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stores the two shinfo pointers in local variables
because they're used over and over again in skb_gro_receive.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverses the direction of the frags array copy in
skb_gro_receive in order simplify the loop conditional. It
also avoids touching the first element of the original frags
array.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we know the only packets which need the final pskb_may_pull
are completely non-linear, and have all the required bits in
frag0, we can perform a straight memcpy instead of going through
pskb_may_pull and doing skb_copy_bits.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch optimises the IPv4 GRO code by using 32-bit loads
(instead of 16-bit ones) on the ID and length checks in the receive
function.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the overwhelming majority of cases, skb_gro_header's return
value cannot be NULL. Yet we must check it because of its current
form. This patch splits it up into multiple functions in order
to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By caching frag0_len, we can avoid checking both frag0 and the
length separately in skb_gro_header. This helps as skb_gro_header
is called four times per packet which amounts to a few million
times at 10Gb/s.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking len > mss || len == 0, we can accomplish
both by checking (len - 1) > mss using the unsigned wraparound.
At nearly a million times a second, this might just help.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The window has already been checked as part of the flag word
so there is no need to check it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing two 16-bit operations for the source/destination
ports, we can do one 32-bit operation to take care both.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently skb_gro_header is used for packets which put the hardware
header in skb->data with the rest in frags. Since the drivers that
need this optimisation all provide completely non-linear packets,
we can gain extra optimisations by only performing the frag0
optimisation for completely non-linear packets.
In particular, we can simply test frag0 (instead of skb_headlen)
to see whether the optimisation is in force.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stores the offset/headlen in local variables as they're
used repeatedly in skb_gro_offset.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function skb_gro_header is called four times per packet which
quickly adds up at 10Gb/s. This patch inlines it to allow better
optimisations.
Some architectures perform multiplication for page_address, which
is done by each skb_gro_header invocation. This patch caches that
value in skb->cb to avoid the unnecessary multiplications.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc does a poor job at generating code for the memcpy of the frags
array in skb_gro_receive, which is the primary purpose of that
function when merging frags. In particular, it can't utilise the
alignment information of the source and destination. This patch
open-codes the copy so we process words instead of bytes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calls to flush_work() are pointless in a single thread workqueue
and they are actually causing a lockdep warning.
=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
2.6.30-rc6-02911-gbb803cf #16
---------------------------------------------
bluetooth/2518 is trying to acquire lock:
(bluetooth){+.+.+.}, at: [<c0130c14>] flush_work+0x28/0xb0
but task is already holding lock:
(bluetooth){+.+.+.}, at: [<c0130424>] worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
other info that might help us debug this:
2 locks held by bluetooth/2518:
#0: (bluetooth){+.+.+.}, at: [<c0130424>] worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
#1: (&conn->work_del){+.+...}, at: [<c0130424>] worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
stack backtrace:
Pid: 2518, comm: bluetooth Not tainted 2.6.30-rc6-02911-gbb803cf #16
Call Trace:
[<c03d64d9>] ? printk+0xf/0x11
[<c0140d96>] __lock_acquire+0x7ce/0xb1b
[<c0141173>] lock_acquire+0x90/0xad
[<c0130c14>] ? flush_work+0x28/0xb0
[<c0130c2e>] flush_work+0x42/0xb0
[<c0130c14>] ? flush_work+0x28/0xb0
[<f8b84966>] del_conn+0x1c/0x84 [bluetooth]
[<c0130469>] worker_thread+0x18e/0x25e
[<c0130424>] ? worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
[<f8b8494a>] ? del_conn+0x0/0x84 [bluetooth]
[<c0133843>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x33
[<c01302db>] ? worker_thread+0x0/0x25e
[<c013355a>] kthread+0x45/0x6b
[<c0133515>] ? kthread+0x0/0x6b
[<c01034a7>] kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10
Based on a report by Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
BUS_ID_SIZE is really no more, and device names are dynamically
allocated and thus can be any necessary size.
So remove the BUG check here making sure BUS_ID_SIZE is at least
as large as IFNAMSIZ.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid reading the unsynchronized value cs->classid multiple times,
since it could change concurrently from non-zero to zero; this would
result in the classifier returning a positive result with a bogus
(zero) classid.
Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
NFSv4: Fix the case where NFSv4 renewal fails
nfs: fix build error in nfsroot with initconst
XPRTRDMA: fix client rpcrdma FRMR registration on mlx4 devices
mlx4/connectX FRMR requires local write enable together with remote
rdma write enable. This fixes NFS/RDMA operation over the ConnectX
Infiniband HCA in the default memreg mode.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We would like to get rid of netdev->trans_start = jiffies; that about all net
drivers have to use in their start_xmit() function, and use txq->trans_start
instead.
This can be done generically in core network, as suggested by David.
Some devices, (particularly loopback) dont need trans_start update, because
they dont have transmit watchdog. We could add a new device flag, or rely
on fact that txq->tran_start can be updated is txq->xmit_lock_owner is
different than -1. Use a helper function to hide our choice.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right-shifts of signed integers are implementation-defined so unportable.
With feedback from: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes ssthresh accounting issues in tcp_vegas when cwnd decreases
Signed-off-by: Doug Leith <doug.leith@nuim.ie>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Robert L Mathews discovered that some clients send evil TCP RST segments,
which are accepted by netfilter conntrack but discarded by the
destination. Thus the conntrack entry is destroyed but the destination
retransmits data until timeout.
The same technique, i.e. sending properly crafted RST segments, can easily
be used to bypass connlimit/connbytes based restrictions (the sample
script written by Robert can be found in the netfilter mailing list
archives).
The patch below adds a new flag and new field to struct ip_ct_tcp_state so
that checking RST segments can be made more strict and thus TCP conntrack
can catch the invalid ones: the RST segment is accepted only if its
sequence number higher than or equal to the highest ack we seen from the
other direction. (The last_ack field cannot be reused because it is used
to catch resent packets.)
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
All drivers are already converted to new net_device_ops API
and nobody uses old API anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Beregalov <a.beregalov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi:
skbuff: Copy csum instead of csum_start/csum_offset
It's easier to copy the u32 csum instead of its two u16
constituents.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cheers,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi:
skbuff: Move new __skb_clone code into __copy_skb_header
It seems that people just keep on adding stuff to __skb_clone
instead __copy_skb_header. This is wrong as it means your brand-new
attributes won't always get copied as you intended.
This patch moves them to the right place, and adds a comment to
prevent this from happening again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My first patch submission used 200ms, which I then somehow
managed to revert back to the earlier 50ms I had used for
some tests in the second patch submission -- but that was
wrong, I should have used 200ms here. Correct that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "mac80211: split out and decrease probe wait time" I tried
to reduce the time waiting for a probe response, but failed to
take into account the case where we are detecting beacon loss
in software -- in that case we still wait the monitoring time
rather than the probe wait time. Fix this by refactoring the
mod_timer() calls in ieee80211_associated().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The requirement for wireless stats to be atomic is now mostly
artificial since we hold the rtnl _and_ the dev_base_lock for
iterating the device list. Doing that is not required, just the
rtnl is sufficient (and the rtnl is required for other reasons
outlined in commit "wext: fix get_wireless_stats locking").
This will fix http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13344
and make things easier for drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sinec the TCPv6 GRO functions are used in the same file where
they are defined, we do not need to export them. This was a
cut-n-paste from the IPv4 code which does need to export them.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy. This fixes genetlink
family leak on error path.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy. This also changes
netlink related variable names to be kernel-wide unique for consistency
with other users.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink
family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste
occurrences in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch to add the ability to detect drops in hardware interfaces via dropwatch.
Adds a tracepoint to net_rx_action to signal everytime a napi instance is
polled. The dropmon code then periodically checks to see if the rx_frames
counter has changed, and if so, adds a drop notification to the netlink
protocol, using the reserved all-0's vector to indicate the drop location was in
hardware, rather than somewhere in the code.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/linux/net_dropmon.h | 8 ++
include/trace/napi.h | 11 +++
net/core/dev.c | 5 +
net/core/drop_monitor.c | 124 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--
net/core/net-traces.c | 4 +
net/core/netpoll.c | 2
6 files changed, 149 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rxrpc_alloc_connection() doesn't return an error code on failure, it just
returns NULL. IS_ERR(NULL) is false.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems we can fix this by disabling preemption while we re-balance the
trie. This is with the CONFIG_CLASSIC_RCU. It's been stress-tested at high
loads continuesly taking a full BGP table up/down via iproute -batch.
Note. fib_trie is not updated for CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU
Reported-by: Andrei Popa
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The the PACKET_ADD_MEMBERSHIP and the PACKET_DROP_MEMBERSHIP setsockopt
calls for af_packet already has all of the infrastructure needed to subscribe
to multiple mac addresses. All that is missing is a flag to say that
the address we want to listen on is a unicast address.
So introduce PACKET_MR_UNICAST and wire it up to dev_unicast_add and
dev_unicast_delete.
Additionally I noticed that errors from dev_mc_add were not propagated
from packet_dev_mc so fix that.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_ns_init code can be simplified. No need to save error code
if it is only going to panic if it is set 4 lines later.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
typo -- pkt_dev->nflows is for stats only, the number of concurrent
flows is stored in cflows.
Reported-By: Vladimir Ivashchenko <hazard@francoudi.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of unspecified protocol in IPv6 initial route prevents quagga to
install IPv6 default route:
# show ipv6 route
S ::/0 [1/0] via fe80::1, eth1_0
K>* ::/0 is directly connected, lo, rej
C>* ::1/128 is directly connected, lo
C>* fe80::/64 is directly connected, eth1_0
# ip -6 route
fe80::/64 dev eth1_0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440
hoplimit -1
ff00::/8 dev eth1_0 metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit -1
unreachable default dev lo proto none metric -1 error -101 hoplimit 255
The attached patch ensures RTPROT_KERNEL to the default initial route
and fixes the problem for quagga.
This is similar to "ipv6: protocol for address routes"
f410a1fba7.
# show ipv6 route
S>* ::/0 [1/0] via fe80::1, eth1_0
C>* ::1/128 is directly connected, lo
C>* fe80::/64 is directly connected, eth1_0
# ip -6 route
fe80::/64 dev eth1_0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440
hoplimit -1
fe80::/64 dev eth1_0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440
hoplimit -1
ff00::/8 dev eth1_0 metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit -1
default via fe80::1 dev eth1_0 proto zebra metric 1024 mtu 1500
advmss 1440 hoplimit -1
unreachable default dev lo proto kernel metric -1 error -101 hoplimit 255
Signed-off-by: Jean-Mickael Guerin <jean-mickael.guerin@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in
fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this
parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is
called.
(include/net/fib_rules.h)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander V. Lukyanov found a regression in 2.6.29 and made a complete
analysis found in http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13339
Quoted here because its a perfect one :
begin_of_quotation
2.6.29 patch has introduced flexible route cache rebuilding. Unfortunately the
patch has at least one critical flaw, and another problem.
rt_intern_hash calculates rthi pointer, which is later used for new entry
insertion. The same loop calculates cand pointer which is used to clean the
list. If the pointers are the same, rtable leak occurs, as first the cand is
removed then the new entry is appended to it.
This leak leads to unregister_netdevice problem (usage count > 0).
Another problem of the patch is that it tries to insert the entries in certain
order, to facilitate counting of entries distinct by all but QoS parameters.
Unfortunately, referencing an existing rtable entry moves it to list beginning,
to speed up further lookups, so the carefully built order is destroyed.
For the first problem the simplest patch it to set rthi=0 when rthi==cand, but
it will also destroy the ordering.
end_of_quotation
Problematic commit is 1080d709fb
(net: implement emergency route cache rebulds when gc_elasticity is exceeded)
Trying to keep dst_entries ordered is too complex and breaks the fact that
order should depend on the frequency of use for garbage collection.
A possible fix is to make rt_intern_hash() simpler, and only makes
rt_check_expire() a litle bit smarter, being able to cope with an arbitrary
entries order. The added loop is running on cache hot data, while cpu
is prefetching next object, so should be unnoticied.
Reported-and-analyzed-by: Alexander V. Lukyanov <lav@yar.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt_check_expire() computes average and standard deviation of chain lengths,
but not correclty reset length to 0 at beginning of each chain.
This probably gives overflows for sum2 (and sum) on loaded machines instead
of meaningful results.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we will ask the driver to configure right away
when somebody changes the desired BSSID. That's totally
strange because then we will configure the driver without
even knowing whether the BSS exists. Change this to only
configure the BSSID when associated, and configure a zero
BSSID when not associated.
As a side effect, this fixes an issue with the iwlwifi
driver which doesn't implement sta_notify properly and
uses the BSSID instead and gets very confused if the
BSSID is cleared before we disassociate, which results
in the warning Marcel posted [1] and iwlwifi bug 1995 [2].
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/32598
[2] http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Device drivers using wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() want some
regulatory settings applied to their wiphy, if no bands were
configured on the wiphy then something went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I fixed the crypto bit I must have done the negative
test only -- it is quite clearly impossible to find _any_
IBSS to join with the parameters put the wrong way around.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the genIE hasn't changed there's no reason to kick
the state machine since it won't be able to do anything
new -- doing this decreases the useless work we do for
reassociating because if we do kick the state machine
it will try to find a usable BSS but there might not be
one because wpa_supplicant will only change the BSSID
a little later.
In a sense this is a workaround for userspace behaviour,
but on the other hand userspace cannot really keep track
of what the kernel currently has for genIE since any
process could have changed that while wpa_supplicant
wasn't looking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When updating the duration field for TX frames, skip the update for
PS-Poll frames that use this field for other purposes (AID).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the AP includes our AID in the TIM IE, we need to process the
Beacon frame as far as PS is concerned (send PS-Poll or nullfunc data
with PM=0). The previous code skipped this in cases where the CRC
value did not change and it would not change if the AP continues
including our AID in the TIM..
There is no need to count the crc32 value for directed_tim with this
change, so we can remove that part. In order not to change the order
of operations (i.e., update WMM parameters prior to sending PS-Poll),
the CRC match is checked twice as only after the PS processing step,
the rest of the function is skipped if nothing changed in the Beacon.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS is enabled and CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS is
not, compilation fails in net/wireless/debugfs.c:
net/wireless/debugfs.c: In function 'cfg80211_debugfs_drv_add':
net/wireless/debugfs.c:117: error: 'struct cfg80211_registered_device'
has no member named 'debugfs'
The debugfs filed is needed if and only if CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS is
enabled, so use that instead of CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a race on access to last_request and its alpha2
through reg_is_valid_request() and us possibly processing
first another regulatory request on another CPU. We avoid
this improbably race by locking with the cfg80211_mutex as
we should have done in the first place. While at it add
the assert on locking on reg_is_valid_request().
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This has no functional change, but it will make the race
fix easier to spot in my next patch.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This has no functional change except we save a kfree(rd) and
allows us to clean this code up a bit after this. We do
avoid an unnecessary kfree(NULL) but calling that was OK too.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to
remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant
which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an
error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message
which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems.
The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless
extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let
the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee
this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the
key doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We forgot to cancel all timers in mac80211 when suspending.
In particular we forgot to deal with some things that can
cause hardware reconfiguration -- while it is down.
While at it we go ahead and add a warning in ieee80211_sta_work()
if its run while the suspend->resume cycle is in effect. This
should not happen and if it does it would indicate there is
a bug lurking in either mac80211 or mac80211 drivers.
With this now wpa_supplicant doesn't blink when I go to suspend
and resume where as before there where issues with some timers
running during the suspend->resume cycle. This caused a lot of
incorrect assumptions and would at times bring back the device
in an incoherent, but mostly recoverable, state.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum
management file, where arguably it belongs. However,
it is for managed mode only and uses the structures
for that mode only so having it in a more generic
file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch
gets simpler with the code here.
When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then
we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway
at which point we could move the code back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Validate RSC (NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ) length in nl80211/cfg80211 instead
of having to do this in all the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While the probe request poll is expected to work, it looks like it
does not always result in getting a response. The exact reason for
this is unclear, but anyway, if we do receive a Beacon frame from our
AP, there is no need to disconnect based on the probereq poll. This
seems to help keep the connection bit more stable in cases where
beacon loss is occurring semi-frequently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The STA may drop the very first frame if it happens to be a retried
frame. This is because we maintian the last received sequence number
per TID for QoS frames and it is initialized to zero through kzalloc
during sta_info_alloc and the sequence number of the very first date
frame received would be ZERO (as per IEEE 802.11-2007, 7.1.3.4.1).
If the frame dropped happens to be an EAP Request Identity(very first
frame from the AP), then wpa_supplicnat disconnects the STA and the
whole procedure starts again.
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This moves the cfg80211 specific stuff to new cfg80211 debugfs
entries. Non-mac80211 will also get these entries now. There were
only 4 which we take:
rts_threshold
fragmentation_threshold
short_retry_limit
long_retry_limit
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Thanks to nl80211 userspace can be very specific upon device
configuration. Before processing the request for the new HT40
channel types (HT40- or HT40+) we need to ensure we can use them
regulatory-wise. This wasn't required with wireless extensions as
specifying the channel type wasn't not available and configuration
was done towards the end implicitly upon association or reception
of beacons from the AP. For the new nl80211 we have to check this
when configuring the interfaces explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth
settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things
a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we
can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40.
We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel.
The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's
center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz
banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel
will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and
check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency
allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether
or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll
need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels
but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself.
The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over
an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check
if the control channel and the extension both:
o exist
o are enabled
o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range
This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and
HT40+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its possible for cfg80211 to have scheduled the work and for
the global workqueue to not have kicked in prior to a cfg80211
driver's regulatory hint or wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory().
Although this is very unlikely its possible and should fix
this race. When this race would happen you are expected to have
hit a null pointer dereference panic.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another design flaw in wireless extensions (is anybody
surprised?) in the way it handles the iw_encode_ext
structure: The structure is part of the 'extra' memory
but contains the key length explicitly, instead of it
just being the length of the extra buffer - size of
the struct and using the explicit key length only for
the get operation (which only writes it).
Therefore, we have this layout:
extra: +-------------------------+
| struct iw_encode_ext { |
| ... |
| u16 key_len; |
| u8 key[0]; |
| }; |
+-------------------------+
| key material |
+-------------------------+
Now, all drivers I checked use ext->key_len without
checking that both key_len and the struct fit into the
extra buffer that has been copied from userspace. This
leads to a buffer overrun while reading that buffer,
depending on the driver it may be possible to specify
arbitrary key_len or it may need to be a proper length
for the key algorithm specified.
Thankfully, this is only exploitable by root, but root
can actually cause a segfault or use kernel memory as
a key (which you can even get back with siocgiwencode
or siocgiwencodeext from the key buffer).
Fix this by verifying that key_len fits into the buffer
along with struct iw_encode_ext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the
PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes.
The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the
tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address
of the router and is sent through the tunnel.
Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A tunnel with no local ipv4 endpoint would otherwise use the
ISATAP linklocal address fe80::5efe:0:0, which is invalid. Rather not
add a linklocal address at all.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typo. When deleting a PRL entry, return status to userspace
instead of success.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check link device when looking up a tunnel. When a tunnel is
linked to a interface, traffic from a different interface must not
reach the tunnel.
This also allows creating of multiple tunnels with the same
endpoints, if the link device differs.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When locating the tunnel, do not continue if it is found. Otherwise
a different tunnel with similar configuration would be returned and
parts could be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DHCP spec allows the server to specify the MTU. This can be useful
for netbooting with UDP-based NFS-root on a network using jumbo frames.
This patch allows the kernel IP autoconfiguration to handle this option
correctly.
It would be possible to use initramfs and add a script to set the MTU,
but that seems like a complicated solution if no initramfs is otherwise
necessary, and would bloat the kernel image more than this code would.
This patch was originally submitted to LKML in 2003 by Hans-Peter Jansen.
Signed-off-by: Chris Friesen <cfriesen@nortel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_new() adds the size of the netlink header to the value
that has been passed as parameter. If NLMSG_GOODSIZE is selected,
we request an allocation of one memory page plus the size of the
header. Instead, NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE should be used since it
already substracts the size of the Netlink header.
I have the impression that the similar naming in both constant
is error prone when using it with nlmsg_new(). This is already
documented in include/net/netlink.h
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can slightly reduce size of teqlN structure, not duplicating stats
structure in teql_master but using stats field from net_device.stats
for tx_errors and from netdev_queue for tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped
values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One point of contention in high network loads is the dst_release() performed
when a transmited skb is freed. This is because NIC tx completion calls
dev_kree_skb() long after original call to dev_queue_xmit(skb).
CPU cache is cold and the atomic op in dst_release() stalls. On SMP, this is
quite visible if one CPU is 100% handling softirqs for a network device,
since dst_clone() is done by other cpus, involving cache line ping pongs.
It seems right place to release dst is in dev_hard_start_xmit(), for most
devices but ones that are virtual, and some exceptions.
David Miller suggested to define a new device flag, set in alloc_netdev_mq()
(so that most devices set it at init time), and carefuly unset in devices
which dont want a NULL skb->dst in their ndo_start_xmit().
List of devices that must clear this flag is :
- loopback device, because it calls netif_rx() and quoting Patrick :
"ip_route_input() doesn't accept loopback addresses, so loopback packets
already need to have a dst_entry attached."
- appletalk/ipddp.c : needs skb->dst in its xmit function
- And all devices that call again dev_queue_xmit() from their xmit function
(as some classifiers need skb->dst) : bonding, vlan, macvlan, eql, ifb, hdlc_fr
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Holding rtnl_lock when we are unregistering the sysfs files can
deadlock if we unconditionally take rtnl_lock in a sysfs file. So fix
it with the now familiar patter of: rtnl_trylock and syscall_restart()
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctls are unregistered with the rntl_lock held making
it unsafe to unconditionally grab the the rtnl_lock. Instead
we need to call rtnl_trylock and restart the system call
if we can not grab it. Otherwise we could deadlock at unregistration
time.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just returning -ERESTARTSYS without a signal pending is not
good that will just leak it to userspace. We need return
-ERESTARTNOINTR so we always restart and set signal pending
so that we fall of the fast path of syscall return and setup
the system call restart.
So use restart_syscall() which does all of this for us.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The earlier patch to fix the deadlock between a network device going
away and writing to sysfs attributes was incomplete.
- It did not set signal_pending so we would leak ERSTARTSYS to user space.
- It used ERESTARTSYS which only restarts if sigaction configures it to.
- It did not cover store and show for ifalias.
So fix all of these up and use the new helper restart_syscall so we get
the details correct on what it takes.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New packet socket feature that makes packet socket more efficient for
transmission.
- It reduces number of system call through a PACKET_TX_RING mechanism,
based on PACKET_RX_RING (Circular buffer allocated in kernel space
which is mmapped from user space).
- It minimizes CPU copy using fragmented SKB (almost zero copy).
Signed-off-by: Johann Baudy <johann.baudy@gnu-log.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e81963b1 ("ipv4: Make INET_LRO a bool instead of tristate.")
changed this config from tristate to bool. Add default so that it is
consistent with the help text.
Signed-off-by: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When called with a consumed value that is less than skb_headlen(skb)
bytes into a page frag, skb_seq_read() incorrectly returns an
offset/length relative to skb->data. Ensure that data which should come
from a page frag does.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chenault <thomas_chenault@dell.com>
Tested-by: Shyam Iyer <shyam_iyer@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen_estimator can overflow bps (bytes per second) with Gb links, while
it was designed with a u32 API, with a theorical limit of 34360Mbit
(2^32 bytes)
Using 64 bit intermediate avbps/brate counters can allow us to reach
this theorical limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for net/icmp.h header in net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c.
This patch removes the #include net/icmp.h from it.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can update netdev_queue tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped counters instead
of dev->stats ones, to reduce number of cache lines dirtied in xmit path.
This fixes a performance problem on SMP when many different cpus take
vlan tx path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
offsetof(struct net_device, features)=0x44
offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_packets)=0x54
offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_bytes)=0x5c
offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_dropped)=0x6c
Network drivers that touch dev->stats.tx_packets/stats.tx_bytes in their
tx path can slow down SMP operations, since they dirty a cache line
that should stay shared (dev->features is needed in rx and tx paths)
We could move away stats field in net_device but it wont help that much.
(Two cache lines dirtied in tx path, we can do one only)
Better solution is to add tx_packets/tx_bytes/tx_dropped in struct
netdev_queue because this structure is already touched in tx path and
counters updates will then be free (no increase in size)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is illegal to dereference a skb after a successful ndo_start_xmit()
call. We must store skb length in a local variable instead.
Bug was introduced in 2.6.27 by commit 0abf77e55a
(net_sched: Add accessor function for packet length for qdiscs)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 518a09ef11 (tcp: Fix recvmsg MSG_PEEK influence of
blocking behavior) lets the loop run longer than the race check
did previously expect, so we need to be more careful with this
check and consider the work we have been doing.
I tried my best to deal with urg hole madness too which happens
here:
if (!sock_flag(sk, SOCK_URGINLINE)) {
++*seq;
...
by using additional offset by one but I certainly have very
little interest in testing that part.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Tested-by: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
Tested-by: Ian Zimmermann <itz@buug.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bridge is configured with no STP and forwarding delay of 0 (which
is typical for virtualization) then when link starts it will flood all
packets for the first 20 seconds.
This bug was introduced by a combination of earlier changes:
* forwarding database uses hold time of zero to indicate
user wants to always flood packets
* optimzation of the case of forwarding delay of 0 avoids the initial
timer tick
The fix is to just skip all the topology change detection code if
kernel STP is not being used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge catches all STP packets; even if STP is turned
off. This prevents other systems (which do have STP turned on)
from being able to detect loops in the network.
With this patch, if STP is off, then any packet sent to the STP
multicast group address is forwarded to all ports.
Based on earlier patch by Joakim Tjernlund with changes
to go through forwarding (not local chain), and optimization
that only last octet needs to be checked.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net_device trans_start field is a hot spot on SMP and high performance
devices, particularly multi queues ones, because every transmitter dirties
it. Is main use is tx watchdog and bonding alive checks.
But as most devices dont use NETIF_F_LLTX, we have to lock
a netdev_queue before calling their ndo_start_xmit(). So it makes
sense to move trans_start from net_device to netdev_queue. Its update
will occur on a already present (and in exclusive state) cache line, for
free.
We can do this transition smoothly. An old driver continue to
update dev->trans_start, while an updated one updates txq->trans_start.
Further patches could also put tx_bytes/tx_packets counters in
netdev_queue to avoid dirtying dev->stats (vlan device comes to mind)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TCP frees up write buffer space, avoid waking up tasks that have
done a poll() or select() on the same socket specifying read-side
events.
This is an extension of a read-side patch by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DHCP server is delayed, it's possible for the client to receive the
DHCPOFFER after it has already sent out a new DHCPDISCOVER message from
a second interface. The client then sends out a DHCPREQUEST from the
second interface, but the server doesn't recognize the device and
rejects the request.
This patch simply tracks the current device being configured and throws
away the OFFER if it is not intended for the current device. A more
sophisticated approach would be to put the OFFER information into the
struct ic_device rather than storing it globally.
Signed-off-by: Chris Friesen <cfriesen@nortel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like the dev in netpoll_poll can be NULL - at lease it's
checked at the function beginning. Thus the dev->netde_ops dereference
looks dangerous.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can remove this lock here, since we are in cgroup write handler and
thus the cgrp is guaranteed to be valid, and no lock is needed when
writing a u32 variable.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsuc.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch fixes issues with dev->dev_addr changing from array to pointer.
Hopefully there are no others.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-2.6:
Bluetooth: Don't trigger disconnect timeout for security mode 3 pairing
Bluetooth: Don't use hci_acl_connect_cancel() for incoming connections
Bluetooth: Fix wrong module refcount when connection setup fails
Another case of me handling the fallout from Davem's unfortunate
addiction to shuffleboard.
Won't anybody think of the children? Join the anti-shuffleboard league
today!
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6:
iwlwifi: fix device id registration for 6000 series 2x2 devices
ath5k: update channel in sw state after stopping RX and TX
rtl8187: use DMA-aware buffers with usb_control_msg
mac80211: avoid NULL ptr deref when finding max_rates in PID and minstrel
airo: airo_get_encode{,ext} potential buffer overflow
Pulled directly by Linus because Davem is off playing shuffle-board at
some Alaskan cruise, and the NULL ptr deref issue hits people and should
get merged sooner rather than later.
David - make us proud on the shuffle-board tournament!
There's this internal wifi_wme_noack_test variable that
we use to set the QoS control if set. For one, it is
unlikely that it is set. Secondly, if set it needs to
influence the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK TX control flag,
and finally we should also be able to set it at all, so
make it available in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 announces a rate set with no basic rates,
this fixes it to use 1/2 or 6/9 Mbit as basic rates by default.
Additionally, mac80211 will currently adopt the peer's entire
rate set, rather than just the basic rate set; fix that too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even when we find an IBSS with the SSID we're looking for, we
may not be able to connect to it because it has a key and we
don't, or vice versa. Avoid such situations by checking the
privacy capability bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The time we wait for a probe response after probing an AP due to
beacon loss is currently the same as the monitoring interval, 2s.
This is far too long, APs should respond to probes within a
fraction of that time. To be able to adjust both values, add a
new constant IEEE80211_PROBE_WAIT, use it for checking the probe
response, and adjust it down to 200ms instead of 2 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver might keep reporting beacon loss until we
disassociate -- catch that and don't respond to any
subsequent events until the probe is either successful
or we disassociate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even though they are true, they cause sparse to complain
because it doesn't see the __acquires(dev_base_lock) on
dev_seq_start() because it is only added to the function
in net/core/dev.c, not the header file. To keep track of
the nesting correctly we should probably annotate those
functions publically, but for now let's just remove the
annotation I added to wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When setting a key with NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, we should allow the key
sequence number (RSC) to be set in order to allow replay protection to
work correctly for group keys. This patch documents this use for
nl80211 and adds the couple of missing pieces in nl80211/cfg80211 and
mac80211 to support this. In addition, WEXT SIOCSIWENCODEEXT compat
processing in cfg80211 is extended to handle the RSC (this was already
specified in WEXT, but just not implemented in cfg80211/mac80211).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that
capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new
nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags,
and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that.
The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so
that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all
kernels.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP was forgotten from sta_flags_policy. The previous
version added the flag due to the loop used in parse_station_flags,
but the proper behavior would be to allow nla_parse_nested() to go
through the policy for all flags.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211
so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext
compatibility.
Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting
IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will
no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted"
for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication
algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this
setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets"
and "Accept non-encoded packets".
(Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-2.6.30' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
nfsd: silence lockdep warning
lockd: fix list corruption on lockd restart
nfsd4: check for negative dentry before use in nfsv4 readdir
nfsd41: slots are freed with session
svcrdma: clean up error paths.
svcrdma: Fix dma map direction for rdma read targets
Currently, get_wireless_stats is racy by _design_. This is
because it returns a buffer, which needs to be statically
allocated since it cannot be freed if it was allocated
dynamically. Also, SIOCGIWSTATS and /proc/net/wireless use
no common lock, and /proc/net/wireless accesses are not
synchronised against each other. This is a design flaw in
get_wireless_stats since the beginning.
This patch fixes it by wrapping /proc/net/wireless accesses
with the RTNL so they are protected against each other and
SIOCGIWSTATS. The more correct method of fixing this would
be to pass in the buffer instead of returning it and have
the caller take care of synchronisation of the buffer, but
even then most drivers probably assume that their callback
is protected by the RTNL like all other wext callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On non-AP interfaces userspace has no business interfering with
the station management, this can confuse mac80211 (and other
drivers probably wouldn't support it anyway). Allow adding and
removing stations only on AP interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext
only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for
wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we disassociate, we set the channel to non-HT which
obviously invalidates any ht_operation_mode setting. But
when we then associate with the next AP again, we might
still have the ht_operation_mode from the previous AP
cached and fail to configure the hardware with the new
(but unchanged) operation mode. This patch fixes it by
separately tracking whether our cache is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The call to ieee80211_hw_config() is supposed to apply changes
synchronously, so once it returns the parameters are applied to
the hardware. Thus, there really is no need to delay the probing
by the channel switch time again since the channel switch has
already happened once we get to this code.
Additionally, there is no need to wait for a NAV update (probe
delay) when the channel is passively scanned. Remove that extra
time too.
This cuts scanning time from over 7 seconds to under 4 on ar9170,
which is due to the number of channels scanned and ar9170's switch
time being advertised as 135ms (my test now indicates it is about
77ms with the current driver, but the difference might also be due
to using a different machine with different USB controllers).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected
Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration.
However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are
allowed at that point, but not after key configuration.
Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by
separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing
and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In
addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames
since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key
being configured.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set
sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed
to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since
ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the
frame is not protected.
This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all
frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This
allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if
drop_unencrypted is not set.
The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional
patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station
mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional
rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior
to having PTK and IGTK configured.
In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in
ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL
frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when
keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the
ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of
data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition,
unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are
processed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function to parse a struct iw_freq has a stupid bug,
it returns NULL when the channel cannot be found at all,
but NULL is supposed to mean "auto". Fix this by checking
the return value of ieee80211_get_channel() and returning
ERR_PTR(-EINVAL) if it returned NULL (channel not found).
This fixes an issue where you could say (in IBSS mode)
iwconfig wlan0 channel 21
and it would use channel 1 instead because that's the
first available channel with IBSS allowed (which is what
the "auto" setting uses).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've never really cared about the default QoS (WMM) values, but
we really should if the AP doesn't send any. This patch makes
mac80211 use the default values according to 802.11-2007, and
additionally syncs the default values when we disassociate so
whatever the last AP said gets "unconfigured".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a software scan starts, it first sets sw_scanning, but
leaves the scan_channel "unset" (it currently actually gets
initialised to a default). Now, when something else tries
to (re)configure the hardware in the window between these two
events (after sw_scanning = true, but before scan_channel is
set), the current code switches to the (unset!) scan_channel.
This causes trouble, especially when switching bands and
sending frames on the wrong channel.
To work around this, leave scan_channel initialised to NULL
and use it to determine whether or not a switch to a different
channel should occur (and also use the same condition to check
whether to adjust power for scan or not).
Additionally, avoid reconfiguring the hardware completely when
recalculating idle resulted in no changes, this was the problem
that originally led us to discover the race condition in the
first place, which was helpfully bisected by Pavel. This part
of the patch should not be necessary with the other fixes, but
not calling the ieee80211_hw_config function when we know it to
be unnecessary is certainly a correct thing to do.
Unfortunately, this patch cannot and does not fix the race
condition completely, but due to the way the scan code is
structured it makes the particular problem Pavel discovered
(race while changing channel at the same time as transmitting
frames) go away. To fix it completely, more work especially
with locking configuration is needed.
Bisected-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether
management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was
able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with
nl80211, too.
Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that
use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are
used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can
be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with
some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"There is another problem with this piece of code. The sband will be NULL
after second iteration on single band device and cause null pointer
dereference. Everything is working with dual band card. Sorry, but i
don't know how to explain this clearly in English. I have looked on the
second patch for pid algorithm and found similar bug."
Reported-by: Karol Szuster <qflon@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
bonding: fix panic if initialization fails
IXP4xx: complete Ethernet netdev setup before calling register_netdev().
IXP4xx: use "ENODEV" instead of "ENOSYS" in module initialization.
ipvs: Fix IPv4 FWMARK virtual services
ipv4: Make INET_LRO a bool instead of tristate.
net: remove stale reference to fastroute from Kconfig help text
net: update skb_recycle_check() for hardware timestamping changes
bnx2: Fix panic in bnx2_poll_work().
net-sched: fix bfifo default limit
igb: resolve panic on shutdown when SR-IOV is enabled
wimax: oops: wimax_dev_add() is the only one that can initialize the state
wimax: fix oops if netlink fails to add attribute
Bluetooth: Move dev_set_name() to a context that can sleep
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix wrong message type in user updates
netfilter: xt_cluster: fix use of cluster match with 32 nodes
netfilter: ip6t_ipv6header: fix match on packets ending with NEXTHDR_NONE
netfilter: add missing linux/types.h include to xt_LED.h
mac80211: pid, fix memory corruption
mac80211: minstrel, fix memory corruption
cfg80211: fix comment on regulatory hint processing
...
A remote device in security mode 3 that tries to connect will require
the pairing during the connection setup phase. The disconnect timeout
is now triggered within 10 milliseconds and causes the pairing to fail.
If a connection is not fully established and a PIN code request is
received, don't trigger the disconnect timeout. The either successful
or failing connection complete event will make sure that the timeout
is triggered at the right time.
The biggest problem with security mode 3 is that many Bluetooth 2.0
device and before use a temporary security mode 3 for dedicated
bonding.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
The connection setup phase takes around 2 seconds or longer and in
that time it is possible that the need for an ACL connection is no
longer present. If that happens then, the connection attempt will
be canceled.
This only applies to outgoing connections, but currently it can also
be triggered by incoming connection. Don't call hci_acl_connect_cancel()
on incoming connection since these have to be either accepted or rejected
in this state. Once they are successfully connected they need to be
fully disconnected anyway.
Also remove the wrong hci_acl_disconn() call for SCO and eSCO links
since at this stage they can't be disconnected either, because the
connection handle is still unknown.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
The module refcount is increased by hci_dev_hold() call in hci_conn_add()
and decreased by hci_dev_put() call in del_conn(). In case the connection
setup fails, hci_dev_put() is never called.
Procedure to reproduce the issue:
# hciconfig hci0 up
# lsmod | grep btusb -> "used by" refcount = 1
# hcitool cc <non-exisiting bdaddr> -> will get timeout
# lsmod | grep btusb -> "used by" refcount = 2
# hciconfig hci0 down
# lsmod | grep btusb -> "used by" refcount = 1
# rmmod btusb -> ERROR: Module btusb is in use
The hci_dev_put() call got moved into del_conn() with the 2.6.25 kernel
to fix an issue with hci_dev going away before hci_conn. However that
change was wrong and introduced this problem.
When calling hci_conn_del() it has to call hci_dev_put() after freeing
the connection details. This handling should be fully symmetric. The
execution of del_conn() is done in a work queue and needs it own calls
to hci_dev_hold() and hci_dev_put() to ensure that the hci_dev stays
until the connection cleanup has been finished.
Based on a report by Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Add missed checking of dev_addr_init return value in alloc_netdev_mq.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
net/core/dev.c | 15 ++++++++++++---
1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ead2ceb0ec ("Network Drop Monitor:
Adding kfree_skb_clean for non-drops and modifying end-of-line points
for skbs") established new conventions for identifying dropped packets.
Align skb_kill_datagram() with these conventions so that packets that
get dropped just before the copy to userspace are properly tracked.
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the use of fwmarks to denote IPv4 virtual services
which was unfortunately broken as a result of the integration
of IPv6 support into IPVS, which was included in 2.6.28.
The problem arises because fwmarks are stored in the 4th octet
of a union nf_inet_addr .all, however in the case of IPv4 only
the first octet, corresponding to .ip, is assigned and compared.
In other words, using .all = { 0, 0, 0, htonl(svc->fwmark) always
results in a value of 0 (32bits) being stored for IPv4. This means
that one fwmark can be used, as it ends up being mapped to 0, but things
break down when multiple fwmarks are used, as they all end up being mapped
to 0.
As fwmarks are 32bits a reasonable fix seems to be to just store the fwmark
in .ip, and comparing and storing .ip when fwmarks are used.
This patch makes the assumption that in calls to ip_vs_ct_in_get()
and ip_vs_sched_persist() if the proto parameter is IPPROTO_IP then
we are dealing with an fwmark. I believe this is valid as ip_vs_in()
does fairly strict filtering on the protocol and IPPROTO_IP should
not be used in these calls unless explicitly passed when making
these calls for fwmarks in ip_vs_sched_persist().
Tested-by: Fabien Duchêne <fabien.duchene@student.uclouvain.be>
Cc: Joseph Mack NA3T <jmack@wm7d.net>
Cc: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code is used as a library by several device drivers,
which select INET_LRO.
If some are modules and some are statically built into the
kernel, we get build failures if INET_LRO is modular.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Karkare <akarkare@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge reason: tracing/core was on a .30-rc1 base and was missing out on
on a handful of tracing fixes present in .30-rc5-almost.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
By separating the freeing code from the refcounting decrementing.
Probably reducing icache pressure when we still have reference counts to
go.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ac45f602ee ("net: infrastructure
for hardware time stamping") added two skb initialization actions to
__alloc_skb(), which need to be added to skb_recycle_check() as well.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no limit is given, the bfifo uses a default of tx_queue_len * mtu.
Packets handled by qdiscs include the link layer header, so this should
be taken into account, similar to what other qdiscs do.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new wimax_dev is created, it's state has to be __WIMAX_ST_NULL
until wimax_dev_add() is succesfully called. This allows calls into
the stack that happen before said time to be rejected.
Until now, the state was being set (by mistake) to UNINITIALIZED,
which was allowing calls such as wimax_report_rfkill_hw() to go
through even when a call to wimax_dev_add() had failed; that was
causing an oops when touching uninitialized data.
This situation is normal when the device starts reporting state before
the whole initialization has been completed. It just has to be dealt
with.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
When sending a message to user space using wimax_msg(), if nla_put()
fails, correctly interpret the return code from wimax_msg_alloc() as
an err ptr and return the error code instead of crashing (as it is
assuming than non-NULL means the pointer is ok).
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
We are currently processing block ack reordering as a separate task
before all other RX handlers. In theory, this is wrong since this step
should be done only after duplicate removal (see Figure 6-1 in IEEE
802.11n). However, moving this needs some work and the current
situation is not too bad. Add a comment here so that this small detail
does not get forgotten and who knows, maybe someone has some extra
time to take a look at cleaning this up.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch allows skbs to be released from the RX reorder buffer in
case they have been there for an unexpectedly long time without us
having received the missing frames before them. Previously, these
frames were only released when the reorder window moved and that could
take very long time unless new frames were received constantly (e.g.,
TCP connections could be killed more or less indefinitely).
This situation should not happen very frequently, but it looks like
there are some scenarious that trigger it for some reason. As such,
this should be considered mostly a workaround to speed up recovery
from unexpected siutation that could result in connections hanging for
long periods of time.
The changes here will only check for timeout situation when adding new
RX frames to the reorder buffer. It does not handle all possible
cases, but seems to help for most cases that could result from common
network usage (e.g., TCP retrying at least couple of times). For more
completely coverage, a timer could be used to periodically check
whether there are any frames remaining in the reorder buffer if no new
frames are received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to duplicate the same code in two places (and that would be
three after the followup patch).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/mac80211/mlme.c:2079:28: warning: symbol 'ssid_len' shadows an earlier one
net/mac80211/mlme.c:2022:12: originally declared here
ssid_len is already being declared and checked above so there is
no need for it again.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's not very helpful to see, in iwconfig, the current frequency
the card is tuned to if that frequency is currently somewhere
across the board because we're scanning. Since we keep track of
the frequency the user wants, display that instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes sparse complaint:
CHECK net/wireless/nl80211.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c:3694:6:
warning: symbol 'nl80211_send_mlme_timeout'
was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To deter future rate scaling algorithm writers from requesting NO_ACK
packets to be retried, throw a WARN_ON_ONCE if the algorithm hands us
a try count over 1 for NO_ACK packet.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make PID check for IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK instead of
is_multicast_ether_addr when determining whether to use the lowest
rate, and set the retry count to 0 (total try count = 1) if
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK is set.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the retry count zero (total try count = 1) for frames with
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK set.
Also remove the check for is_multicast_ether_addr in use_low_rate,
which is redundant because all multicasts have IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK
set.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IE buffer was allocated, the pub.information_elements pointer
was also changed to the allocated space. So we must not assume anymore
that the pointer points at the "found" tail.
So if it was allocated previously, take the codebranch that grows the
buffer size (if necessary) and put the data into the allocated buffer.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes an unnecessary ksize() call. krealloc() will do this
test internally and won't perform any allocation if the space is
already sufficient to hold the data.
So remove the redundant check.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/rfkill/rfkill.c: In function 'update_rfkill_state':
net/rfkill/rfkill.c:99: error: implicit declaration of function 'rfkill_led_trigger'
Caused by
: commit 492301fb5d
: Author: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
: Date: Thu Apr 9 22:14:19 2009 -0500
:
: rfkill: Fix broken rfkill LED in 2.6.30-rc1
Cc: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 0ad8acaf "cfg80211: fix NULL pointer deference in
reg_device_remove()" added a check that last_request is non-NULL,
rendering the 2nd check superfluous. While there, rearrange the code a
bit so it's a little more straight forward.
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to the use of a _REQ_DIRECT_PROBE bit, which is
unnecessary (and I wonder why it was done that way),
an interesting situation can arise:
1) we try to probe an access point
2) the AP doesn't response in time
3) we tell userspace that we gave up
4) the AP suddenly responds
5) we auth/assoc with the AP
I've seen 4) happen in testing with hostapd SIGSTOPped,
and when SIGCONTinued it processes the probe requests
that came in and send responses. But 5) is not supposed
to happen after we tell everybody we've given up on the
AP.
To fix this, remove the _REQ_DIRECT_PROBE request bit,
and process probe responses when we're in the relevant
MLME state, namely IEEE80211_STA_MLME_DIRECT_PROBE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the direct probe times out, we need to send the authentication
timeout event to notify SME in the same way as we notify on timeout
with authentication frames since the direct probe is run as part of
the authentication attempt.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver
calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers
for all operations.
All calls are now written as
drv_<op>(local, ...);
instead of
local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...);
Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and
return default values as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are some places marked
/* XXX maybe racy? */
and they really are racy because there's no locking.
This patch reworks much of the scan code, and introduces proper
locking for the scan request as well as the internal scanning
(which is necessary for IBSS/managed modes). Helper functions
are added to call the scanning code whenever necessary. The
scan deferring is changed to simply queue the scanning work
instead of trying to start the scan in place, the scanning work
will then take care of the rest.
Also, currently when internal scans are requested for an interface
that is trying to associate, we reject such scans. This was not
intended, the mlme code has provisions to scan twice when it can't
find the BSS to associate with right away; this has never worked
properly. Fix this by not rejecting internal scan requests for an
interface that is associating.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the IBSS code wants to scan, but that fails, we can
get stuck in a situation where you can never scan again.
Fix this by properly notifying ourselves when the scan
request has failed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When somebody changes the PS parameters while scanning
is in progress, we enable PS -- during the scan. This
is clearly not desirable, and we can just abort enabling
PS when scanning since when the scan finishes it will
be taken care of.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are a few problems in the IBSS code:
a) it tries to activate interfaces that are down after scanning
b) it crashes after scanning on an IBSS iface that isn't active
c) since the ssid_len is used as a flag, need to make it visible
only after all other settings are set, this helps protect
against b)
For b), we get a system crash:
wlan0: Creating new IBSS network, BSSID ce:f9:88:76:1e:4d
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<...>] ieee80211_sta_find_ibss+0x294/0x37d [mac80211]
Call Trace:
[<...>] ieee80211_ibss_notify_scan_completed+0x0/0x88 [mac80211]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v5 -> v6 (current):
-removed so far unused static functions
-corrected dev_addr_del_multiple to call del instead of add
v4 -> v5:
-added device address type (suggested by davem)
-removed refcounting (better to have simplier code then safe potentially few
bytes)
v3 -> v4:
-changed kzalloc to kmalloc in __hw_addr_add_ii()
-ASSERT_RTNL() avoided in dev_addr_flush() and dev_addr_init()
v2 -> v3:
-removed unnecessary rcu read locking
-moved dev_addr_flush() calling to ensure no null dereference of dev_addr
v1 -> v2:
-added forgotten ASSERT_RTNL to dev_addr_init and dev_addr_flush
-removed unnecessary rcu_read locking in dev_addr_init
-use compare_ether_addr_64bits instead of compare_ether_addr
-use L1_CACHE_BYTES as size for allocating struct netdev_hw_addr
-use call_rcu instead of rcu_synchronize
-moved is_etherdev_addr into __KERNEL__ ifdef
This patch introduces a new list in struct net_device and brings a set of
functions to handle the work with device address list. The list is a replacement
for the original dev_addr field and because in some situations there is need to
carry several device addresses with the net device. To be backward compatible,
dev_addr is made to point to the first member of the list so original drivers
sees no difference.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the wrong message type that are triggered by
user updates, the following commands:
(term1)# conntrack -I -p tcp -s 1.1.1.1 -d 2.2.2.2 -t 10 --sport 10 --dport 20 --state LISTEN
(term1)# conntrack -U -p tcp -s 1.1.1.1 -d 2.2.2.2 -t 10 --sport 10 --dport 20 --state SYN_SENT
(term1)# conntrack -U -p tcp -s 1.1.1.1 -d 2.2.2.2 -t 10 --sport 10 --dport 20 --state SYN_RECV
only trigger event message of type NEW, when only the first is NEW
while others should be UPDATE.
(term2)# conntrack -E
[NEW] tcp 6 10 LISTEN src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=10 dport=20 [UNREPLIED] src=2.2.2.2 dst=1.1.1.1 sport=20 dport=10 mark=0
[NEW] tcp 6 10 SYN_SENT src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=10 dport=20 [UNREPLIED] src=2.2.2.2 dst=1.1.1.1 sport=20 dport=10 mark=0
[NEW] tcp 6 10 SYN_RECV src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=10 dport=20 [UNREPLIED] src=2.2.2.2 dst=1.1.1.1 sport=20 dport=10 mark=0
This patch also removes IPCT_REFRESH from the bitmask since it is
not of any use.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a problem when you use 32 nodes in the cluster
match:
% iptables -I PREROUTING -t mangle -i eth0 -m cluster \
--cluster-total-nodes 32 --cluster-local-node 32 \
--cluster-hash-seed 0xdeadbeef -j MARK --set-mark 0xffff
iptables: Invalid argument. Run `dmesg' for more information.
% dmesg | tail -1
xt_cluster: this node mask cannot be higher than the total number of nodes
The problem is related to this checking:
if (info->node_mask >= (1 << info->total_nodes)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "xt_cluster: this node mask cannot be "
"higher than the total number of nodes\n");
return false;
}
(1 << 32) is 1. Thus, the checking fails.
BTW, I said this before but I insist: I have only tested the cluster
match with 2 nodes getting ~45% extra performance in an active-active setup.
The maximum limit of 32 nodes is still completely arbitrary. I'd really
appreciate if people that have more nodes in their setups let me know.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (30 commits)
e1000: fix virtualization bug
bonding: fix alb mode locking regression
Bluetooth: Fix issue with sysfs handling for connections
usbnet: CDC EEM support (v5)
tcp: Fix tcp_prequeue() to get correct rto_min value
ehea: fix invalid pointer access
ne2k-pci: Do not register device until initialized.
Subject: [PATCH] br2684: restore net_dev initialization
net: Only store high 16 bits of kernel generated filter priorities
virtio_net: Fix function name typo
virtio_net: Cleanup command queue scatterlist usage
bonding: correct the cleanup in bond_create()
virtio: add missing include to virtio_net.h
smsc95xx: add support for LAN9512 and LAN9514
smsc95xx: configure LED outputs
netconsole: take care of NETDEV_UNREGISTER event
xt_socket: checks for the state of nf_conntrack
bonding: bond_slave_info_query() fix
cxgb3: fixing gcc 4.4 compiler warning: suggest parentheses around operand of ‘!’
netfilter: use likely() in xt_info_rdlock_bh()
...
As packets ending with NEXTHDR_NONE don't have a last extension header,
the check for the length needs to be after the check for NEXTHDR_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Due to a semantic changes in flush_workqueue() the current approach of
synchronizing the sysfs handling for connections doesn't work anymore. The
whole approach is actually fully broken and based on assumptions that are
no longer valid.
With the introduction of Simple Pairing support, the creation of low-level
ACL links got changed. This change invalidates the reason why in the past
two independent work queues have been used for adding/removing sysfs
devices. The adding of the actual sysfs device is now postponed until the
host controller successfully assigns an unique handle to that link. So
the real synchronization happens inside the controller and not the host.
The only left-over problem is that some internals of the sysfs device
handling are not initialized ahead of time. This leaves potential access
to invalid data and can cause various NULL pointer dereferences. To fix
this a new function makes sure that all sysfs details are initialized
when an connection attempt is made. The actual sysfs device is only
registered when the connection has been successfully established. To
avoid a race condition with the registration, the check if a device is
registered has been moved into the removal work.
As an extra protection two flush_work() calls are left in place to
make sure a previous add/del work has been completed first.
Based on a report by Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roger Quadros <ext-roger.quadros@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
pid doesn't count with some band having more bitrates than the one
associated the first time.
Fix that by counting the maximal available bitrate count and allocate
big enough space.
Secondly, fix touching uninitialized memory which causes panics.
Index sucked from this random memory points to the hell.
The fix is to sort the rates on each band change.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
minstrel doesn't count max rate count in fact, since it doesn't use
a loop variable `i' and hence allocs space only for bitrates found in
the first band.
Fix it by involving the `i' as an index so that it traverses all the
bands now and finds the real max bitrate count.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We forgot to lock using the cfg80211_mutex in
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(). Without the lock
there is possible race between processing a reply from CRDA
and a driver calling wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(). During
the processing of the reply from CRDA we free last_request and
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() eventually accesses an
element from last_request in the through freq_reg_info_regd().
This is very difficult to reproduce (I haven't), it takes us
3 hours and you need to be banging hard, but the race is obvious
by looking at the code.
This should only affect those who use this caller, which currently
is ath5k, ath9k, and ar9170.
EIP: 0060:[<f8ebec50>] EFLAGS: 00210282 CPU: 1
EIP is at freq_reg_info_regd+0x24/0x121 [cfg80211]
EAX: 00000000 EBX: f7ca0060 ECX: f5183d94 EDX: 0024cde0
ESI: f8f56edc EDI: 00000000 EBP: 00000000 ESP: f5183d44
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0033 SS: 0068
Process modprobe (pid: 14617, ti=f5182000 task=f3934d10 task.ti=f5182000)
Stack: c0505300 f7ca0ab4 f5183d94 0024cde0 f8f403a6 f8f63160 f7ca0060 00000000
00000000 f8ebedf8 f5183d90 f8f56edc 00000000 00000004 00000f40 f8f56edc
f7ca0060 f7ca1234 00000000 00000000 00000000 f7ca14f0 f7ca0ab4 f7ca1289
Call Trace:
[<f8ebedf8>] wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory+0x8f/0x122 [cfg80211]
[<f8f3f798>] ath_attach+0x707/0x9e6 [ath9k]
[<f8f45e46>] ath_pci_probe+0x18d/0x29a [ath9k]
[<c023c7ba>] pci_device_probe+0xa3/0xe4
[<c02a860b>] really_probe+0xd7/0x1de
[<c02a87e7>] __driver_attach+0x37/0x55
[<c02a7eed>] bus_for_each_dev+0x31/0x57
[<c02a83bd>] driver_attach+0x16/0x18
[<c02a78e6>] bus_add_driver+0xec/0x21b
[<c02a8959>] driver_register+0x85/0xe2
[<c023c9bb>] __pci_register_driver+0x3c/0x69
[<f8e93043>] ath9k_init+0x43/0x68 [ath9k]
[<c010112b>] _stext+0x3b/0x116
[<c014a872>] sys_init_module+0x8a/0x19e
[<c01049ad>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x21
[<ffffe430>] 0xffffe430
=======================
Code: 0f 94 c0 c3 31 c0 c3 55 57 56 53 89 c3 83 ec 14 8b 74 24 2c 89 54 24 0c 89 4c 24 08 85 f6 75
06 8b 35 c8 bb ec f8 a1 cc bb ec f8 <8b> 40 04 83 f8 03 74 3a 48 74 37 8b 43 28 85 c0 74 30 89 c6
8b
EIP: [<f8ebec50>] freq_reg_info_regd+0x24/0x121 [cfg80211] SS:ESP 0068:f5183d44
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Nataraj Sadasivam <Nataraj.Sadasivam@Atheros.com>
Reported-by: Vivek Natarajan <Vivek.Natarajan@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another bug in the "cfg80211: do not replace BSS structs" patch,
a forgotten length update leads to bogus data being stored and
passed to userspace, often truncated.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The fragmentation threshold is defined to be including the
FCS, and the code that sets the TX_FRAGMENTED flag correctly
accounts for those four bytes. The code that verifies this
doesn't though, which could lead to spurious warnings and
frames being dropped although everything is ok. Correct the
code by accounting for the FCS.
(JWL -- The problem is described here:
http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/32205 )
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net_create() will be used by C/R to create fresh netns on restart.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copy_net_ns() doesn't copy anything, it creates fresh netns, so
get/put of old netns isn't needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_prequeue() refers to the constant value (TCP_RTO_MIN) regardless of
the actual value might be tuned. The following patches fix this and make
tcp_prequeue get the actual value returns from tcp_rto_min().
Signed-off-by: Satoru SATOH <satoru.satoh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should be very safe compared with full enabled, so I see
no reason why it shouldn't be done right away. As ECN can only
be negotiated if the SYN sending party is also supporting it,
somebody in the loop probably knows what he/she is doing. If
SYN does not ask for ECN, the server side SYN-ACK is identical
to what it is without ECN. Thus it's quite safe.
The chosen value is safe w.r.t to existing configs which
choose to currently set manually either 0 or 1 but
silently upgrades those who have not explicitly requested
ECN off.
Whether to just enable both sides comes up time to time but
unless that gets done now we can at least make the servers
aware of ECN already. As there are some known problems to occur
if ECN is enabled, it's currently questionable whether there's
any real gain from enabling clients as servers mostly won't
support it anyway (so we'd hit just the negative sides). After
enabling the servers and getting that deployed, the client end
enable really has some potential gain too.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based almost entirely upon a patch by Eric Dumazet.
The common case is to have num-tx-queues <= num_rx_queues
and even if num_tx_queues is larger it will not be significantly
larger.
Therefore, a subtraction loop is always going to be faster than
modulus.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These fixes resolved crashes due to resource leak BUG_ON checks. The
resource leaks were detected by introducing asynchronous transport errors.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Commit 0ba25ff4c6 ("br2684: convert to
net_device_ops") inadvertently deleted the initialization of the net_dev
pointer in the br2684_dev structure, leading to crashes. This patch
adds it back.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel should only be using the high 16 bits of a kernel
generated priority. Filter priorities in all other cases only
use the upper 16 bits of the u32 'prio' field of 'struct tcf_proto',
but when the kernel generates the priority of a filter is saves all
32 bits which can result in incorrect lookup failures when a filter
needs to be deleted or modified.
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xt_socket can use connection tracking, and checks whether it is a module.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When skb_rx_queue_recorded() is true, we dont want to use jash distribution
as the device driver exactly told us which queue was selected at RX time.
jhash makes a statistical shuffle, but this wont work with 8 static inputs.
Later improvements would be to compute reciprocal value of real_num_tx_queues
to avoid a divide here. But this computation should be done once,
when real_num_tx_queues is set. This needs a separate patch, and a new
field in struct net_device.
Reported-by: Andrew Dickinson <andrew@whydna.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lennert Buytenhek wrote:
> Since 4fb6699481 ("net: Optimize memory
> usage when splicing from sockets.") I'm seeing this oops (e.g. in
> 2.6.30-rc3) when splicing from a TCP socket to /dev/null on a driver
> (mv643xx_eth) that uses LRO in the skb mode (lro_receive_skb) rather
> than the frag mode:
My patch incorrectly assumed skb->sk was always valid, but for
"frag_listed" skbs we can only use skb->sk of their parent.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Debugged-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In "mac80211: correct wext transmit power handler"
I fixed the wext handler, but forgot to make the default of the
user_power_level -1 (aka "auto"), so that now the transmit power
is always set to 0, causing associations to time out and similar
problems since we're transmitting with very little power. Correct
this by correcting the default user_power_level to -1.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Bisected-by: Niel Lambrechts <niel.lambrechts@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- ieee80211_wep_init(), which is called with rtnl_lock held, blocks in
request_module() [waiting for modprobe to load a crypto module].
- modprobe blocks in a call to flush_workqueue(), when it closes a TTY
[presumably when it exits].
- The workqueue item linkwatch_event() blocks on rtnl_lock.
There's no reason for wep_init() to be called with rtnl_lock held, so
just move it outside the critical section.
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The x_tables are organized with a table structure and a per-cpu copies
of the counters and rules. On older kernels there was a reader/writer
lock per table which was a performance bottleneck. In 2.6.30-rc, this
was converted to use RCU and the counters/rules which solved the performance
problems for do_table but made replacing rules much slower because of
the necessary RCU grace period.
This version uses a per-cpu set of spinlocks and counters to allow to
table processing to proceed without the cache thrashing of a global
reader lock and keeps the same performance for table updates.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up svc_one_sock_name() by setting up automatic variables for
frequently used expressions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add an arm to the switch statement in svc_one_sock_name() so it can
construct the name of PF_INET6 sockets properly.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Aime Le Rouzic <aime.le-rouzic@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Use snprintf() in one_sock_name() to prevent overflowing the output
buffer. If the name doesn't fit in the buffer, the buffer is filled
in with an empty string, and -ENAMETOOLONG is returned.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Adjust the synopsis of svc_sock_names() to pass in the size of the
output buffer. Add a documenting comment.
This is a cosmetic change for now. A subsequent patch will make sure
the buffer length is passed to one_sock_name(), where the length will
actually be useful.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Adjust the synopsis of svc_addsock() to pass in the size of the output
buffer. Add a documenting comment.
This is a cosmetic change for now. A subsequent patch will make sure
the buffer length is passed to one_sock_name(), where the length will
actually be useful.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_xprt_names() function can overflow its buffer if it's so near
the end of the passed in buffer that the "name too long" string still
doesn't fit. Of course, it could never tell if it was near the end
of the passed in buffer, since its only caller passes in zero as the
buffer length.
Let's make this API a little safer.
Change svc_xprt_names() so it *always* checks for a buffer overflow,
and change its only caller to pass in the correct buffer length.
If svc_xprt_names() does overflow its buffer, it now fails with an
ENAMETOOLONG errno, instead of trying to write a message at the end
of the buffer. I don't like this much, but I can't figure out a clean
way that's always safe to return some of the names, *and* an
indication that the buffer was not long enough.
The displayed error when doing a 'cat /proc/fs/nfsd/portlist' is
"File name too long".
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_addr_len() helper function returns -EAFNOSUPPORT if it doesn't
recognize the address family of the passed-in socket address. However,
the return type of this function is size_t, which means -EAFNOSUPPORT
is turned into a very large positive value in this case.
The check in svc_udp_recvfrom() to see if the return value is less
than zero therefore won't work at all.
Additionally, handle_connect_req() passes this value directly to
memset(). This could cause memset() to clobber a large chunk of memory
if svc_addr_len() has returned an error. Currently the address family
of these addresses, however, is known to be supported long before
handle_connect_req() is called, so this isn't a real risk.
Change the error return value of svc_addr_len() to zero, which fits in
the range of size_t, and is safer to pass to memset() directly.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Fix the following sparse warnings in net/sunrpc/svc_xprt.c.
warning: symbol 'svc_recv' was not declared. Should it be static?
warning: symbol 'svc_drop' was not declared. Should it be static?
warning: symbol 'svc_send' was not declared. Should it be static?
warning: symbol 'svc_close_all' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The Bluetooth 2.1 specification introduced four different security modes
that can be mapped using Legacy Pairing and Simple Pairing. With the
usage of Simple Pairing it is required that all connections (except
the ones for SDP) are encrypted. So even the low security requirement
mandates an encrypted connection when using Simple Pairing. When using
Legacy Pairing (for Bluetooth 2.0 devices and older) this is not required
since it causes interoperability issues.
To support this properly the low security requirement translates into
different host controller transactions depending if Simple Pairing is
supported or not. However in case of Simple Pairing the command to
switch on encryption after a successful authentication is not triggered
for the low security mode. This patch fixes this and actually makes
the logic to differentiate between Simple Pairing and Legacy Pairing
a lot simpler.
Based on a report by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth stack uses a reference counting for all established ACL
links and if no user (L2CAP connection) is present, the link will be
terminated to save power. The problem part is the dedicated pairing
when using Legacy Pairing (Bluetooth 2.0 and before). At that point
no user is present and pairing attempts will be disconnected within
10 seconds or less. In previous kernel version this was not a problem
since the disconnect timeout wasn't triggered on incoming connections
for the first time. However this caused issues with broken host stacks
that kept the connections around after dedicated pairing. When the
support for Simple Pairing got added, the link establishment procedure
needed to be changed and now causes issues when using Legacy Pairing
When using Simple Pairing it is possible to do a proper reference
counting of ACL link users. With Legacy Pairing this is not possible
since the specification is unclear in some areas and too many broken
Bluetooth devices have already been deployed. So instead of trying to
deal with all the broken devices, a special pairing timeout will be
introduced that increases the timeout to 60 seconds when pairing is
triggered.
If a broken devices now puts the stack into an unforeseen state, the
worst that happens is the disconnect timeout triggers after 120 seconds
instead of 4 seconds. This allows successful pairings with legacy and
broken devices now.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These are later assigned to other values without being used meanwhile.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 2.6.25 we added UDP mem accounting.
This unfortunatly added a penalty when a frame is transmitted, since
we have at TX completion time to call sock_wfree() to perform necessary
memory accounting. This calls sock_def_write_space() and utimately
scheduler if any thread is waiting on the socket.
Thread(s) waiting for an incoming frame was scheduled, then had to sleep
again as event was meaningless.
(All threads waiting on a socket are using same sk_sleep anchor)
This adds lot of extra wakeups and increases latencies, as noted
by Christoph Lameter, and slows down softirq handler.
Reference : http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=124060437012283&w=2
Fortunatly, Davide Libenzi recently added concept of keyed wakeups
into kernel, and particularly for sockets (see commit
37e5540b3c
epoll keyed wakeups: make sockets use keyed wakeups)
Davide goal was to optimize epoll, but this new wakeup infrastructure
can help non epoll users as well, if they care to setup an appropriate
handler.
This patch introduces new DEFINE_WAIT_FUNC() helper and uses it
in wait_for_packet(), so that only relevant event can wakeup a thread
blocked in this function.
Trace of function calls from bnx2 TX completion bnx2_poll_work() is :
__kfree_skb()
skb_release_head_state()
sock_wfree()
sock_def_write_space()
__wake_up_sync_key()
__wake_up_common()
receiver_wake_function() : Stops here since thread is waiting for an INPUT
Reported-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this is the sctp code to enable hardware crc32c offload for
adapters that support it.
Originally by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
modified by Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a brand new GRO skb, we cannot call ip_hdr since the header
may lie in the non-linear area. This patch adds the helper
skb_gro_network_header to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb_gro_* code fails to handle the case where a header starts
in the linear area but ends in the frags area. Since the goal
of skb_gro_* is to optimise the case of completely non-linear
packets, we can simply bail out if we have anything in the linear
area.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now we have no upper limit on the size of the route cache hash table.
On a 128GB POWER6 box it ends up as 32MB:
IP route cache hash table entries: 4194304 (order: 9, 33554432 bytes)
It would be nice to cap this for memory consumption reasons, but a massive
hashtable also causes a significant spike when measuring OS jitter.
With a 32MB hashtable and 4 million entries, rt_worker_func is taking
5 ms to complete. On another system with more memory it's taking 14 ms.
Even though rt_worker_func does call cond_sched() to limit its impact,
in an HPC environment we want to keep all sources of OS jitter to a minimum.
With the patch applied we limit the number of entries to 512k which
can still be overriden by using the rt_entries boot option:
IP route cache hash table entries: 524288 (order: 6, 4194304 bytes)
With this patch rt_worker_func now takes 0.460 ms on the same system.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I initially implemented this protocol, I disregarded the use of netlink
attribute headers, thinking for my purposes they weren't needed. I've come to
find out that, as I'm starting to work with sending down messages with
associated data (like config messages), the kernel code spits out warnings about
trailing data in a netlink skb that doesn't have an associated header on it. As
such, I'm going to start including attribute headers in my netlink transaction,
and so for completeness, I should likely include them on messages bound from the
kernel to user space. This patch adds that header to the kernel, and bumps the
protocol version accordingly
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kernel inserts a temporary SA for IKE, it uses the wrong hash
value for dst list. Two hash values were calcultated before: one with
source address and one with a wildcard source address.
Bug hinted by Junwei Zhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and
OutMcastOctets:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293
But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other
protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested
successfully by me
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the VLAN event handler does not adjust the VLAN
device's carrier state when the real device or the VLAN device is set
administratively up or down.
The following patch adds a transfer of operating state from the
real device to the VLAN device when the real device is administratively
set up or down, and sets the carrier state up or down during init, open
and close of the VLAN device.
This permits observers above the VLAN device that care about the
carrier state (bonding's link monitor, for example) to receive updates
for administrative changes by more closely mimicing the behavior of real
devices.
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The nfs server rdma transport was mapping rdma read target pages for
TO_DEVICE instead of FROM_DEVICE. This causes data corruption on non
cache-coherent systems if frmrs are used.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
net/mac80211/tx.c: In function ‘ieee80211_tx_h_select_key’:
net/mac80211/tx.c:448: warning: ‘key’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/rc.c: In function ‘ath_rc_rate_getidx’:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/rc.c:815: warning: ‘nextindex’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/hostap/hostap_plx.c: In function ‘prism2_plx_probe’:
drivers/net/wireless/hostap/hostap_plx.c:438: warning: ‘cor_index’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/hostap/hostap_plx.c:438: warning: ‘cor_offset’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Related-to: commit 325fb5b4d2
The compat path suffers from a similar problem. It only uses a __be32
when all of the recent code uses, and expects, an nf_inet_addr
everywhere. As a result, addresses stored by xt_recents were
filled with whatever other stuff was on the stack following the be32.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
With a minor compile fix from Roman.
Reported-and-tested-by: Roman Hoog Antink <rha@open.ch>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds missing role attribute to the DCCP type, otherwise
the creation of entries is not of any use.
The attribute added is CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_ROLE which contains the
role of the conntrack original tuple.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Commit d0dba725 (netfilter: ctnetlink: add callbacks to the per-proto
nlattrs) changed the protocol registration function to abort if the
to-be registered protocol doesn't provide a new callback function.
The DCCP and UDP-Lite IPv6 protocols were missed in this conversion,
add the required callback pointer.
Reported-and-tested-by: Steven Jan Springl <steven@springl.ukfsn.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
From: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
net/iucv/af_iucv.c in net-next-2.6 is almost correct. 4 lines should
still be deleted. These are the remaining changes:
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new
IUCV communication paths.
The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages
that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM
when an IUCV connection is established.
Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535.
The default value is 65535.
The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen()
for sockets.
If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message
limit is not supported.
For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit
that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual
message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM
for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations
specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the skb cannot be copied to user iovec, always return -EFAULT.
The skb is enqueued again, except MSG_PEEK flag is set, to allow user space
applications to correct its iovec pointer.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the socket type SOCK_SEQPACKET in addition to
SOCK_STREAM.
AF_IUCV sockets of type SOCK_SEQPACKET supports an 1:1 mapping of
socket read or write operations to complete IUCV messages.
Socket data or IUCV message data is not fragmented as this is the
case for SOCK_STREAM sockets.
The intention is to help application developers who write
applications or device drivers using native IUCV interfaces
(Linux kernel or z/VM IUCV interfaces).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over
an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an
(native) iucv message is used.
This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and
iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of
struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a
"socket control message" (SCM/CMSG).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch allows to send and receive data in the parameter list of an
iucv message.
The parameter list is an arry of 8 bytes that are used by af_iucv as
follows:
0..6 7 bytes for socket data and
7 1 byte to store the data length.
Instead of storing the data length directly, the difference
between 0xFF and the data length is used.
This convention does not interfere with the existing use of PRM
messages for shutting down the send direction of an AF_IUCV socket
(shutdown() operation). Data lenghts greater than 7 (or PRM message
byte 8 is less than 0xF8) denotes to special messages.
Currently, the special SEND_SHUTDOWN message is supported only.
To use IPRM messages, both communicators must set the IUCV_IPRMDATA
flag during path negotiation, i.e. in iucv_connect() and
path_pending().
To be compatible to older af_iucv implementations, sending PRM
messages is controlled by the socket option SO_IPRMDATA_MSG.
Receiving PRM messages does not depend on the socket option (but
requires the IUCV_IPRMDATA path flag to be set).
Sending/Receiving data in the parameter list improves performance for
small amounts of data by reducing message_completion() interrupts and
memory copy operations.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable
sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages.
The patch sets respective flag only.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the af_iucv communication partner quiesces the path to shutdown its
receive direction, provide a quiesce callback implementation to shutdown
the (local) send direction. This ensures that both sides are synchronized.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the IUCV commands can be invoked in interrupt context.
Those commands need a different per-cpu IUCV command parameter block,
otherwise they might overwrite an IUCV command parameter of a not yet
finished IUCV command invocation in process context.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval
attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon
interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Stephen Rothwell reported these warnings from a 32-bit build:
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1771: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1772: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1773: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1774: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1775: warning: left shift count >= width of type
This shows a bug in my code -- BIT(X) uses just "1 << X" which means
a 32-bit integer on 32-bit platforms, but the code here needs a u64
on all platforms. Fix this by using "1ULL << X" instead of BIT(X).
Thanks Stephen!
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the RCU locking here we sleep while in an atomic context,
since we can sleep just use mutex locking for the interface
list instead of RCU. Sorry, seems I didn't get that in my UML
test.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that
when parsing it and use the proper type. To ease that adjust
struct ieee80211_tim_ie to have a virtual bitmap of size
at least 1.
Also check that the TIM IE is actually present before trying
to parse it!
Because other people may need the function, make it a static
inline in ieee80211.h.
(The original "mac80211: validate TIM IE length" was a minimal fix for
2.6.30. This purports to be the full, correct fix. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The fact that these are exported is a technical detail
of the conversion period -- we don't want anybody to
start relying on these. Ultimately we want things to
use cfg80211 only, and once everything that is in wext
is converted to cfg80211 drivers will not need to touch
wext _at all_.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we leave an IBSS, we should clear the SSID and not just the
BSSID, but since WEXT allows configuring while the interface is
down we must not clear it when leaving due to taking the iface
down, so some complications are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and
retry limits.
Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy
from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits
are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be
eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values
in struct wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This converts mac80211 to the new cfg80211 IBSS API, the
wext handling functions are called where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers.
The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them
from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS.
The nl80211 API requires
* an SSID
* a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS
has to be created
It optionally supports
* a flag to fix the channel
* a fixed BSSID
The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before
the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it
also caches values when the interface is down and instructs
the driver to join when the interface is set up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When listing all wireless netdevs in the system this
is useful to print which wiphy they belong to. Just
add the attribute, any program that doesn't care will
just ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch sets IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT for outgoing
frames for a half-wake station.
this is necessary if one wants to get ps-poll working properly with a p54 ap.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can allow scan requests in AP mode as long as the interface has not
yet been configured to send out Beacon frames (or if beaconing has
been disabled prior to the scan request). This makes it easier to scan
for neighboring BSSes during AP initialization and makes it possible
to run a scan without setting the interface down, if needed. Without
this change, the only available option would be to set the interface
down, move into station mode, and set the interface up, prior to
requesting the scan.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable PS by default (depending on Kconfig) -- rely on drivers
to control the level using pm_qos. Due to the previous patch
we turn off PS when necessary due to latency requirements.
This has a Kconfig symbol so people can, if they really want,
configure the default in their kernels. We may want to keep it
at "default y" only in wireless-testing for a while.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Regardless of whether the hardware implements beacon filtering,
there's no need to process all beacons in software all the time
throughout the stack (mac80211 does a lot, then cfg80211, then
in the future possibly userspace).
This patch implements the "best possible" beacon filtering in
mac80211. "Best possible" means that it can look for changes in
all requested information elements, and distinguish vendor IEs
by their OUI.
In the future, we will add nl80211 API for userspace to request
information elements and vendor IE OUIs to watch -- drivers can
then implement the best they can do while software implements
it fully.
It is unclear whether or not this actually saves CPU time, but
the data is all in the cache already so it should be fairly
cheap. The additional _testing_, however, has great benefit;
Without this, and on hardware that doesn't implement beacon
filtering, wrong assumptions about, for example, scan result
updates could quickly creep into code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an application asks for a latency lower than the beacon interval
there's nothing we can do -- we need to stay awake and not have the
AP buffer frames for us. Add code to automatically calculate this
constraint in mac80211 so drivers need not concern themselves with it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When you have multiple virtual interfaces the current
implementation requires setting them up properly from
userspace, which is undesirable when we want to default
to power save mode. Keep track of powersave requested
from userspace per managed mode interface, and only
enable powersave globally when exactly one managed mode
interface is active and has powersave turned on.
Second, only start the dynPS timer when PS is turned
on, and properly turn it off when PS is turned off.
Third, fix the scan_sdata abuse in the dynps code.
Finally, also reorder the code and refactor the code
that enables PS or the dynps timer instead of having
it copied in two places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
That will make the various cases where the WARN_ON
can happen distinguishable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rfkill system fails to issue a LED trigger event when the rfkill state
changes.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the normal WPA or RSN case keys are only configured after
associating, so we should do that in that order when resuming
as well. It shouldn't really matter since we do not send any
data at either point, but iwlwifi prefers it this way and it
does seem more natural.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify
their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also
update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This informs userspace when a change has occured on a world
roaming wiphy's channel which has lifted some restrictions
due to a regulatory beacon hint.
Because this is now sent to userspace through the regulatory
multicast group we remove the debug prints we used to use as
they are no longer necessary.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a netlink channel put helper, nl80211_msg_put_channel(),
which we will also make use of later for the beacon hints events.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As part of our documented API we always respect the orig_flag
settings on a channel. We forgot to follow this for the beacon
hints.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using nl80211 association, we need to send association response
with a failure code to user space SME instead of just internally
trying to send out the same (re)association request again couple of
times. This fixes problems in association process getting stuck on a
failure when user space is not notified in any way that something
actually failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Include the HT capabilities in the probe request frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells
userspace how long the information elements added to a probe
request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to
advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I
can fix that, iwlwifi too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It really belongs into that file since it is only relevant
for managed mode. Move 1:1, not even whitespace changes,
but make it static and remove from header file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is a required parameter for
NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE. We are currently (by chance) defaulting to
open system authentication if the attribute is not specified. It is
better to just reject the invalid command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated #include in net/wireless/core.h.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a lot of rfkill-input code that cannot ever be
compiled and is useless until somebody needs and tests
it -- therefore remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Almost all drivers do not support user_claim, so remove it
completely and always report -EOPNOTSUPP to userspace. Since
userspace cannot really drive rfkill _anyway_ (due to the
odd restrictions imposed by the documentation) having this
code is just pointless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I only did superficial review, but these constants are stupid
to have and without proper warnings nobody will review the
code anyway, no amount of shouting will help.
Also fix wimax to use correct states.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes nl80211 to:
* validate that any IE input is a valid IE (stream)
* move some validation code before locking
* require that a reason code is given for both deauth/disassoc
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a stupid bug introduced in 25f85c31d4f..
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a (bogus?) gcc warning during compilation:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c🔢 warning: 'helpname' may be used uninitialized in this function
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c:991: warning: 'helpname' may be used uninitialized in this function
In fact, helpname is initialized by ctnetlink_parse_help() so
I cannot see a way to use it without being initialized.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch "af_rose/x25: Sanity check the maximum user frame size"
(commit 83e0bbcbe2) from Alan Cox got
locking wrong. If we bail out due to user frame size being too large,
we must unlock the socket beforehand.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NetLabel address selector mechanism has a problem where it can get
mistakenly remove the wrong selector when similar addresses are used. The
problem is caused when multiple addresses are configured that have different
netmasks but the same address, e.g. 127.0.0.0/8 and 127.0.0.0/24. This patch
fixes the problem.
Reported-by: Etienne Basset <etienne.basset@numericable.fr>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Tested-by: Etienne Basset <etienne.basset@numericable.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF_IUCV runs into a race when queuing incoming iucv messages
and receiving the resulting backlog.
If the Linux system is under pressure (high load or steal time),
the message queue grows up, but messages are not received and queued
onto the backlog queue. In that case, applications do not
receive any data with recvmsg() even if AF_IUCV puts incoming
messages onto the message queue.
The race can be avoided if the message queue spinlock in the
message_pending callback is spreaded across the entire callback
function.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add few more sk states in iucv_sock_shutdown().
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reject incoming iucv messages if the receive direction has been shut down.
It avoids that the queue of outstanding messages increases and exceeds the
message limit of the iucv communication path.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If iucv_sock_recvmsg() is called with MSG_PEEK flag set, the skb is enqueued
twice. If the socket is then closed, the pointer to the skb is freed twice.
Remove the skb_queue_head() call for MSG_PEEK, because the skb_recv_datagram()
function already handles MSG_PEEK (does not dequeue the skb).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure a second invocation of iucv_sock_close() guarantees proper
freeing of an iucv path.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In non-SMP mode, the variable section attribute specified by DECLARE_PER_CPU()
does not agree with that specified by DEFINE_PER_CPU(). This means that
architectures that have a small data section references relative to a base
register may throw up linkage errors due to too great a displacement between
where the base register points and the per-CPU variable.
On FRV, the .h declaration says that the variable is in the .sdata section, but
the .c definition says it's actually in the .data section. The linker throws
up the following errors:
kernel/built-in.o: In function `release_task':
kernel/exit.c:78: relocation truncated to fit: R_FRV_GPREL12 against symbol `per_cpu__process_counts' defined in .data section in kernel/built-in.o
kernel/exit.c:78: relocation truncated to fit: R_FRV_GPREL12 against symbol `per_cpu__process_counts' defined in .data section in kernel/built-in.o
To fix this, DECLARE_PER_CPU() should simply apply the same section attribute
as does DEFINE_PER_CPU(). However, this is made slightly more complex by
virtue of the fact that there are several variants on DEFINE, so these need to
be matched by variants on DECLARE.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When checking whether or not a given frame needs to be
moved to be properly aligned to a 4-byte boundary, we
use & 4 which wasn't intended, this code should check
the lowest two bits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is expected that config interface will always succeed as mac80211
will only request what driver supports. The exception here is when a
device has rfkill enabled. At this time the rfkill state is unknown to
mac80211 and config interface can fail. When this happens we deal with
this error instead of printing a WARN.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
aio_write gets const struct iovec * but tun_chr_aio_write casts this to struct
iovec * and modifies the iovec. As a result, attempts to use io_submit
to send packets to a tun device fail with weird errors such as EINVAL.
Since tun is the only user of skb_copy_datagram_from_iovec, we can
fix this simply by changing the later so that it does not
touch the iovec passed to it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's an skb_copy_datagram_iovec() to copy out of a paged skb,
but it modifies the iovec, and does not support starting
at an offset in the destination. We want both in tun.c, so let's
add the function.
It's a carbon copy of skb_copy_datagram_iovec() with enough changes to
be annoying.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"mac80211: fix basic rates setting from association response"
introduced a copy/paste error.
Unfortunately, this not just leads to wrong data being passed
to the driver but is remotely exploitable for some hardware or
driver combinations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently beacon loss detection triggers after a scan. A probe request
is sent and a message like this is printed to the log:
wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:12:17:e7:98:de - sending probe request
But in fact there is no beacon loss, the beacons are just not received
because of the ongoing scan. Fix it by updating last_beacon after
the scan has finished.
Reported-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinder@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
One of the code paths sending deauth/disassoc events ends up calling
this function with rcu_read_lock held, so we must use GFP_ATOMIC in
allocation routines.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove this unused Kconfig variable, which Intel apparently once
promised to make use of but never did.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
br_nf_dev_queue_xmit only checks for ETH_P_IP packets for fragmenting but not
VLAN packets. This results in dropping of large VLAN packets. This can be
observed when connection tracking is enabled. Connection tracking re-assembles
fragmented packets, and these have to re-fragmented when transmitting out. Also,
make sure only refragmented packets are defragmented as per suggestion from
Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Saikiran Madugula <hummerbliss@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even
though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue
is full.
We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information;
it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state.
Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe
across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This loop over fragments in napi_fraginfo_skb() was "interesting".
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just noticed while doing some new work that the recent
mid-wq adjustment logic will misbehave when FACK is not
in use (happens either due sysctl'ed off or auto-detected
reordering) because I forgot the relevant TCPCB tagbit.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported:
"while experimenting with 'netem' we have found some strange behaviour. It
seemed that ingress delay as measured by 'ping' command shows up on some
hosts but not on others.
After some investigation I have found that the problem is that skbuff->tstamp
field value depends on whether there are any packet sniffers enabled. That
is:
- if any ptype_all handler is registered, the tstamp field is as expected
- if there are no ptype_all handlers, the tstamp field does not show the delay"
This patch prevents unnecessary update of tstamp in dev_queue_xmit_nit()
on ingress path (with act_mirred) adding a check, so minimal overhead on
the fast path, but only when sniffers etc. are active.
Since netem at ingress seems to logically emulate a network before a host,
tstamp is zeroed to trigger the update and pretend delays are from the
outside.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Tested-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This has been broken for a while. I happened to catch it testing because one
app "knew" that the top line of the calls data was the policy line and got
confused.
Put the header back.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom chips with 2.1 firmware handle the fallback case to a SCO
link wrongly when setting up eSCO connections.
< HCI Command: Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) plen 17
handle 11 voice setting 0x0060
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Connect Complete (0x03) plen 11
status 0x00 handle 1 bdaddr 00:1E:3A:xx:xx:xx type SCO encrypt 0x01
The Link Manager negotiates the fallback to SCO, but then sends out
a Connect Complete event. This is wrong and the Link Manager should
actually send a Synchronous Connection Complete event if the Setup
Synchronous Connection has been used. Only the remote side is allowed
to use Connect Complete to indicate the missing support for eSCO in
the host stack.
This patch adds a workaround for this which clearly should not be
needed, but reality is that broken Broadcom devices are deployed.
Based on a report by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtman <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some Bluetooth chips (like the ones from Texas Instruments) don't do
proper eSCO negotiations inside the Link Manager. They just return an
error code and in case of the Kyocera ED-8800 headset it is just a
random error.
< HCI Command: Setup Synchronous Connection 0x01|0x0028) plen 17
handle 1 voice setting 0x0060
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Synchronous Connect Complete (0x2c) plen 17
status 0x1f handle 257 bdaddr 00:14:0A:xx:xx:xx type eSCO
Error: Unspecified Error
In these cases it is up to the host stack to fallback to a SCO setup
and so retry with SCO parameters.
Based on a report by Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is a missing call to rfcomm_dlc_clear_timer in the case that
DEFER_SETUP is used and so the connection gets disconnected after the
timeout even if it was successfully accepted previously.
This patch adds a call to rfcomm_dlc_clear_timer to rfcomm_dlc_accept
which will get called when the user accepts the connection by calling
read() on the socket.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Check whether the underlying device provides a set of ethtool ops before
checking for individual handlers to avoid NULL pointer dereferences.
Reported-by: Art van Breemen <ard@telegraafnet.nl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that
when parsing it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead, allocate extra IE memory if necessary. Normally,
this isn't even necessary since there's enough space.
This is a better way of correcting the "held BSS can
disappear" issue, but also a lot more code. It is also
necessary for proper auth/assoc BSS handling in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we receive a probe response frame we can replace the
BSS struct in our list -- but if that struct is held then
we need to hold the new one as well.
We really should fix this completely and not replace the
struct, but this is a bandaid for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the scan_sdata variable here is terribly wrong,
if there has never been a scan then we fail. However,
we need a bandaid...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With this patch, nfnetlink returns -ENOMEM instead of -EPERM if we
fail to create the nfnetlink netlink socket during the module
loading. This is exactly what rtnetlink does in this case.
Ideally, it would be better if we propagate the error that has
happened in netlink_kernel_create(), however, this function still
does not implement this yet.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes an inconsistency that results in no error reports
to user-space listeners if we fail to allocate the event message.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
inet_register_protosw() function is responsible for adding a new
inet protocol into a global table (inetsw[]) that is used with RCU rules.
As soon as the store of the pointer is done, other cpus might see
this new protocol in inetsw[], so we have to make sure new protocol
is ready for use. All pending memory updates should thus be committed
to memory before setting the pointer.
This is correctly done using rcu_assign_pointer()
synchronize_net() is typically used at unregister time, after
unsetting the pointer, to make sure no other cpu is still using
the object we want to dismantle. Using it at register time
is only adding an artificial delay that could hide a real bug,
and this bug could popup if/when synchronize_rcu() can proceed
faster than now.
This saves about 13 ms on boot time on a HZ=1000 8 cpus machine ;)
(4 calls to inet_register_protosw(), and about 3200 us per call)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After calling skb_gro_receive skb->len can no longer be relied
on since if the skb was merged using frags, then its pages will
have been removed and the length reduced.
This caused tcp_gro_receive to prematurely end merging which
resulted in suboptimal performance with ixgbe.
The fix is to store skb->len on the stack.
Reported-by: Mark Wagner <mwagner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit ead2ceb0ec ("Network Drop
Monitor: Adding kfree_skb_clean for non-drops and modifying
end-of-line points for skbs") so called end-of-line points for skb's
should use consume_skb() to free the socket buffer.
In opposite to consume_skb() the function kfree_skb() is intended to
be used for unexpected skb drops e.g. in error conditions that now can
trigger the network drop monitor if enabled.
This patch moves the skb end-of-line point in af_can.c to use
consume_skb().
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the SAME target accidentally removed one feature that is
not available from the normal NAT targets so far, having multi-range
mappings that use the same mapping for each connection from a single
client. The current behaviour is to choose the address from the range
based on source and destination IP, which breaks when communicating
with sites having multiple addresses that require all connections to
originate from the same IP address.
Introduce a IP_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT option that controls whether the
destination address is taken into account for selecting addresses.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12954
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
mac80211: Fragmentation threshold (typo)
ieee80211_ioctl_siwfrag() sets the fragmentation_threshold to 2352
when frame fragmentation is to be disabled, yet the corresponding
'get' function tests for 2353 bytes instead.
This causes user-space tools to display a fragmentation threshold
of 2352 bytes even if fragmentation has been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On Sunday 05 April 2009 11:29:38 Michael Buesch wrote:
> On Sunday 05 April 2009 11:23:59 Jaswinder Singh Rajput wrote:
> > With latest linus tree I am getting, .config file attached:
> >
> > [ 22.895051] r8169: eth0: link down
> > [ 22.897564] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready
> > [ 22.928047] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): wlan0: link is not ready
> > [ 22.982292] libvirtd used greatest stack depth: 4200 bytes left
> > [ 63.709879] wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6
> > [ 63.712096] wlan0: authenticated
> > [ 63.712127] wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6
> > [ 63.726831] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 (capab=0x471 status=0 aid=1)
> > [ 63.726855] wlan0: associated
> > [ 63.730093] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): wlan0: link becomes ready
> > [ 74.296087] wlan0: no IPv6 routers present
> > [ 79.349044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 119.358200] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 179.354292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 259.366044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 359.348292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 361.953459] packagekitd used greatest stack depth: 4160 bytes left
> > [ 478.824258] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 598.813343] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 718.817292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 838.824567] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 958.815402] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1078.848434] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1198.822913] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1318.824931] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1438.814157] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1558.827336] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1678.823011] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1798.830589] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1918.828044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2038.827224] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2116.517152] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2158.840243] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2278.827427] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
>
>
> I think this message should only show if CONFIG_MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG is set.
> It's kind of expected that we lose a beacon once in a while, so we shouldn't print
> verbose messages to the kernel log (even if they are KERN_DEBUG).
>
> And besides that, I think one can easily remotely trigger this message and flood the logs.
> So it should probably _also_ be ratelimited.
Something like this:
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Wext makes no assumptions about the contents of
data->txpower.fixed and data->txpower.value when
data->txpower.disabled is set, so do not update
the user-requested power level while disabling.
Also, when wext configures a really _fixed_ power
output [1], we should reject it instead of limiting it
to the regulatory constraint. If the user wants to set
a _limit_ [2] then we should honour that.
[1] iwconfig wlan0 txpower 20dBm fixed
[2] iwconfig wlan0 txpower 10dBm
This fixes
http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1942
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently rx status for frames which are completed from reorder buffer
is taken from it's cb area which is not always right, cb is not holding
the rx status when driver uses mac80211's non-irq rx handler to pass it's
received frames. This results in dropping almost all frames from reorder
buffer when security is enabled by doing double decryption (first in hw,
second in sw because of wrong rx status). This patch copies rx status into
cb area before the frame is put into reorder buffer. After this patch,
there is a significant improvement in throughput with ath9k + WPA2(AES).
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We won't ever get here as regulatory_hint_core() can only fail
on -ENOMEM and in that case we don't initialize cfg80211 but this is
technically correct code.
This is actually good for stable, where we don't check for -ENOMEM
failure on __regulatory_hint()'s failure.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Quentin Armitage <Quentin@armitage.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It turns out that copying a 16-byte area at ~800k times a second
can be really expensive :) This patch redesigns the frags GRO
interface to avoid copying that area twice.
The two disciples of the frags interface have been converted.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ea781f197d (netfilter: nf_conntrack: use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and)
get rid of call_rcu() was missing one conversion to the hlist_nulls
functions, causing a crash when unloading conntrack helper modules.
Reported-and-tested-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <m.kozlowski@tuxland.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
commit ca735b3aaa
'netfilter: use a linked list of loggers'
introduced an array of list_head in "struct nf_logger", but
forgot to initialize it in nf_log_register(). This resulted
in oops when calling nf_log_unregister() at module unload time.
Reported-and-tested-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <m.kozlowski@tuxland.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This reverts commit 244f46ae6e.
Alan Cox did the research, and just like the other radio protocols
zero-length frames have meaning because at the top level ROSE is
X.25 PLP.
So this zero-length filtering is invalid.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: clean up
Create a sub directory in include/trace called events to keep the
trace point headers in their own separate directory. Only headers that
declare trace points should be defined in this directory.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Zhao Lei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Since everybody has been focusing on baremetal GRO performance
no one noticed when I added a bug that zapped gso_size for all
GRO packets. This only gets picked up when you forward the skb
out of an interface.
Thanks to Mark Wagner for noticing this bug when testing kvm.
Reported-by: Mark Wagner <mwagner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lowers the number of places a developer must modify to add
new tracepoints. The current method to add a new tracepoint
into an existing system is to write the trace point macro in the
trace header with one of the macros TRACE_EVENT, TRACE_FORMAT or
DECLARE_TRACE, then they must add the same named item into the C file
with the macro DEFINE_TRACE(name) and then add the trace point.
This change cuts out the needing to add the DEFINE_TRACE(name).
Every file that uses the tracepoint must still include the trace/<type>.h
file, but the one C file must also add a define before the including
of that file.
#define CREATE_TRACE_POINTS
#include <trace/mytrace.h>
This will cause the trace/mytrace.h file to also produce the C code
necessary to implement the trace point.
Note, if more than one trace/<type>.h is used to create the C code
it is best to list them all together.
#define CREATE_TRACE_POINTS
#include <trace/foo.h>
#include <trace/bar.h>
#include <trace/fido.h>
Thanks to Mathieu Desnoyers and Christoph Hellwig for coming up with
the cleaner solution of the define above the includes over my first
design to have the C code include a "special" header.
This patch converts sched, irq and lockdep and skb to use this new
method.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Zhao Lei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
After switch (rthdr->type) {...},the check below is completely useless.Because:
if the type is 2,then hdrlen must be 2 and segments_left must be 1,clearly the
check is redundant;if the type is not 2,then goto sticky_done,the check is useless
too.
Signed-off-by: Yang Hongyang <yanghy@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A long-standing feature in tcp_init_metrics() is such that
any of its goto reset prevents call to tcp_init_cwnd().
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan acceleration is used on receive, the vlan tag is maintained
outside of the skb data. The existing vlan tag match only works on TX
path because it uses vlan_get_tag which tests for VLAN_HW_TX_ACCEL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi:
gro: Normalise skb before bypassing GRO on netpoll VLAN path
When we detect netpoll RX on the GRO VLAN path we bail out and
call the normal VLAN receive handler. However, the packet needs
to be normalised by calling eth_type_trans since that's what the
normal path expects (normally the GRO path does the fixup).
This patch adds the necessary call to vlan_gro_frags.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_put() after dev_get_by_index() to avoid leakage
of device.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently netif_device_attach/detach are only stopping one queue. They
should be starting and stopping all the queues on a given device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rdma_create_id() doesn't return NULL, only ERR_PTR().
Found by smatch (http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git). Compile tested.
regards,
dan carpenter
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rdma_create_id() returns ERR_PTR() not null.
Found by smatch (http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git). Compile tested.
regards,
dan carpenter
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmem_cache_zalloc instead of kmem_cache_alloc/memset.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused #include <version.h> in net/rds/af_rds.c.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new function that is simpler and faster.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first message to a remote node should prompt a new connection.
Even an RDMA op via CMSG. Therefore move CMSG parsing to after
connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Putting the constant first is a supposed "best practice" that actually makes
the code harder to read.
Thanks to Roland Dreier for finding a bug in this "simple, obviously correct"
patch.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix hack that restricts the credit advertisement to 127.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RDS_LL_SEND_FULL bit should be set when we stop transmitted due to
flow control. Otherwise the send worker will keep trying as opposed to
sleeping until we unthrottle. Saves CPU.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Had some lingering instances of _iw_ variable names from when
the listen code was centralized into rdma_transport.c
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the recv ring low water mark is 1/4 the depth. Performance
measurements show that this limits iWARP throughput by flow controlling
the rds-stress senders. Setting it to 1/2 seems to max the T3
performance. I tried even higher levels but that didn't help and it
started to increase the rds thread cpu utilization.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
b44: Use kernel DMA addresses for the kernel DMA API
forcedeth: Fix resume from hibernation regression.
xfrm: fix fragmentation on inter family tunnels
ibm_newemac: Fix dangerous struct assumption
gigaset: documentation update
gigaset: in file ops, check for device disconnect before anything else
bas_gigaset: use tasklet_hi_schedule for timing critical tasklets
net/802/fddi.c: add MODULE_LICENSE
smsc911x: remove unused #include <linux/version.h>
axnet_cs: fix phy_id detection for bogus Asix chip.
bnx2: Use request_firmware()
b44: Fix sizes passed to b44_sync_dma_desc_for_{device,cpu}()
socket: use percpu_add() while updating sockets_in_use
virtio_net: Set the mac config only when VIRITO_NET_F_MAC
myri_sbus: use request_firmware
e1000: fix loss of multicast packets
vxge: should include tcp.h
Conflict in firmware/WHENCE (SCSI vs net firmware)
If an ipv4 packet (not locally generated with IP_DF flag not set) bigger
than mtu size is supposed to go via a xfrm ipv6 tunnel, the packetsize
check in xfrm4_tunnel_check_size() is omited and ipv6 drops the packet
without sending a notice to the original sender of the ipv4 packet.
Another issue is that ipv4 connection tracking does reassembling of
incomming fragmented packets. If such a reassembled packet is supposed to
go via a xfrm ipv6 tunnel it will be droped, even if the original sender
did proper fragmentation.
According to RFC 2473 (section 7) tunnel ipv6 packets resulting from the
encapsulation of an original packet are considered as locally generated
packets. If such a packet passed the checks in xfrm{4,6}_tunnel_check_size()
fragmentation is allowed according to RFC 2473 (section 7.1/7.2).
This patch sets skb->local_df in xfrm6_prepare_output() to achieve
fragmentation in this case.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.30' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (81 commits)
nfsd41: define nfsd4_set_statp as noop for !CONFIG_NFSD_V4
nfsd41: define NFSD_DRC_SIZE_SHIFT in set_max_drc
nfsd41: Documentation/filesystems/nfs41-server.txt
nfsd41: CREATE_EXCLUSIVE4_1
nfsd41: SUPPATTR_EXCLCREAT attribute
nfsd41: support for 3-word long attribute bitmask
nfsd: dynamically skip encoded fattr bitmap in _nfsd4_verify
nfsd41: pass writable attrs mask to nfsd4_decode_fattr
nfsd41: provide support for minor version 1 at rpc level
nfsd41: control nfsv4.1 svc via /proc/fs/nfsd/versions
nfsd41: add OPEN4_SHARE_ACCESS_WANT nfs4_stateid bmap
nfsd41: access_valid
nfsd41: clientid handling
nfsd41: check encode size for sessions maxresponse cached
nfsd41: stateid handling
nfsd: pass nfsd4_compound_state* to nfs4_preprocess_{state,seq}id_op
nfsd41: destroy_session operation
nfsd41: non-page DRC for solo sequence responses
nfsd41: Add a create session replay cache
nfsd41: create_session operation
...
This patch fixes a regression (introduced by myself in commit 19abb7b:
netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver events for conntracks changed from
userspace) that results in an expectation re-insertion since
__nf_ct_expect_check() may return 0 for expectation timer refreshing.
This patch also removes a unnecessary refcount bump that
pretended to avoid a possible race condition with event delivery
and expectation timers (as said, not needed since we hold a
reference to the object since until we finish the expectation
setup). This also merges nf_ct_expect_related_report() and
nf_ct_expect_related() which look basically the same.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the 9p code crashes when a operation is interrupted, i.e. for
example when the user presses ^C while reading from a file.
This patch fixes the code that is responsible for interruption and flushing
of 9P operations.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
p9_client_stat function doesn't return correct value if it fails.
p9_client_stat should return ERR_PTR of the error value when it fails.
Instead, it always returns a value to the allocated p9_wstat struct even
when it is not populated correctly.
This patch makes p9_client_stat to handle failure correctly.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The 9P2000 Twstat message requires the size of the stat structure to be
specified. Currently the 9p code writes zero instead of the actual size.
This behavior confuses some of the file servers that check if the size is
correct.
This patch adds a new function that calculcates the stat size and puts the
value in the appropriate place in the 9P message.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
See http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13034
If the port gets into a TIME_WAIT state, then we cannot reconnect without
binding to a new port.
Tested-by: Petr Vandrovec <petr@vandrovec.name>
Tested-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (24 commits)
e100: do not go D3 in shutdown unless system is powering off
netfilter: revised locking for x_tables
Bluetooth: Fix connection establishment with low security requirement
Bluetooth: Add different pairing timeout for Legacy Pairing
Bluetooth: Ensure that HCI sysfs add/del is preempt safe
net: Avoid extra wakeups of threads blocked in wait_for_packet()
net: Fix typo in net_device_ops description.
ipv4: Limit size of route cache hash table
Add reference to CAPI 2.0 standard
Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
update Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX
ixgbe: Fix WoL functionality for 82599 KX4 devices
veth: prevent oops caused by netdev destructor
xfrm: wrong hash value for temporary SA
forcedeth: tx timeout fix
net: Fix LL_MAX_HEADER for CONFIG_TR_MODULE
mlx4_en: Handle page allocation failure during receive
mlx4_en: Fix cleanup flow on cq activation
vlan: update vlan carrier state for admin up/down
netfilter: xt_recent: fix stack overread in compat code
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (94 commits)
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix gcc warning during compilation
net/netrom: Fix socket locking
netlabel: Always remove the correct address selector
ucc_geth.c: Fix upsmr setting in RMII mode
8139too: fix HW initial flow
af_iucv: Fix race when queuing incoming iucv messages
af_iucv: Test additional sk states in iucv_sock_shutdown
af_iucv: Reject incoming msgs if RECV_SHUTDOWN is set
af_iucv: fix oops in iucv_sock_recvmsg() for MSG_PEEK flag
af_iucv: consider state IUCV_CLOSING when closing a socket
iwlwifi: DMA fixes
iwlwifi: add debugging for TX path
mwl8: fix build warning.
mac80211: fix alignment calculation bug
mac80211: do not print WARN if config interface
iwl3945: use cancel_delayed_work_sync to cancel rfkill_poll
iwlwifi: fix EEPROM validation mask to include OTP only devices
atmel: fix netdev ops conversion
pcnet_cs: add cis(firmware) of the Allied Telesis LA-PCM
mlx4_en: Fix cleanup if workqueue create in mlx4_en_add() fails
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-cpumask: (36 commits)
cpumask: remove cpumask allocation from idle_balance, fix
numa, cpumask: move numa_node_id default implementation to topology.h, fix
cpumask: remove cpumask allocation from idle_balance
x86: cpumask: x86 mmio-mod.c use cpumask_var_t for downed_cpus
x86: cpumask: update 32-bit APM not to mug current->cpus_allowed
x86: microcode: cleanup
x86: cpumask: use work_on_cpu in arch/x86/kernel/microcode_core.c
cpumask: fix CONFIG_CPUMASK_OFFSTACK=y cpu hotunplug crash
numa, cpumask: move numa_node_id default implementation to topology.h
cpumask: convert node_to_cpumask_map[] to cpumask_var_t
cpumask: remove x86 cpumask_t uses.
cpumask: use cpumask_var_t in uv_flush_tlb_others.
cpumask: remove cpumask_t assignment from vector_allocation_domain()
cpumask: make Xen use the new operators.
cpumask: clean up summit's send_IPI functions
cpumask: use new cpumask functions throughout x86
x86: unify cpu_callin_mask/cpu_callout_mask/cpu_initialized_mask/cpu_sibling_setup_mask
cpumask: convert struct cpuinfo_x86's llc_shared_map to cpumask_var_t
cpumask: convert node_to_cpumask_map[] to cpumask_var_t
x86: unify 32 and 64-bit node_to_cpumask_map
...
On an NFSv4.1 server cache miss that causes an upcall, NFS4ERR_DELAY will be
returned. It is up to the NFSv4.1 client to resend only the operations that
have not been processed.
Initialize rq_usedeferral to 1 in svc_process(). It sill be turned off in
nfsd4_proc_compound() only when NFSv4.1 Sessions are used.
Note: this isn't an adequate solution on its own. It's acceptable as a way
to get some minimal 4.1 up and working, but we're going to have to find a
way to avoid returning DELAY in all common cases before 4.1 can really be
considered ready.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfsd41: reverse rq_nodeferral negative logic]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[sunrpc: initialize rq_usedeferral]
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (28 commits)
trivial: Update my email address
trivial: NULL noise: drivers/mtd/tests/mtd_*test.c
trivial: NULL noise: drivers/media/dvb/frontends/drx397xD_fw.h
trivial: Fix misspelling of "Celsius".
trivial: remove unused variable 'path' in alloc_file()
trivial: fix a pdlfush -> pdflush typo in comment
trivial: jbd header comment typo fix for JBD_PARANOID_IOFAIL
trivial: wusb: Storage class should be before const qualifier
trivial: drivers/char/bsr.c: Storage class should be before const qualifier
trivial: h8300: Storage class should be before const qualifier
trivial: fix where cgroup documentation is not correctly referred to
trivial: Give the right path in Documentation example
trivial: MTD: remove EOL from MODULE_DESCRIPTION
trivial: Fix typo in bio_split()'s documentation
trivial: PWM: fix of #endif comment
trivial: fix typos/grammar errors in Kconfig texts
trivial: Fix misspelling of firmware
trivial: cgroups: documentation typo and spelling corrections
trivial: Update contact info for Jochen Hein
trivial: fix typo "resgister" -> "register"
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
Remove two unneeded exports and make two symbols static in fs/mpage.c
Cleanup after commit 585d3bc06f
Trim includes of fdtable.h
Don't crap into descriptor table in binfmt_som
Trim includes in binfmt_elf
Don't mess with descriptor table in load_elf_binary()
Get rid of indirect include of fs_struct.h
New helper - current_umask()
check_unsafe_exec() doesn't care about signal handlers sharing
New locking/refcounting for fs_struct
Take fs_struct handling to new file (fs/fs_struct.c)
Get rid of bumping fs_struct refcount in pivot_root(2)
Kill unsharing fs_struct in __set_personality()
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (54 commits)
glge: remove unused #include <version.h>
dnet: remove unused #include <version.h>
tcp: miscounts due to tcp_fragment pcount reset
tcp: add helper for counter tweaking due mid-wq change
hso: fix for the 'invalid frame length' messages
hso: fix for crash when unplugging the device
fsl_pq_mdio: Fix compile failure
fsl_pq_mdio: Revive UCC MDIO support
ucc_geth: Pass proper device to DMA routines, otherwise oops happens
i.MX31: Fixing cs89x0 network building to i.MX31ADS
tc35815: Fix build error if NAPI enabled
hso: add Vendor/Product ID's for new devices
ucc_geth: Remove unused header
gianfar: Remove unused header
kaweth: Fix locking to be SMP-safe
net: allow multiple dev per napi with GRO
r8169: reset IntrStatus after chip reset
ixgbe: Fix potential memory leak/driver panic issue while setting up Tx & Rx ring parameters
ixgbe: fix ethtool -A|a behavior
ixgbe: Patch to fix driver panic while freeing up tx & rx resources
...
It seems that trivial reset of pcount to one was not sufficient
in tcp_retransmit_skb. Multiple counters experience a positive
miscount when skb's pcount gets lowered without the necessary
adjustments (depending on skb's sacked bits which exactly), at
worst a packets_out miscount can crash at RTO if the write queue
is empty!
Triggering this requires mss change, so bidir tcp or mtu probe or
like.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Tested-by: Uwe Bugla <uwe.bugla@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need full-scale adjustment to fix a TCP miscount in the next
patch, so just move it into a helper and call for that from the
other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO assumes that there is a one-to-one relationship between NAPI
structure and network device. Some devices like sky2 share multiple
devices on a single interrupt so only have one NAPI handler. Rather than
split GRO from NAPI, just have GRO assume if device changes that
it is a different flow.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 784544739a
(netfilter: iptables: lock free counters) forgot to disable BH
in arpt_do_table(), ipt_do_table() and ip6t_do_table()
Use rcu_read_lock_bh() instead of rcu_read_lock() cures the problem.
Reported-and-bisected-by: Roman Mindalev <r000n@r000n.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a 64bit value that needs to be set atomically.
This is easy and quick on all 64bit archs, and can also be done
on x86/32 with set_64bit() (uses cmpxchg8b). However other
32b archs don't have this.
I actually changed this to the current state in preparation for
mainline because the old way (using a spinlock on 32b) resulted in
unsightly #ifdefs in the code. But obviously, being correct takes
precedence.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a bug where a connection was unexpectedly
not on *any* list while being destroyed. It also
cleans up some code duplication and regularizes some
function names.
* Grab appropriate lock in conn_free() and explain in comment
* Ensure via locking that a conn is never not on either
a dev's list or the nodev list
* Add rds_xx_remove_conn() to match rds_xx_add_conn()
* Make rds_xx_add_conn() return void
* Rename remove_{,nodev_}conns() to
destroy_{,nodev_}conns() and unify their implementation
in a helper function
* Document lock ordering as nodev conn_lock before
dev_conn_lock
Reported-by: Yosef Etigin <yosefe@voltaire.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rs_send_drop_to() is called during socket close. If it takes
m_rs_lock without disabling interrupts, then
rds_send_remove_from_sock() can run from the rx completion
handler and thus deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also ensure that we use the protocol family instead of the address
family when calling sock_create_kern().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add support for event-aware wakeups to the sockets code. Events are
delivered to the wakeup target, so that epoll can avoid spurious wakeups
for non-interesting events.
Signed-off-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: William Lee Irwin III <wli@movementarian.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
struct tty_operations::proc_fops took it's place and there is one less
create_proc_read_entry() user now!
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
wireless: remove duplicated .ndo_set_mac_address
netfilter: xtables: fix IPv6 dependency in the cluster match
tg3: Add GRO support.
niu: Add GRO support.
ucc_geth: Fix use-after-of_node_put() in ucc_geth_probe().
gianfar: Fix use-after-of_node_put() in gfar_of_init().
kernel: remove HIPQUAD()
netpoll: store local and remote ip in net-endian
netfilter: fix endian bug in conntrack printks
dmascc: fix incomplete conversion to network_device_ops
gso: Fix support for linear packets
skbuff.h: fix missing kernel-doc
ni5010: convert to net_device_ops
Setting ->owner as done currently (pde->owner = THIS_MODULE) is racy
as correctly noted at bug #12454. Someone can lookup entry with NULL
->owner, thus not pinning enything, and release it later resulting
in module refcount underflow.
We can keep ->owner and supply it at registration time like ->proc_fops
and ->data.
But this leaves ->owner as easy-manipulative field (just one C assignment)
and somebody will forget to unpin previous/pin current module when
switching ->owner. ->proc_fops is declared as "const" which should give
some thoughts.
->read_proc/->write_proc were just fixed to not require ->owner for
protection.
rmmod'ed directories will be empty and return "." and ".." -- no harm.
And directories with tricky enough readdir and lookup shouldn't be modular.
We definitely don't want such modular code.
Removing ->owner will also make PDE smaller.
So, let's nuke it.
Kudos to Jeff Layton for reminding about this, let's say, oversight.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12454
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Impact: cleanup
Time to clean up remaining laggards using the old cpu_ functions.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com
This patch fixes a dependency with IPv6:
ERROR: "__ipv6_addr_type" [net/netfilter/xt_cluster.ko] undefined!
This patch adds a function that checks if the higher bits of the
address is 0xFF to identify a multicast address, instead of adding a
dependency due to __ipv6_addr_type(). I came up with this idea after
Patrick McHardy pointed possible problems with runtime module
dependencies.
Reported-by: Steven Noonan <steven@uplinklabs.net>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows for the removal of byteswapping in some places and
the removal of HIPQUAD (replaced by %pI4).
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dcc_ip is treated as a host-endian value in the first printk,
but the second printk uses %pI4 which expects a be32. This
will cause a mismatch between the debug statement and the
warning statement.
Treat as a be32 throughout and avoid some byteswapping during
some comparisions, and allow another user of HIPQUAD to bite the
dust.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When GRO/frag_list support was added to GSO, I made an error
which broke the support for segmenting linear GSO packets (GSO
packets are normally non-linear in the payload).
These days most of these packets are constructed by the tun
driver, which prefers to allocate linear memory if possible.
This is fixed in the latest kernel, but for 2.6.29 and earlier
it is still the norm.
Therefore this bug causes failures with GSO when used with tun
in 2.6.29.
Reported-by: James Huang <jamesclhuang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6:
smack: Add a new '-CIPSO' option to the network address label configuration
netlabel: Cleanup the Smack/NetLabel code to fix incoming TCP connections
lsm: Remove the socket_post_accept() hook
selinux: Remove the "compat_net" compatibility code
netlabel: Label incoming TCP connections correctly in SELinux
lsm: Relocate the IPv4 security_inet_conn_request() hooks
TOMOYO: Fix a typo.
smack: convert smack to standard linux lists
* 'percpu-cpumask-x86-for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (682 commits)
percpu: fix spurious alignment WARN in legacy SMP percpu allocator
percpu: generalize embedding first chunk setup helper
percpu: more flexibility for @dyn_size of pcpu_setup_first_chunk()
percpu: make x86 addr <-> pcpu ptr conversion macros generic
linker script: define __per_cpu_load on all SMP capable archs
x86: UV: remove uv_flush_tlb_others() WARN_ON
percpu: finer grained locking to break deadlock and allow atomic free
percpu: move fully free chunk reclamation into a work
percpu: move chunk area map extension out of area allocation
percpu: replace pcpu_realloc() with pcpu_mem_alloc() and pcpu_mem_free()
x86, percpu: setup reserved percpu area for x86_64
percpu, module: implement reserved allocation and use it for module percpu variables
percpu: add an indirection ptr for chunk page map access
x86: make embedding percpu allocator return excessive free space
percpu: use negative for auto for pcpu_setup_first_chunk() arguments
percpu: improve first chunk initial area map handling
percpu: cosmetic renames in pcpu_setup_first_chunk()
percpu: clean up percpu constants
x86: un-__init fill_pud/pmd/pte
x86: remove vestigial fix_ioremap prototypes
...
Manually merge conflicts in arch/ia64/kernel/irq_ia64.c
We just augmented the kernel's RPC service registration code so that
it automatically adjusts to what is supported in user space. Thus we
no longer need the kernel configuration option to enable registering
RPC services with v4 -- it's all done automatically.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Move error reporting for RPC registration to rpcb_register's caller.
This way the caller can choose to recover silently from certain
errors, but report errors it does not recognize. Error reporting
for kernel RPC service registration is now handled in one place.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The kernel registers RPC services with the local portmapper with an
rpcbind SET upcall to the local portmapper. Traditionally, this used
rpcbind v2 (PMAP), but registering RPC services that support IPv6
requires rpcbind v3 or v4.
Since we now want separate PF_INET and PF_INET6 listeners for each
kernel RPC service, svc_register() will do only one of those
registrations at a time.
For PF_INET, it tries an rpcb v4 SET upcall first; if that fails, it
does a legacy portmap SET. This makes it entirely backwards
compatible with legacy user space, but allows a proper v4 SET to be
used if rpcbind is available.
For PF_INET6, it does an rpcb v4 SET upcall. If that fails, it fails
the registration, and thus the transport creation. This let's the
kernel detect if user space is able to support IPv6 RPC services, and
thus whether it should maintain a PF_INET6 listener for each service
at all.
This provides complete backwards compatibilty with legacy user space
that only supports rpcbind v2. The only down-side is that registering
a new kernel RPC service may take an extra exchange with the local
portmapper on legacy systems, but this is an infrequent operation and
is done over UDP (no lingering sockets in TIMEWAIT), so it shouldn't
be consequential.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Our initial implementation of svc_unregister() assumed that PMAP_UNSET
cleared all rpcbind registrations for a [program, version] tuple.
However, we now have evidence that PMAP_UNSET clears only "inet"
entries, and not "inet6" entries, in the rpcbind database.
For backwards compatibility with the legacy portmapper, the
svc_unregister() function also must work if user space doesn't support
rpcbind version 4 at all.
Thus we'll send an rpcbind v4 UNSET, and if that fails, we'll send a
PMAP_UNSET.
This simplifies the code in svc_unregister() and provides better
backwards compatibility with legacy user space that does not support
rpcbind version 4. We can get rid of the conditional compilation in
here as well.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The user space TI-RPC library uses an empty string for the universal
address when unregistering all target addresses for [program, version].
The kernel's rpcb client should behave the same way.
Here, we are switching between several registration methods based on
the protocol family of the incoming address. Rename the other rpcbind
v4 registration functions to make it clear that they, as well, are
switched on protocol family. In /etc/netconfig, this is either "inet"
or "inet6".
NB: The loopback protocol families are not supported in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
RFC 1833 has little to say about the contents of r_owner; it only
specifies that it is a string, and states that it is used to control
who can UNSET an entry.
Our port of rpcbind (from Sun) assumes this string contains a numeric
UID value, not alphabetical or symbolic characters, but checks this
value only for AF_LOCAL RPCB_SET or RPCB_UNSET requests. In all other
cases, rpcbind ignores the contents of the r_owner string.
The reference user space implementation of rpcb_set(3) uses a numeric
UID for all SET/UNSET requests (even via the network) and an empty
string for all other requests. We emulate that behavior here to
maintain bug-for-bug compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: Simplify rpcb_v4_register() and its helpers by moving the
details of sockaddr type casting to rpcb_v4_register()'s helper
functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The RPC client returns -EPROTONOSUPPORT if there is a protocol version
mismatch (ie the remote RPC server doesn't support the RPC protocol
version sent by the client).
Helpers for the svc_register() function return -EPROTONOSUPPORT if they
don't recognize the passed-in IPPROTO_ value.
These are two entirely different failure modes.
Have the helpers return -ENOPROTOOPT instead of -EPROTONOSUPPORT. This
will allow callers to determine more precisely what the underlying
problem is, and decide to report or recover appropriately.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The kernel uses an IPv6 loopback address when registering its AF_INET6
RPC services so that it can tell whether the local portmapper is
actually IPv6-enabled.
Since the legacy portmapper doesn't listen on IPv6, however, this
causes a long timeout on older systems if the kernel happens to try
creating and registering an AF_INET6 RPC service. Originally I wanted
to use a connected transport (either TCP or connected UDP) so that the
upcall would fail immediately if the portmapper wasn't listening on
IPv6, but we never agreed on what transport to use.
In the end, it's of little consequence to the kernel whether the local
portmapper is listening on IPv6. It's only important whether the
portmapper supports rpcbind v4. And the kernel can't tell that at all
if it is sending requests via IPv6 -- the portmapper will just ignore
them.
So, send both rpcbind v2 and v4 SET/UNSET requests via IPv4 loopback
to maintain better backwards compatibility between new kernels and
legacy user space, and prevent multi-second hangs in some cases when
the kernel attempts to register RPC services.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We are about to convert to using separate RPC listener sockets for
PF_INET and PF_INET6. This echoes the way IPv6 is handled in user
space by TI-RPC, and eliminates the need for ULPs to worry about
mapped IPv4 AF_INET6 addresses when doing address comparisons.
Start by setting the IPV6ONLY flag on PF_INET6 RPC listener sockets.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Since an RPC service listener's protocol family is specified now via
svc_create_xprt(), it no longer needs to be passed to svc_create() or
svc_create_pooled(). Remove that argument from the synopsis of those
functions, and remove the sv_family field from the svc_serv struct.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The sv_family field is going away. Pass a protocol family argument to
svc_create_xprt() instead of extracting the family from the passed-in
svc_serv struct.
Again, as this is a listener socket and not an address, we make this
new argument an "int" protocol family, instead of an "sa_family_t."
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Since the sv_family field is going away, modify svc_setup_socket() to
extract the protocol family from the passed-in socket instead of from
the passed-in svc_serv struct.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The sv_family field is going away. Instead of using sv_family, have
the svc_register() function take a protocol family argument.
Since this argument represents a protocol family, and not an address
family, this argument takes an int, as this is what is passed to
sock_create_kern(). Also make sure svc_register's helpers are
checking for PF_FOO instead of AF_FOO. The value of [AP]F_FOO are
equivalent; this is simply a symbolic change to reflect the semantics
of the value stored in that variable.
sock_create_kern() should return EPFNOSUPPORT if the passed-in
protocol family isn't supported, but it uses EAFNOSUPPORT for this
case. We will stick with that tradition here, as svc_register()
is called by the RPC server in the same path as sock_create_kern().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: add documentating comment and use appropriate data types for
svc_find_xprt()'s arguments.
This also eliminates a mixed sign comparison: @port was an int, while
the return value of svc_xprt_local_port() is an unsigned short.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
In 2007, commit e65fe3976f added
additional sanity checking to rpcb_decode_getaddr() to make sure we
were getting a reply that was long enough to be an actual universal
address. If the uaddr string isn't long enough, the XDR decoder
returns EIO.
However, an empty string is a valid RPCB_GETADDR response if the
requested service isn't registered. Moreover, "::.n.m" is also a
valid RPCB_GETADDR response for IPv6 addresses that is shorter
than rpcb_decode_getaddr()'s lower limit of 11. So this sanity
check introduced a regression for rpcbind requests against IPv6
remotes.
So revert the lower bound check added by commit
e65fe3976f, and add an explicit check
for an empty uaddr string, similar to libtirpc's rpcb_getaddr(3).
Pointed-out-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch cleans up a lot of the Smack network access control code. The
largest changes are to fix the labeling of incoming TCP connections in a
manner similar to the recent SELinux changes which use the
security_inet_conn_request() hook to label the request_sock and let the label
move to the child socket via the normal network stack mechanisms. In addition
to the incoming TCP connection fixes this patch also removes the smk_labled
field from the socket_smack struct as the minor optimization advantage was
outweighed by the difficulty in maintaining it's proper state.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The socket_post_accept() hook is not currently used by any in-tree modules
and its existence continues to cause problems by confusing people about
what can be safely accomplished using this hook. If a legitimate need for
this hook arises in the future it can always be reintroduced.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current NetLabel/SELinux behavior for incoming TCP connections works but
only through a series of happy coincidences that rely on the limited nature of
standard CIPSO (only able to convey MLS attributes) and the write equality
imposed by the SELinux MLS constraints. The problem is that network sockets
created as the result of an incoming TCP connection were not on-the-wire
labeled based on the security attributes of the parent socket but rather based
on the wire label of the remote peer. The issue had to do with how IP options
were managed as part of the network stack and where the LSM hooks were in
relation to the code which set the IP options on these newly created child
sockets. While NetLabel/SELinux did correctly set the socket's on-the-wire
label it was promptly cleared by the network stack and reset based on the IP
options of the remote peer.
This patch, in conjunction with a prior patch that adjusted the LSM hook
locations, works to set the correct on-the-wire label format for new incoming
connections through the security_inet_conn_request() hook. Besides the
correct behavior there are many advantages to this change, the most significant
is that all of the NetLabel socket labeling code in SELinux now lives in hooks
which can return error codes to the core stack which allows us to finally get
ride of the selinux_netlbl_inode_permission() logic which greatly simplfies
the NetLabel/SELinux glue code. In the process of developing this patch I
also ran into a small handful of AF_INET6 cleanliness issues that have been
fixed which should make the code safer and easier to extend in the future.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current placement of the security_inet_conn_request() hooks do not allow
individual LSMs to override the IP options of the connection's request_sock.
This is a problem as both SELinux and Smack have the ability to use labeled
networking protocols which make use of IP options to carry security attributes
and the inability to set the IP options at the start of the TCP handshake is
problematic.
This patch moves the IPv4 security_inet_conn_request() hooks past the code
where the request_sock's IP options are set/reset so that the LSM can safely
manipulate the IP options as needed. This patch intentionally does not change
the related IPv6 hooks as IPv6 based labeling protocols which use IPv6 options
are not currently implemented, once they are we will have a better idea of
the correct placement for the IPv6 hooks.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Conflicts:
arch/sparc/kernel/time_64.c
drivers/gpu/drm/drm_proc.c
Manual merge to resolve build warning due to phys_addr_t type change
on x86:
drivers/gpu/drm/drm_info.c
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (166 commits)
Revert "ax25: zero length frame filtering in AX25"
Revert "netrom: zero length frame filtering in NetRom"
cfg80211: default CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY to n
mac80211/iwlwifi: move virtual A-MDPU queue bookkeeping to iwlwifi
mac80211: fix aggregation to not require queue stop
mac80211: add skb length sanity checking
mac80211: unify and fix TX aggregation start
mac80211: clean up __ieee80211_tx args
mac80211: rework the pending packets code
mac80211: fix A-MPDU queue assignment
mac80211: rewrite fragmentation
iwlwifi: show current driver status in user readable format
b43: Add BCM4307 PCI-ID
cfg80211: fix locking in nl80211_set_wiphy
mac80211: fix RX path
ath5k: properly drop packets from ops->tx
ar9170: single module build
ath9k: fix dma mapping leak of rx buffer upon rmmod
rt2x00: New USB ID for rt73usb
ath5k: warn and correct rate for unknown hw rate indexes
...
This reverts commit f99bcff7a2.
Like netrom, Alan Cox says that zero lengths have real meaning
and are useful in this protocol.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit a3ac80a130.
Alan Cox says that zero length writes do have special meaning
and are useful in this protocol.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And update description and feature-removal schedule according
to the new plan.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from
mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so
it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle
starting and stopping the queues in mac80211.
To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software
queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep
track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk
to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling
two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the
mac80211 counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation
(which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer
the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb
queue once aggregation is turned on successfully.
We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and
we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in
a follow-up patch.
This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support
aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now
not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being
established, but only after it has been fully established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We just found a bug in zd1211rw where it would reject
packets in the ->tx() method but leave them modified,
which would cause retransmit attempts with completely
bogus skbs, eventually leading to a panic due to not
having enough headroom in those.
This patch adds a sanity check to mac80211 to catch
such driver mistakes; in this case we warn and drop
the skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps:
1) print a debug message
2) wake the virtual queue
3) notify the driver
Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to
reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the
remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for
this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both
places where TX aggregation can become operational.
Additionally, rename the driver notification from
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__ieee80211_tx takes a struct ieee80211_tx_data argument, but only
uses a few of its members, namely 'skb' and 'sta'. Make that explicit,
so that less internal knowledge is required in ieee80211_tx_pending
and the possibility of introducing errors here is removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The pending packets code is quite incomprehensible, uses memory barriers
nobody really understands, etc. This patch reworks it entirely, using
the queue spinlock, proper stop bits and the skb queues themselves to
indicate whether packets are pending or not (rather than a separate
variable like before).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Internally, mac80211 requires the skb's queue mapping to be set
to the AC queue, not the virtual A-MPDU queue. This is not done
correctly currently, this patch moves the code down to directly
before the driver is invoked and adds a comment that it will be
moved into the driver later.
Since this requires __ieee80211_tx() to have the sta pointer,
make sure to provide it in ieee80211_tx_pending().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fragmentation currently uses an allocated array to store the
fragment skbs, and then keeps track of which have been sent
and which are still pending etc. This is rather complicated;
make it simpler by just chaining the fragments into skb->next
and removing from that list when sent. Also simplifies all
code that needs to touch fragments, since it now only needs
to walk the skb->next list.
This is a prerequisite for fixing the stored packet code,
which I need to do for proper aggregation packet storing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Luis reports that there's a circular locking dependency;
this is because cfg80211_dev_rename() will acquire the
cfg80211_mutex while the device mutex is held, while
this normally is done the other way around. The solution
is to open-code the device-getting in nl80211_set_wiphy
and require holding the mutex around cfg80211_dev_rename
rather than acquiring it within.
Also fix a bug -- rtnl locking is expected by drivers so
we need to provide it.
Reported-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My previous patch ("mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code")
was too obvious to me, so obvious that a stupid bug crept in. The IBSS
RX function must be invoked for IBSS, of course, not anything != IBSS.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's
tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go
through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In beacon filtering there needs to be a way to not expire the BSS even
when no beacons are received. Add an interface to cfg80211 to hold
BSS and make sure that it's not expired.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible
probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that
hardware will take care of that and document that assumption.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Separate beacon and rx path tracking in preparation for the beacon filtering
support. At the same time change ieee80211_associated() to look a bit simpler.
Probe requests are now sent only after IEEE80211_PROBE_IDLE_TIME, which
is now set to 60 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the timer is triggering every two seconds
(IEEE80211_MONITORING_INTERVAL). Decrease the timer to only trigger during
data idle periods to avoid waking up CPU unnecessary. The timer will
still trigger during idle periods, that needs to be fixed later.
There's also a functional change that probe requests are sent only when the
data path is idle, earlier they were sent also while there was activity
on the data path.
This is also preparation for the beacon filtering support. Thanks to
Johannes Berg for the idea.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no
regression potential, and neither will be supported from
userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which
is in userspace, to control all we need.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When somebody tries to set the interface mode to the existing
mode, don't ask the driver but silently accept the setting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We had left in code to allow interested developers to add
support for parsing country IEs when OLD_REG was enabled.
This never happened and since we're going to remove OLD_REG
lets just remove these comments and code for it.
This code path was never being entered so this has no
functional change.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems a few users are using this module parameter although its not
recommended. People are finding it useful despite there being utilities
for setting this in userspace. I'm not aware of any distribution using
this though.
Until userspace and distributions catch up with a default userspace
automatic replacement (GeoClue integration would be nirvana) we copy
the ieee80211_regdom module parameter from OLD_REG to the new reg
code to help these users migrate.
Users who are using the non-valid ISO / IEC 3166 alpha "EU" in their
ieee80211_regdom module parameter and migrate to non-OLD_REG enabled
system will world roam.
This also schedules removal of this same ieee80211_regdom module
parameter circa March 2010. Hope is by then nirvana is reached and
users will abandoned the module parameter completely.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The incorrect assumption is the last regulatory request
(last_request) is always a country IE when processing
country IEs. Although this is true 99% of the time the
first time this happens this could not be true.
This fixes an oops in the branch check for the last_request
when accessing drv_last_ie. The access was done under the
assumption the struct won't be null.
Note to stable: to port to 29 replace as follows, only 29 has
country IE code:
s|NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE|REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Quentin Armitage <Quentin@armitage.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Although EU is a bogus alpha2 we need to process the send request
as our code depends on last_request being set.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Quentin Armitage <Quentin@armitage.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do not want to require all the drivers using cfg80211 to need to do
this. In addition, make the error values consistent by using
EOPNOTSUPP instead of semi-random assortment of errno values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do not want to require all the drivers using cfg80211 to need to do
this or to be prepared to handle these commands when the interface is
down.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check that the used authentication type and reason code are valid here
so that drivers/mac80211 do not need to care about this. In addition,
remove the unnecessary validation of SSID attribute length which is
taken care of by netlink policy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now
be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or
known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and
taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE
processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order
in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove
the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves
are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This file was forgotten from the quilt patch that added MLME
primitives, so the kfree on interface removal is missing. Fix this
potential memleak by freeing the temporary Authentication frame IEs
from SME when the interface is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 resumes, it currently doesn't reconfigure the interfaces
entirely and also doesn't reconfigure BSS information -- fix this.
Also, to be able to test this, add a debugfs file that just calls
the suspend/resume code to see what happens when we go through that,
without needing the time-consuming suspend/resume cycle.
(Original version broke the build for CONFIG_PM=n. Define alternative
functions for that situation. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request
authentication and association (and also deauthentication and
disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate
authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between
kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE
802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the
SME.
The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request,
MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and
association commands request the actual operations in two steps
(assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication
step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect"
command).
The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current
net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management
frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state
machine from moving automatically from authentication to association.
Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211.
The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and
association process to user space without having to move the full MLME
implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol
and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will
also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association
requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME
using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant.
This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with
over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME
primitives for handling the FT Action frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We must not clear the previous BSSID when roaming to another AP within
the same ESS for reassociation to be used properly. It is fine to
clear this when the SSID changes, so let's move the code into
ieee80211_sta_set_ssid().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_tx_h_check_assoc() was dropping everything else than probe
requests during software scan. So the nullfunc frame with the power save
bit was dropped and AP never received it. This meant that AP never
buffered any frames for the station during software scan.
Fix this by allowing to transmit both probe request and nullfunc frames
during software scan. Tested with stlc45xx.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I added scanning to cfg80211, we got a lock dependency like this:
rtnl --> cfg80211_mtx
nl80211, on the other hand, has the reverse lock dependency:
cfg80211_mtx --> rtnl
which clearly is a bad idea. This patch reworks nl80211 to take these
two locks in the other order to fix the possible, and easily
triggerable, deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver has been notified with a STA_REMOVE, it tears down
the internal ADDBA state. On resume, trying to initiate aggregation would
fail because mac80211 has not cleared the operational state for that <TID,STA>.
This can be fixed by tearing down the existing sessions on a suspend.
Also, the driver can initiate a new BA session when suspend is in progress.
This is fixed by marking the station as being in suspend state and
denying ADDBA requests for such STAs.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To avoid concurrent manipulations of the sta list (which shouldn't
be possible at this point, but anyway) we need to hold the sta_lock
around iterating the list.
At the same time, we do not need to iterate the list at all if
the driver doesn't want to be notified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes nl80211 export the supported commands (command groups)
per wiphy so userspace has an idea what it can do -- this will be
required reading for userspace when we introduce auth/assoc /or/
connect for older hardware that cannot separate auth and assoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise
the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field,
this patch updates Linux to that standard.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even though userland probably cannot submit packets, there might
still be some coming, and that's no good when the driver doesn't
expect them. Stop the queues across suspend/resume.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The last warning can never trigger, and the explicit AP_VLAN
check is pointless if we move the config_interface check down,
in practice config_interface is required anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a scan is queued in STA mode while the interface is in state direct
probe, authenticate or associate the scan is delayed until the interface
enters disabled or associated state. But in case of direct probe-,
authentication- or association- timeout sta_work will not be scheduled
anymore (without external trigger) and thus the pending scan is not
executed and prevents a new scan from being triggered (-EBUSY).
Fix this by queueing the sta work again after direct probe-, authentication-
and association- timeout.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The scan capability added to cfg80211/nl80211 introduced a
dependency on nl80211 by cfg80211. We can thus no longer have
just cfg80211 without nl80211. Specifically, cfg80211_scan_done()
calls nl80211_send_scan_aborted() or nl80211_send_scan_done().
Now we remove the option for user to select nl80211. It will always
be compiled if user selects cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't call ieee80211_sta_find_ibss() directly, like it's done in STA
mode, so that the commit() call is more harmless respectively has
less site-effects.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is no need to set rqstp->rq_server to serv, while serv is initialized as rqstp->rq_server at previous line. And between these two lines, there is no change to rqstp->rq_server.
Signed-off-by: ideawu <ideawu@163.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Otherwise we can wrap the sizes and end up sending garbage.
Closes#10423
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spin_lock() should be spin_unlock() in xfrm_state_walk_done().
caused by:
commit 12a169e7d8
"ipsec: Put dumpers on the dump list"
Reported-by: Marc Milgram <mmilgram@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Ebbert <cebbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 778d80be52
(ipv6: Add disable_ipv6 sysctl to disable IPv6 operaion on specific interface)
seems to have introduced a leak of sk_buff's for ipv6 traffic,
at least in some configurations where idev is NULL, or when ipv6
is disabled via sysctl.
The problem is that if the first condition of the if-statement
returns non-NULL, it returns an skb with only one reference,
and when the other conditions apply, execution jumps to the "out"
label, which does not call kfree_skb for it.
To plug this leak, change to use the "drop" label instead.
(this relies on it being ok to call kfree_skb on NULL)
This also allows us to avoid calling rcu_read_unlock here,
and removes the only user of the "out" label.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I fixed the GRO crash in the legacy receive path I used
napi_complete to replace __napi_complete. Unfortunately they're
not the same when NETPOLL is enabled, which may result in us
not calling __napi_complete at all.
What's more, we really do need to keep the __napi_complete call
within the IRQ-off section since in theory an IRQ can occur in
between and fill up the backlog to the maximum, causing us to
lock up.
Since we can't seem to find a fix that works properly right now,
this patch reverts all the GRO support from the netif_rx path.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bkl-removal' of git://git.lwn.net/linux-2.6:
Rationalize fasync return values
Move FASYNC bit handling to f_op->fasync()
Use f_lock to protect f_flags
Rename struct file->f_ep_lock
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (29 commits)
crypto: sha512-s390 - Add missing block size
hwrng: timeriomem - Breaks an allyesconfig build on s390:
nlattr: Fix build error with NET off
crypto: testmgr - add zlib test
crypto: zlib - New zlib crypto module, using pcomp
crypto: testmgr - Add support for the pcomp interface
crypto: compress - Add pcomp interface
netlink: Move netlink attribute parsing support to lib
crypto: Fix dead links
hwrng: timeriomem - New driver
crypto: chainiv - Use kcrypto_wq instead of keventd_wq
crypto: cryptd - Per-CPU thread implementation based on kcrypto_wq
crypto: api - Use dedicated workqueue for crypto subsystem
crypto: testmgr - Test skciphers with no IVs
crypto: aead - Avoid infinite loop when nivaead fails selftest
crypto: skcipher - Avoid infinite loop when cipher fails selftest
crypto: api - Fix crypto_alloc_tfm/create_create_tfm return convention
crypto: api - crypto_alg_mod_lookup either tested or untested
crypto: amcc - Add crypt4xx driver
crypto: ansi_cprng - Add maintainer
...
On a box with most of the optional Netfilter switches turned off some
of the NLAs are never send, e. g. secmark, mark or the conntrack
byte/packet counters. As a worst case scenario this may possibly
still lead to ctnetlink skbs being reallocated in netlink_trim()
later, loosing all the nice effects from the previous patches.
I try to solve that (at least partly) by correctly #ifdef'ing the
NLAs in the computation.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch renames the ebt_ulog nf_logger from "ulog" to "ebt_ulog" to
be in sync with other modules naming. As this name was currently only
used for informational purpose, the renaming should be harmless.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ebt_ulog module does not follow the fixed convention about function
return. Loading the module is triggering the following message:
sys_init_module: 'ebt_ulog'->init suspiciously returned 1, it should follow 0/-E convention
sys_init_module: loading module anyway...
Pid: 2334, comm: modprobe Not tainted 2.6.29-rc5edenwall0-00883-g199e57b #146
Call Trace:
[<c0441b81>] ? printk+0xf/0x16
[<c02311af>] sys_init_module+0x107/0x186
[<c0202cfa>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb
The following patch fixes the return treatment in ebt_ulog_init()
function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the declaration of the logger structure in ebt_log
and ebt_ulog: I forgot to remove the const option from their declaration
in the commit ca735b3aaa ("netfilter:
use a linked list of loggers").
Pointed-out-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes an crash when empty bond device is added to a bridge.
If an interface with invalid ethernet address (all zero) is added
to a bridge, then bridge code detects it when setting up the forward
databas entry. But the error unwind is broken, the bridge port object
can get freed twice: once when ref count went to zeo, and once by kfree.
Since object is never really accessible, just free it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usefull for all protocols which do not add additional data, such
as GRE or UDPlite.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Try to allocate a Netlink skb roughly the size of the actual
message, with the help from the l3 and l4 protocol helpers.
This is all to prevent a reallocation in netlink_trim() later.
The overhead of allocating the right-sized skb is rather small, with
ctnetlink_alloc_skb() actually being inlined away on my x86_64 box.
The size of the per-proto space is determined at registration time of
the protocol helper.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use "hlist_nulls" infrastructure we added in 2.6.29 for RCUification of UDP & TCP.
This permits an easy conversion from call_rcu() based hash lists to a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU one.
Avoiding call_rcu() delay at nf_conn freeing time has numerous gains.
First, it doesnt fill RCU queues (up to 10000 elements per cpu).
This reduces OOM possibility, if queued elements are not taken into account
This reduces latency problems when RCU queue size hits hilimit and triggers
emergency mode.
- It allows fast reuse of just freed elements, permitting better use of
CPU cache.
- We delete rcu_head from "struct nf_conn", shrinking size of this structure
by 8 or 16 bytes.
This patch only takes care of "struct nf_conn".
call_rcu() is still used for less critical conntrack parts, that may
be converted later if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Commit e1b4b9f ([NETFILTER]: {ip,ip6,arp}_tables: fix exponential worst-case
search for loops) introduced a regression in the loop detection algorithm,
causing sporadic incorrectly detected loops.
When a chain has already been visited during the check, it is treated as
having a standard target containing a RETURN verdict directly at the
beginning in order to not check it again. The real target of the first
rule is then incorrectly treated as STANDARD target and checked not to
contain invalid verdicts.
Fix by making sure the rule does actually contain a standard target.
Based on patch by Francis Dupont <Francis_Dupont@isc.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is necessary in order to have an upper bound for Netlink
message calculation, which is not a problem at all, as there
are no helpers with a longer name.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It calculates the max. length of a Netlink policy, which is usefull
for allocating Netlink buffers roughly the size of the actual
message.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is added a single callback for the l3 proto helper. The two
callbacks for the l4 protos are necessary because of the general
structure of a ctnetlink event, which is in short:
CTA_TUPLE_ORIG
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_REPLY
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_ID
...
CTA_PROTOINFO
<l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_MASTER
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
Therefore the formular is
size := sizeof(generic-nlas) + 3 * sizeof(tuple_nlas) + sizeof(protoinfo_nlas)
Some of the NLAs are optional, e. g. CTA_TUPLE_MASTER, which is only
set if it's an expected connection. But the number of optional NLAs is
small enough to prevent netlink_trim() from reallocating if calculated
properly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We use same not trivial helper function in four places. We can factorize it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Using hlist_add_head() in nf_conntrack_set_hashsize() is quite dangerous.
Without any barrier, one CPU could see a loop while doing its lookup.
Its true new table cannot be seen by another cpu, but previous table is still
readable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c:40: error: field netfilter_led_trigger has incomplete type
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c: In function led_timeout_callback:
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c:78: warning: unused variable ledinternal
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c: In function led_tg_check:
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c:102: error: implicit declaration of function led_trigger_register
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c: In function led_tg_destroy:
net/netfilter/xt_LED.c:135: error: implicit declaration of function led_trigger_unregister
Fix by adding a dependency on LED_TRIGGERS.
Reported-by: Sachin Sant <sachinp@in.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Subrata Modak <tosubrata@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The ipv6 version of bind_conflict code calls ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal()
which at times wrongly identified intersections between addresses.
It particularly broke down under a few instances and caused erroneous
bind conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Binding to a v4-mapped address on an AF_INET6 socket should
produce the same result as binding to an IPv4 address on
AF_INET socket. The two are interchangable as v4-mapped
address is really a portability aid.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 wildcard (0.0.0.0) address does not intersect
in any way with explicit IPv6 addresses. These two should
be permitted, but the IPv4 conflict code checks the ipv6only
bit as part of the test. Since binding to an explicit IPv6
address restricts the socket to only that IPv6 address, the
side-effect is that the socket behaves as v6-only. By
explicitely setting ipv6only in this case, allows the 2 binds
to succeed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A socket marked v6-only, can not receive or send traffic to v4-mapped
addresses. Thus allowing binding to v4-mapped address on such a
socket makes no sense.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch combines Greg Bank's dprintk() work with the existing dynamic
printk patchset, we are now calling it 'dynamic debug'.
The new feature of this patchset is a richer /debugfs control file interface,
(an example output from my system is at the bottom), which allows fined grained
control over the the debug output. The output can be controlled by function,
file, module, format string, and line number.
for example, enabled all debug messages in module 'nf_conntrack':
echo -n 'module nf_conntrack +p' > /mnt/debugfs/dynamic_debug/control
to disable them:
echo -n 'module nf_conntrack -p' > /mnt/debugfs/dynamic_debug/control
A further explanation can be found in the documentation patch.
Signed-off-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
dpm_list currently relies on the fact that child devices will
be registered after their parents to get a correct suspend
order. Using device_move() however destroys this assumption, as
an already registered device may be moved under a newly registered
one.
This patch adds a new argument to device_move(), allowing callers
to specify how dpm_list should be adapted.
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch adds the NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS socket flag. This flag can
be used by unicast and broadcast listeners to avoid receiving
ENOBUFS errors.
Generally speaking, ENOBUFS errors are useful to notify two things
to the listener:
a) You may increase the receiver buffer size via setsockopt().
b) You have lost messages, you may be out of sync.
In some cases, ignoring ENOBUFS errors can be useful. For example:
a) nfnetlink_queue: this subsystem does not have any sort of resync
method and you can decide to ignore ENOBUFS once you have set a
given buffer size.
b) ctnetlink: you can use this together with the socket flag
NETLINK_BROADCAST_SEND_ERROR to stop getting ENOBUFS errors as
you do not need to resync (packets whose event are not delivered
are drop to provide reliable logging and state-synchronization).
Moreover, the use of NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS also reduces a "go up, go down"
effect in terms of performance which is due to the netlink congestion
control when the listener cannot back off. The effect is the following:
1) throughput rate goes up and netlink messages are inserted in the
receiver buffer.
2) Then, netlink buffer fills and overruns (set on nlk->state bit 0).
3) While the listener empties the receiver buffer, netlink keeps
dropping messages. Thus, throughput goes dramatically down.
4) Then, once the listener has emptied the buffer (nlk->state
bit 0 is set off), goto step 1.
This effect is easy to trigger with netlink broadcast under heavy
load, and it is more noticeable when using a big receiver buffer.
You can find some results in [1] that show this problem.
[1] http://1984.lsi.us.es/linux/netlink/
This patch also includes the use of sk_drop to account the number of
netlink messages drop due to overrun. This value is shown in
/proc/net/netlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arches without efficient unaligned access can still perform a loop
assuming 16bit alignment in ifname_compare()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use RCU to defer freeing of conntrack structures. In DOS situation, RCU might
accumulate about 10.000 elements per CPU in its internal queues. To get accurate
conntrack counts (at the expense of slightly more RAM used), we might consider
conntrack counter not taking into account "about to be freed elements, waiting
in RCU queues". We thus decrement it in nf_conntrack_free(), not in the RCU
callback.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Tested-by: Joakim Tjernlund <Joakim.Tjernlund@transmode.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (32 commits)
ucc_geth: Fix oops when using fixed-link support
dm9000: locking bugfix
net: update dnet.c for bus_id removal
dnet: DNET should depend on HAS_IOMEM
dca: add missing copyright/license headers
nl80211: Check that function pointer != NULL before using it
sungem: missing net_device_ops
be2net: fix to restore vlan ids into BE2 during a IF DOWN->UP cycle
be2net: replenish when posting to rx-queue is starved in out of mem conditions
bas_gigaset: correctly allocate USB interrupt transfer buffer
smsc911x: reset last known duplex and carrier on open
sh_eth: Fix mistake of the address of SH7763
sh_eth: Change handling of IRQ
netns: oops in ip[6]_frag_reasm incrementing stats
net: kfree(napi->skb) => kfree_skb
net: fix sctp breakage
ipv6: fix display of local and remote sit endpoints
net: Document /proc/sys/net/core/netdev_budget
tulip: fix crash on iface up with shirq debug
virtio_net: Make virtio_net support carrier detection
...
This patch fixes an unaligned memory access in tcp_sack while reading
sequence numbers from TCP selective acknowledgement options. Prior to
applying this patch, upstream linux-2.6.27.20 was occasionally
generating messages like this on my sparc64 system:
[54678.532071] Kernel unaligned access at TPC[6b17d4] tcp_packet+0xcd4/0xd00
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds nfnetlink_set_err() to propagate the error to netlink
broadcast listener in case of memory allocation errors in the
message building.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patchs adds support of modification of the used logger via sysctl.
It can be used to change the logger to module that can not use the bind
operation (ipt_LOG and ipt_ULOG). For this purpose, it creates a
directory /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log which contains a file
per-protocol. The content of the file is the name current logger (NONE if
not set) and a logger can be setup by simply echoing its name to the file.
By echoing "NONE" to a /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log/PROTO file, the
logger corresponding to this PROTO is set to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Discard incoming packets whose ack field iincludes data not yet sent.
This is consistent with RFC 793 Section 3.9.
Change tcp_ack() to distinguish between too-small and too-large ack
field values. Keep segments with too-large ack fields out of the fast
path, and change slow path to discard them.
Reported-by: Oliver Zheng <mailinglists+netdev@oliverzheng.com>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that most network device drivers in (all but one in x86_64 allmodconfig)
support net_device_ops. Expose it as a configuration parameter. Still
need to address even older 32 bit drivers, and other arch before
compatiablity can be scheduled for removal in some future release.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to reference net_device_ops not old pointer.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the mpc device to using new netdevice_ops.
Compile tested only, needs more than usual review since
device was swaping pointers around etc.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Chas Williams <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch
chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be
interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support
for multiple switch chips on a network interface.
An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as
follows:
+-----+ +--------+ +--------+
| |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch |
| CPU +----------+ +-------+ |
| | | chip 0 | | chip 1 |
+-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+
|| ||
|| ||
||1000baseT ||1000baseT
||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16
This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer:
- The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still
only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example
above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own
mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name
array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need
some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm)
- The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to
use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet
accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit
according to which switch chip the packet is heading to.
(net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c)
- The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the
CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs
to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the
port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU
(port 10 for both switch chips in the example above).
- The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch
chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA
tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use
non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU
link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch
chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given
port in the port array.
- The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via
which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip.
This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[]
array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches
in the tree.
For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look
something like this:
static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = {
{
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 1,
.port_names[0] = "p1",
.port_names[1] = "p2",
.port_names[2] = "p3",
.port_names[3] = "p4",
.port_names[4] = "p5",
.port_names[5] = "p6",
.port_names[6] = "p7",
.port_names[7] = "p8",
.port_names[9] = "dsa",
.port_names[10] = "cpu",
.rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, },
}, {
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 2,
.port_names[0] = "p9",
.port_names[1] = "p10",
.port_names[2] = "p11",
.port_names[3] = "p12",
.port_names[4] = "p13",
.port_names[5] = "p14",
.port_names[6] = "p15",
.port_names[7] = "p16",
.port_names[10] = "dsa",
.rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, },
},
},
static struct dsa_platform_data pd = {
.netdev = &foo,
.nr_switches = 2,
.sw = sw,
};
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the Marvell 88E6095/6095F switch chips. These
chips are similar to the 88e6131, so we can add the support to
mv88e6131.c easily.
Thanks to Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> and Jesper Dangaard
Brouer <hawk@diku.dk> for testing various patches.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output:
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue
2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix compiler warning about non-const format string.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols should be able to use constant value for the descriptor.
Minor whitespace cleanup as well
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no gain using prefetch() in dev_hard_start_xmit(), since
we already had to read ops->ndo_select_queue pointer in dev_pick_tx(),
and both pointers are probably located in the same cache line.
This prefetch call slows down fast path because of a stall in address
computation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 2 TEST_FRAME hacks that are no longer needed. These allowed
sctp regression tests to compile before, but are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some minor changes to queue hashing:
1. Use const on accessor functions
2. Export skb_tx_hash for use in drivers (see ixgbe)
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than calling device pointer directly (which is incorrect with
net_device_ops), use the standard dev_change_mtu. Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_sack_swap seems unnecessary so I pushed swap to the caller.
Also removed comment that seemed then pointless, and added include
when not already there. Compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A zero length frame filter was recently introduced in ROSE protocole.
Previous commit makes the same at AX25 protocole level.
This patch has the same purpose for NetRom protocole.
The reason is that empty frames have no meaning in NetRom protocole.
Signed-off-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In previous commit 244f46ae6e
was introduced a zero length frame filter for ROSE protocole.
This patch has the same purpose at AX25 frame level for the same
reason. Empty frames have no meaning in AX25 protocole.
Signed-off-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS and NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS handlers
did not verify whether a function pointer is NULL (not supported by
the driver) before trying to call the function. The former nl80211
command is available for unprivileged users, too, so this can
potentially allow normal users to kill networking (or worse..) if
mac80211 is built without CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH=y.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
printk formats in prior commit were reversed/incorrect.
Compiled without warning on x86 and x86_64, but detected on ppc.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
As long as one task is holding the socket lock, then calls to
xprt_force_disconnect(xprt) will not succeed in shutting down the socket.
In particular, this would mean that a server initiated shutdown will not
succeed until the lock is relinquished.
In order to avoid the deadlock, we should ensure that xs_tcp_send_request()
closes the socket on EPIPE errors too.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This fixes a regression against FreeBSD servers as reported by Tomas
Kasparek. Apparently when using RPC over a TCP socket, the FreeBSD servers
don't ever react to the client closing the socket, and so commit
e06799f958 (SUNRPC: Use shutdown() instead of
close() when disconnecting a TCP socket) causes the setup to hang forever
whenever the client attempts to close and then reconnect.
We break the deadlock by adding a 'linger2' style timeout to the socket,
after which, the client will abort the connection using a TCP 'RST'.
The default timeout is set to 15 seconds. A subsequent patch will put it
under user control by means of a systctl.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
dev can be NULL in ip[6]_frag_reasm for skb's coming from RAW sockets.
Quagga's OSPFD sends fragmented packets on a RAW socket, when netfilter
conntrack reassembles them on the OUTPUT path you hit this code path.
You can test it with something like "hping2 -0 -d 2000 -f AA.BB.CC.DD"
With help from Jarek Poplawski.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Boncompte [DTI2] <jorge@dti2.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sk_buff pointers should be freed with kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
broken by commit 5e739d1752aca4e8f3e794d431503bfca3162df4; AFAICS should
be -stable fodder as well...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Aced-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix warnings from current gcc about using non-const strings as printf
args in TIPC. Compile tested only (not a TIPC user).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the regressions cause by
commit 1326c3d5a4
(v2.6.28-rc6-461-g23a12b1) broke the display of local and remote
addresses of an SIT tunnel in iproute2.
nt->parms is used by ipip6_tunnel_init() and therefore need to be
initialized first.
Tracked as http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12868
Reported-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (addr_len) from tcp_recv_urg()
method in net/ipv4/tcp.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the behavior of allowing both sysctl and addrconf_dad_failure()
to set the disable_ipv6 parameter without any bad side-effects.
If DAD fails and accept_dad > 1, we will still set disable_ipv6=1,
but then instead of allowing an RA to add an address then
immediately fail DAD, we simply don't allow the address to be
added in the first place. This also lets the user set this flag
and disable all IPv6 addresses on the interface, or on the entire
system.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the NFSv4 server to make use of TCP autotuning behaviour, which
was previously disabled by setting the sk_userlocks variable.
Set the receive buffers to be big enough to receive the whole RPC
request, and set this for the listening socket, not the accept socket.
Remove the code that readjusts the receive/send buffer sizes for the
accepted socket. Previously this code was used to influence the TCP
window management behaviour, which is no longer needed when autotuning
is enabled.
This can improve IO bandwidth on networks with high bandwidth-delay
products, where a large tcp window is required. It also simplifies
performance tuning, since getting adequate tcp buffers previously
required increasing the number of nfsd threads.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Jim Rees <rees@umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add /proc/fs/nfsd/pool_stats to export to userspace various
statistics about the operation of rpc server thread pools.
This patch is based on a forward-ported version of
knfsd-add-pool-thread-stats which has been shipping in the SGI
"Enhanced NFS" product since 2006 and which was previously
posted:
http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.nfs/10375
It has also been updated thus:
* moved EXPORT_SYMBOL() to near the function it exports
* made the new struct struct seq_operations const
* used SEQ_START_TOKEN instead of ((void *)1)
* merged fix from SGI PV 990526 "sunrpc: use dprintk instead of
printk in svc_pool_stats_*()" by Harshula Jayasuriya.
* merged fix from SGI PV 964001 "Crash reading pool_stats before
nfsds are started".
Signed-off-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshula Jayasuriya <harshula@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Avoid overloading the CPU scheduler with enormous load averages
when handling high call-rate NFS loads. When the knfsd bottom half
is made aware of an incoming call by the socket layer, it tries to
choose an nfsd thread and wake it up. As long as there are idle
threads, one will be woken up.
If there are lot of nfsd threads (a sensible configuration when
the server is disk-bound or is running an HSM), there will be many
more nfsd threads than CPUs to run them. Under a high call-rate
low service-time workload, the result is that almost every nfsd is
runnable, but only a handful are actually able to run. This situation
causes two significant problems:
1. The CPU scheduler takes over 10% of each CPU, which is robbing
the nfsd threads of valuable CPU time.
2. At a high enough load, the nfsd threads starve userspace threads
of CPU time, to the point where daemons like portmap and rpc.mountd
do not schedule for tens of seconds at a time. Clients attempting
to mount an NFS filesystem timeout at the very first step (opening
a TCP connection to portmap) because portmap cannot wake up from
select() and call accept() in time.
Disclaimer: these effects were observed on a SLES9 kernel, modern
kernels' schedulers may behave more gracefully.
The solution is simple: keep in each svc_pool a counter of the number
of threads which have been woken but have not yet run, and do not wake
any more if that count reaches an arbitrary small threshold.
Testing was on a 4 CPU 4 NIC Altix using 4 IRIX clients, each with 16
synthetic client threads simulating an rsync (i.e. recursive directory
listing) workload reading from an i386 RH9 install image (161480
regular files in 10841 directories) on the server. That tree is small
enough to fill in the server's RAM so no disk traffic was involved.
This setup gives a sustained call rate in excess of 60000 calls/sec
before being CPU-bound on the server. The server was running 128 nfsds.
Profiling showed schedule() taking 6.7% of every CPU, and __wake_up()
taking 5.2%. This patch drops those contributions to 3.0% and 2.2%.
Load average was over 120 before the patch, and 20.9 after.
This patch is a forward-ported version of knfsd-avoid-nfsd-overload
which has been shipping in the SGI "Enhanced NFS" product since 2006.
It has been posted before:
http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.nfs/10374
Signed-off-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Convert the remaining refcount users.
As pointed out by Patrick McHardy, the protocols can be accessed safely using RCU.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
On the legacy netif_rx path, I incorrectly tried to optimise
the napi_complete call by using __napi_complete before we reenable
IRQs. This simply doesn't work since we need to flush the held
GRO packets first.
This patch fixes it by doing the obvious thing of reenabling
IRQs first and then calling napi_complete.
Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski pointed out that my previous fix is broken for
VLAN+netpoll as if netpoll is enabled we'd end up in the normal
receive path instead of the VLAN receive path.
This patch fixes it by calling the VLAN receive hook.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to send to userspace "regulatory" events.
For now we just send an event when we change regulatory domains.
We also notify userspace when devices are using their own custom
world roaming regulatory domains.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do this so we can later inform userspace who set the
regulatory domain and provide details of the request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is not used as we can always just assume the first
regulatory domain set will _always_ be a static regulatory
domain. REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE will be the first request from
cfg80211 for a regdomain and that then populates the first
regulatory request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even after commit "mac80211: deauth when interface is marked down"
(e327b847 on Linus tree), userspace still isn't notified when interface
goes down. There isn't a problem with this commit, but because of other
code changes it doesn't work on kernels >= 2.6.28 (works if same/similar
change applied on 2.6.27 for example).
The issue is as follows: after commit "mac80211: restructure disassoc/deauth
flows" in 2.6.28, the call to ieee80211_sta_deauthenticate added by
commit e327b847 will not work: because we do sta_info_flush(local, sdata)
inside ieee80211_stop (iface.c), all stations in interface are cleared, so
when calling ieee80211_sta_deauthenticate->ieee80211_set_disassoc (mlme.c),
inside ieee80211_set_disassoc we have this in the beginning:
sta = sta_info_get(local, ifsta->bssid);
if (!sta) {
The !sta check triggers, thus the function returns early and
ieee80211_sta_send_apinfo(sdata, ifsta) later isn't called, so
wpa_supplicant/userspace isn't notified with SIOCGIWAP.
This commit moves deauthentication to before flushing STA info
(sta_info_flush), thus the above can't happen and userspace is really
notified when interface goes down.
Signed-off-by: Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@mandriva.com.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If cfg80211 requests a scan it awaits either a return code != 0 from
the scan function or the cfg80211_scan_done to be called. In case of
a STA mac80211's scan function ever returns 0 and queues the scan request.
If ieee80211_sta_work is executed and ieee80211_start_scan fails for
some reason cfg80211_scan_done will never be called but cfg80211 still
thinks the scan was triggered successfully and will refuse any future
scan requests due to drv->scan_req not being cleaned up.
If a scan is triggered from within the MLME a similar problem appears. If
ieee80211_start_scan returns an error, local->scan_req will not be reset
and mac80211 will refuse any future scan requests.
Hence, in both cases call ieee80211_scan_failed (which notifies cfg80211
and resets local->scan_req) if ieee80211_start_scan returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the lowest value amongst countries which do enable 5 GHz operation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Incorrect local->wmm_acm bits were set for AC_BK and AC_BE. Fix this
and add some comments to make it easier to understand the AC-to-UP(pair)
mapping. Set the wmm_acm bits (and show WMM debug) even if the driver
does not implement conf_tx() handler.
In addition, fix the ACM-based AC downgrade code to not use the
highest priority in error cases. We need to break the loop to get the
correct AC_BK value (3) instead of returning 0 (which would indicate
AC_VO). The comment here was not really very useful either, so let's
provide somewhat more helpful description of the situation.
Since it is very unlikely that the ACM flag would be set for AC_BK and
AC_BE, these bugs are not likely to be seen in real life networks.
Anyway, better do these things correctly should someone really use
silly AP configuration (and to pass some functionality tests, too).
Remove the TODO comment about handling ACM. Downgrading AC is
perfectly valid mechanism for ACM. Eventually, we may add support for
WMM-AC and send a request for a TS, but anyway, that functionality
won't be here at the location of this TODO comment.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It was possible to hit a kernel panic on NULL pointer dereference in
dev_queue_xmit() when sending power save buffered frames to a STA that
woke up from sleep. This happened when the buffered frame was requeued
for transmission in ap_sta_ps_end(). In order to avoid the panic, copy
the skb->dev and skb->iif values from the first fragment to all other
fragments.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When they were part of the now defunct ieee80211 component, these
messages were only visible when special debugging settings were enabled.
Let's mirror that with a new lib80211 debugging Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As my netpoll fix for net doesn't really work for net-next, we
need this update to move the checks into the right place. As it
stands we may pass freed skbs to netpoll_receive_skb.
This patch also introduces a netpoll_rx_on function to avoid GRO
completely if we're invoked through netpoll. This might seem
paranoid but as netpoll may have an external receive hook it's
better to be safe than sorry. I don't think we need this for
2.6.29 though since there's nothing immediately broken by it.
This patch also moves the GRO_* return values to netdevice.h since
VLAN needs them too (I tried to avoid this originally but alas
this seems to be the easiest way out). This fixes a bug in VLAN
where it continued to use the old return value 2 instead of the
correct GRO_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the iptables cluster match. This match can be used
to deploy gateway and back-end load-sharing clusters. The cluster
can be composed of 32 nodes maximum (although I have only tested
this with two nodes, so I cannot tell what is the real scalability
limit of this solution in terms of cluster nodes).
Assuming that all the nodes see all packets (see below for an
example on how to do that if your switch does not allow this), the
cluster match decides if this node has to handle a packet given:
(jhash(source IP) % total_nodes) & node_mask
For related connections, the master conntrack is used. The following
is an example of its use to deploy a gateway cluster composed of two
nodes (where this is the node 1):
iptables -I PREROUTING -t mangle -i eth1 -m cluster \
--cluster-total-nodes 2 --cluster-local-node 1 \
--cluster-proc-name eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 0xffff
iptables -A PREROUTING -t mangle -i eth1 \
-m mark ! --mark 0xffff -j DROP
iptables -A PREROUTING -t mangle -i eth2 -m cluster \
--cluster-total-nodes 2 --cluster-local-node 1 \
--cluster-proc-name eth2 -j MARK --set-mark 0xffff
iptables -A PREROUTING -t mangle -i eth2 \
-m mark ! --mark 0xffff -j DROP
And the following commands to make all nodes see the same packets:
ip maddr add 01:00:5e:00:01:01 dev eth1
ip maddr add 01:00:5e:00:01:02 dev eth2
arptables -I OUTPUT -o eth1 --h-length 6 \
-j mangle --mangle-mac-s 01:00:5e:00:01:01
arptables -I INPUT -i eth1 --h-length 6 \
--destination-mac 01:00:5e:00:01:01 \
-j mangle --mangle-mac-d 00:zz:yy:xx:5a:27
arptables -I OUTPUT -o eth2 --h-length 6 \
-j mangle --mangle-mac-s 01:00:5e:00:01:02
arptables -I INPUT -i eth2 --h-length 6 \
--destination-mac 01:00:5e:00:01:02 \
-j mangle --mangle-mac-d 00:zz:yy:xx:5a:27
In the case of TCP connections, pickup facility has to be disabled
to avoid marking TCP ACK packets coming in the reply direction as
valid.
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp_loose
BTW, some final notes:
* This match mangles the skbuff pkt_type in case that it detects
PACKET_MULTICAST for a non-multicast address. This may be done in
a PKTTYPE target for this sole purpose.
* This match supersedes the CLUSTERIP target.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Module specific data moved into per-net site and being allocated/freed
during net namespace creation/deletion.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NEXTHDR_NONE doesn't has an IPv6 option header, so the first check
for the length will always fail and results in a confusing message
"too short" if debugging enabled. With this patch, we check for
NEXTHDR_NONE before length sanity checkings are done.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We currently use the negative value in the conntrack code to encode
the packet verdict in the error. As NF_DROP is equal to 0, inverting
NF_DROP makes no sense and, as a result, no packets are ever dropped.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a possible crash due to the missing initialization
of the expectation class when nf_ct_expect_related() is called.
Reported-by: BORBELY Zoltan <bozo@andrews.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Commit 784544739a (netfilter: iptables:
lock free counters) broke a number of modules whose rule data referenced
itself. A reallocation would not reestablish the correct references, so
it is best to use a separate struct that does not fall under RCU.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Removing the BKL from FASYNC handling ran into the challenge of keeping the
setting of the FASYNC bit in filp->f_flags atomic with regard to calls to
the underlying fasync() function. Andi Kleen suggested moving the handling
of that bit into fasync(); this patch does exactly that. As a result, we
have a couple of internal API changes: fasync() must now manage the FASYNC
bit, and it will be called without the BKL held.
As it happens, every fasync() implementation in the kernel with one
exception calls fasync_helper(). So, if we make fasync_helper() set the
FASYNC bit, we can avoid making any changes to the other fasync()
functions - as long as those functions, themselves, have proper locking.
Most fasync() implementations do nothing but call fasync_helper() - which
has its own lock - so they are easily verified as correct. The BKL had
already been pushed down into the rest.
The networking code has its own version of fasync_helper(), so that code
has been augmented with explicit FASYNC bit handling.
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
The ip_queue module is missing the net-pf-16-proto-3 alias that would
causae it to be auto-loaded when a socket of that type is opened. This
patch adds the alias.
Signed-off-by: Scott James Remnant <scott@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The ip6_queue module is missing the net-pf-16-proto-13 alias that would
cause it to be auto-loaded when a socket of that type is opened. This
patch adds the alias.
Signed-off-by: Scott James Remnant <scott@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the event reporting outside the lock section. With
this patch, the creation and update of entries is homogeneous from
the event reporting perspective. Moreover, as the event reporting is
done outside the lock section, the netlink broadcast delivery can
benefit of the yield() call under congestion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the preliminary checkings that must be fulfilled
to update a conntrack, which are the following:
* NAT manglings cannot be updated
* Changing the master conntrack is not allowed.
This patch is a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the assignation of the master conntrack to
ctnetlink_create_conntrack(), which is where it really belongs.
This patch is a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch increases the statistics of packets drop if the sequence
adjustment fails in ipv4_confirm().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies the proc output to add display of registered
loggers. The content of /proc/net/netfilter/nf_log is modified. Instead
of displaying a protocol per line with format:
proto:logger
it now displays:
proto:logger (comma_separated_list_of_loggers)
NONE is used as keyword if no logger is used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies nf_log to use a linked list of loggers for each
protocol. This list of loggers is read and write protected with a
mutex.
This patch separates registration and binding. To be used as
logging module, a module has to register calling nf_log_register()
and to bind to a protocol it has to call nf_log_bind_pf().
This patch also converts the logging modules to the new API. For nfnetlink_log,
it simply switchs call to register functions to call to bind function and
adds a call to nf_log_register() during init. For other modules, it just
remove a const flag from the logger structure and replace it with a
__read_mostly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It's not too likely to happen, would basically require crafted
packets (must hit the max guard in tcp_bound_to_half_wnd()).
It seems that nothing that bad would happen as there's tcp_mems
and congestion window that prevent runaway at some point from
hurting all too much (I'm not that sure what all those zero
sized segments we would generate do though in write queue).
Preventing it regardless is certainly the best way to go.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The results is very unlikely change every so often so we
hardly need to divide again after doing that once for a
connection. Yet, if divide still becomes necessary we
detect that and do the right thing and again settle for
non-divide state. Takes the u16 space which was previously
taken by the plain xmit_size_goal.
This should take care part of the tso vs non-tso difference
we found earlier.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's very little need for most of the callsites to get
tp->xmit_goal_size updated. That will cost us divide as is,
so slice the function in two. Also, the only users of the
tp->xmit_goal_size are directly behind tcp_current_mss(),
so there's no need to store that variable into tcp_sock
at all! The drop of xmit_goal_size currently leaves 16-bit
hole and some reorganization would again be necessary to
change that (but I'm aiming to fill that hole with u16
xmit_goal_size_segs to cache the results of the remaining
divide to get that tso on regression).
Bring xmit_goal_size parts into tcp.c
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that no variables clash such that we couldn't do
the check just once later on. Therefore move it.
Also kill dead obvious comment, dead argument and add
unlikely since this mtu probe does not happen too often.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wow, it was quite tricky to merge that stream of negations
but I think I finally got it right:
check & replace_ts_recent:
(s32)(rcv_tsval - ts_recent) >= 0 => 0
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= 0 => 0
discard:
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) > TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 1
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 0
I toggled the return values of tcp_paws_check around since
the old encoding added yet-another negation making tracking
of truth-values really complicated.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've already forgotten what for this was necessary, anyway
it's no longer used (if it ever was).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the pure assignment case, the earlier zeroing is
still in effect.
David S. Miller raised concerns if the ifs are there to avoid
dirtying cachelines. I came to these conclusions:
> We'll be dirty it anyway (now that I check), the first "real" statement
> in tcp_rcv_established is:
>
> tp->rx_opt.saw_tstamp = 0;
>
> ...that'll land on the same dword. :-/
>
> I suppose the blocks are there just because they had more complexity
> inside when they had to calculate the eff_sacks too (maybe it would
> have been better to just remove them in that drop-patch so you would
> have had less head-ache :-)).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking for a possible reason of bugzilla report on HTB oops:
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12858
I found the code in htb_delete calling htb_destroy_class on zero
refcount is very misleading: it can suggest this is a common path, and
destroy is called under sch_tree_lock. Actually, this can never happen
like this because before deletion cops->get() is done, and after
delete a class is still used by tclass_notify. The class destroy is
always called from cops->put(), so without sch_tree_lock.
This doesn't mean much now (since 2.6.27) because all vulnerable calls
were moved from htb_destroy_class to htb_delete, but there was a bug
in older kernels. The same change is done for other classful scheds,
which, it seems, didn't have similar locking problems here.
Reported-by: m0sia <m0sia@m0sia.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->len is an unsigned int, so the test in x25_rx_call_request() always
evaluates to true.
len in x25_sendmsg() is unsigned as well. so -ERRORS returned by x25_output()
are not noticed.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Windows (XP at least) hosts on boot, with configured static ip, performing
address conflict detection, which is defined in RFC3927.
Here is quote of important information:
"
An ARP announcement is identical to the ARP Probe described above,
except that now the sender and target IP addresses are both set
to the host's newly selected IPv4 address.
"
But it same time this goes wrong with RFC5227.
"
The 'sender IP address' field MUST be set to all zeroes; this is to avoid
polluting ARP caches in other hosts on the same link in the case
where the address turns out to be already in use by another host.
"
When ARP proxy configured, it must not answer to both cases, because
it is address conflict verification in any case. For Windows it is just
causing to detect false "ip conflict". Already there is code for RFC5227, so
just trivially we just check also if source ip == target ip.
Signed-off-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change to make xfrm_state objects hash on source address
broke the case where such source addresses are wildcarded.
Fix this by doing a two phase lookup, first with fully specified
source address, next using saddr wildcarded.
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@dev.6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add FC CRC offload check for ETH_P_FCOE.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
RFC5061 states:
Each adaptation layer that is defined that wishes
to use this parameter MUST specify an adaptation code point in an
appropriate RFC defining its use and meaning.
If the user has not set one - assume they don't want to sent the param
with a zero Adaptation Code Point.
Rationale - Currently the IANA defines zero as reserved - and
1 as the only valid value - so we consider zero to be unset - to save
adding a boolean to the socket structure.
Including this parameter unconditionally causes endpoints that do not
understand it to report errors unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Malcolm Lashley <mlashley@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC3758 Section 3.3.1. Sending Forward-TSN-Supported param in INIT
Note that if the endpoint chooses NOT to include the parameter, then
at no time during the life of the association can it send or process
a FORWARD TSN.
If peer does not support PR-SCTP capable, don't send FORWARD-TSN chunk
to peer.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix to indicate ASCONF support in INIT-ACK only if peer has
such capable.
This patch also fix to calc the chunk size if peer has no FWD-TSN
capable.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_inet_listen() call is split between UDP and TCP style. Looking
at the code, the two functions are almost the same and can be
merged into a single helper. This also fixes a bug that was
fixed in the UDP function, but missed in the TCP function.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: cleanup
node_to_cpumask (and the blecherous node_to_cpumask_ptr which
contained a declaration) are replaced now everyone implements
cpumask_of_node.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
If xs_nospace() finds that the socket has disconnected, it attempts to
return ENOTCONN, however that value is then squashed by the callers.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Enforce the comment in xs_tcp_connect_worker4/xs_tcp_connect_worker6 that
we should delay, then retry on certain connection errors.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
While we should definitely return socket errors to the task that is
currently trying to send data, there is no need to propagate the same error
to all the other tasks on xprt->pending. Doing so actually slows down
recovery, since it causes more than one tasks to attempt socket recovery.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If we get an ECONNREFUSED error, we currently go to sleep on the
'xprt->sending' wait queue. The problem is that no timeout is set there,
and there is nothing else that will wake the task up later.
We should deal with ECONNREFUSED in call_status, given that is where we
also deal with -EHOSTDOWN, and friends.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
...so that we can distinguish between when we need to shutdown and when we
don't. Also remove the call to xs_tcp_shutdown() from xs_tcp_connect(),
since xprt_connect() makes the same test.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If the socket is unconnected, and xprt_transmit() returns ENOTCONN, we
currently give up the lock on the transport channel. Doing so means that
the lock automatically gets assigned to the next task in the xprt->sending
queue, and so that task needs to be woken up to do the actual connect.
The following patch aims to avoid that unnecessary task switch.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Provide an api to attempt to load any necessary kernel RPC
client transport module automatically. By convention, the
desired module name is "xprt"+"transport name". For example,
when NFS mounting with "-o proto=rdma", attempt to load the
"xprtrdma" module.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Certain client rpc's which contain both lengthy page-contained
metadata and a non-empty xdr_tail buffer require careful handling
to avoid overlapped memory copying. Rearranging of existing rpcrdma
marshaling code avoids it; this fixes an NFSv4 symlink creation error
detected with connectathon basic/test8 to multiple servers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Certain client-provided RPCRDMA chunk alignments result in an
additional scatter/gather entry, which triggered nfs/rdma server
assertions incorrectly. OpenSolaris nfs/rdma client connectathon
testing was blocked by these in the special/locking section.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
To clear out old state, the UDP connect workers unconditionally invoke
xs_close() before proceeding with a new connect. Nowadays this causes
a spurious wake-up of the task waiting for the connect to complete.
This is a little racey, but usually harmless. The waiting task
immediately retries the connect via a call_bind/call_connect sequence,
which usually finds the transport already in the connected state
because the connect worker has finished in the background.
To avoid a spurious wake-up, factor the xs_close() logic that resets
the underlying socket into a helper, and have the UDP connect workers
call that helper instead of xs_close().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If the transport isn't bound, then we should just return ENOTCONN, letting
call_connect_status() and/or call_status() deal with retrying. Currently,
we appear to abort all pending tasks with an EIO error.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We can Oops in both xs_udp_send_request() and xs_tcp_send_request() if the
call to xs_sendpages() returns an error due to the socket not yet being
set up.
Deal with that situation by returning a new error: ENOTSOCK, so that we
know to avoid dereferencing transport->sock.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Some systems send SYN packets with apparently wrong RFC1323 timestamp
option values [timestamp tsval=0 tsecr=0].
It might be for security reasons (http://www.secuobs.com/plugs/25220.shtml )
Linux TCP stack ignores this option and sends back a SYN+ACK packet
without timestamp option, thus many TCP flows cannot use timestamps
and lose some benefit of RFC1323.
Other operating systems seem to not care about initial tsval value, and let
tcp flows to negotiate timestamp option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not try to "uninitialize" ipv6 if its initialization had been skipped
because module parameter disable=1 had been specified.
Reported-by: Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandriva.org>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should probably not be testing any flags after we've cleared the
RPC_TASK_RUNNING flag, since rpc_make_runnable() is then free to assign the
rpc_task to another workqueue, which may then destroy it.
We can fix any races with rpc_make_runnable() by ensuring that we only
clear the RPC_TASK_RUNNING flag while holding the rpc_wait_queue->lock that
the task is supposed to be sleeping on (and then checking whether or not
the task really is sleeping).
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Since dev_set_name takes a printf style string, new gcc complains
if arg is not const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols that use packet_type can be __read_mostly section for better
locality. Elminate any unnecessary initializations of NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
freq_diff is unsigned, so test before subtraction
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In IBSS mode, the beacon timestamp has to be filled with the
BSS's timestamp when joining, and set to zero when creating
a new BSS.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the AP thinks we are in power save state eventhough we are not truly
in that state, it sets the TIM bit and does not send a data frame unless
we send a null data frame to correct the state in the AP.
This might happen if the null data frame for wake up is lost in the air
after we disable power save.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is no need to parse the AP's HT capabilities if
the STA uses TKIP/WEP cipher. This allows the rate control
module to choose the correct(legacy) rate table.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since "mac80211/cfg80211: move iwrange handler to cfg80211", the
results for link quality from "iwlist scan" and "iwconfig" commands
have been very different. The results are now consistent.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported- and tested-by: Larry Finger <larry.finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, the driver is unconditionally notified of beacon
interval. This is a problem in AP mode, because the driver has
to know that the beacon interval has actualy changed to recalculate
TBTT and reset the HW TSF. Fix this to make mac80211 notify the driver
only when the beacon interval has been reconfigured to a new value.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As analyzed by Patrick McHardy, vlan needs to reset it's
netdev_ops pointer in it's ->init() function but this
leaves the compat method pointers stale.
Add a netdev_resync_ops() and call it from the vlan code.
Any other driver which changes ->netdev_ops after register_netdevice()
will need to call this new function after doing so too.
With help from Patrick McHardy.
Tested-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A commit c1b56878fb "tc: policing requires
a rate estimator" introduced a test which invalidates previously working
configs, based on examples from iproute2: doc/actions/actions-general.
This is too rigorous: a rate estimator is needed only when police's
"avrate" option is used.
Reported-by: Joao Correia <joaomiguelcorreia@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change sctp_ctl_sock_init() to try IPv4 if IPv6 socket registration
fails. Required if the IPv6 module is loaded with "disable=1", else
SCTP will fail to load.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add "disable" module parameter support to ipv6.ko by specifying
"disable=1" on module load. We just do the minimum of initializing
inetsw6[] so calls from other modules to inet6_register_protosw()
won't OOPs, then bail out. No IPv6 addresses or sockets can be
created as a result, and a reboot is required to enable IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is possible to do just about everything with the arp table
from user space except treat an entry like you are using it. To that end
implement and a flag NTF_USE that when set in a netwlink update request
treats the neighbour table entry like the kernel does on the output path.
This allows user space applications to share the kernel's arp cache.
Signed-off-by: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, modular tokenring ("tr") lacks a license and fails to load:
tr: module license 'unspecified' taints kernel.
tr: Unknown symbol proc_net_fops_create
Beacuse of this, no tokenring driver can load if it depends on modular
tr. Fix this by adding GPL module license as it is in the kernel.
With this fix, tr module loads fine and tms380 driver also loads. Well,
it does'nt work but that's a different bug.
Signed-off-by: Meelis Roos <mroos@linux.ee>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers of netlink_set_err() currently pass a negative value
as parameter for the error code. However, sk->sk_err wants a
positive error value. Without this patch, skb_recv_datagram() called
by netlink_recvmsg() may return a positive value to report an error.
Another choice to fix this is to change callers to pass a positive
error value, but this seems a bit inconsistent and error prone
to me. Indeed, the callers of netlink_set_err() assumed that the
(usual) negative value for error codes was fine before this patch :).
This patch also includes some documentation in docbook format
for netlink_set_err() to avoid this sort of confusion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink attribute parsing may be used even if CONFIG_NET is not set.
Move it from net/netlink to lib and control its inclusion based on the new
config symbol CONFIG_NLATTR, which is selected by CONFIG_NET.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <Geert.Uytterhoeven@sonycom.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To remove the possibility of packets flying around when network
devices are being cleaned up use reisger_pernet_subsys instead of
register_pernet_device.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently I had a kernel panic in icmp_send during a network namespace
cleanup. There were packets in the arp queue that failed to be sent
and we attempted to generate an ICMP host unreachable message, but
failed because icmp_sk_exit had already been called.
The network devices are removed from a network namespace and their
arp queues are flushed before we do attempt to shutdown subsystems
so this error should have been impossible.
It turns out icmp_init is using register_pernet_device instead
of register_pernet_subsys. Which resulted in icmp being shut down
while we still had the possibility of packets in flight, making
a nasty NULL pointer deference in interrupt context possible.
Changing this to register_pernet_subsys fixes the problem in
my testing.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a network namespace is destroyed the network interfaces are
all unregistered, making addrconf_ifdown called by the netdevice
notifier.
In the other hand, the addrconf exit method does a loop on the network
devices and does addrconf_ifdown on each of them. But the ordering of
the netns subsystem is not right because it uses the register_pernet_device
instead of register_pernet_subsys. If we handle the loopback as
any network device, we can safely use register_pernet_subsys.
But if we use register_pernet_subsys, the addrconf exit method will do
exactly what was already done with the unregistering of the network
devices. So in definitive, this code is pointless.
I removed the netns addrconf exit method and moved the code to the
addrconf cleanup function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit faee47cdbf
(sctp: Fix the RTO-doubling on idle-link heartbeats)
broke the RTO doubling for data retransmits. If the
heartbeat was sent before the data T3-rtx time, the
the RTO will not double upon the T3-rtx expiration.
Distingish between the operations by passing an argument
to the function.
Additionally, Wei Youngjun pointed out that our treatment
of requested HEARTBEATS and timer HEARTBEATS is the same
wrt resetting congestion window. That needs to be separated,
since user requested HEARTBEATS should not treat the link
as idle.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions time_before or time_after are more robust
for comparing jiffies against other values.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in sctp_getsockopt_maxburst() doesn't allow len to be larger
then struct sctp_assoc_value, which is a common case where app writers
just pass down the sizeof(buf) or something similar.
This patch fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add the type name "AUTH" and primitive type name
"PRIMITIVE_ASCONF" for debug message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The above functions from include/net/tcp.h have been defined with an
argument that they never use. The argument is 'u32 ack' which is never
used inside the function body, and thus it can be removed. The rest of
the patch involves the necessary changes to the function callers of the
above two functions.
Signed-off-by: Hantzis Fotis <xantzis@ceid.upatras.gr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ERROR chunk is received with too many error causes in ESTABLISHED
state, the kernel get panic.
This is because sctp limit the max length of cmds to 14, but while
ERROR chunk is received, one error cause will add around 2 cmds by
sctp_add_cmd_sf(). So many error causes will fill the limit of cmds
and panic.
This patch fixed the problem.
This bug can be test by SCTP Conformance Test Suite
<http://networktest.sourceforge.net/>.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An extra list_del() during the module load failure and unload
resulted in a crash with a list corruption. Now sctp can
be unloaded again.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a problem caused by the overlap of the connection-setup and
established-state phases of DCCP connections.
During connection setup, the client retransmits Confirm Feature-Negotiation
options until a response from the server signals that it can move from the
half-established PARTOPEN into the OPEN state, whereupon the connection is
fully established on both ends (RFC 4340, 8.1.5).
However, since the client may already send data while it is in the PARTOPEN
state, consequences arise for the Maximum Packet Size: the problem is that the
initial option overhead is much higher than for the subsequent established
phase, as it involves potentially many variable-length list-type options
(server-priority options, RFC 4340, 6.4).
Applying the standard MPS is insufficient here: especially with larger
payloads this can lead to annoying, counter-intuitive EMSGSIZE errors.
On the other hand, reducing the MPS available for the established phase by
the added initial overhead is highly wasteful and inefficient.
The solution chosen therefore is a two-phase strategy:
If the payload length of the DataAck in PARTOPEN is too large, an Ack is sent
to carry the options, and the feature-negotiation list is then flushed.
This means that the server gets two Acks for one Response. If both Acks get
lost, it is probably better to restart the connection anyway and devising yet
another special-case does not seem worth the extra complexity.
The result is a higher utilisation of the available packet space for the data
transmission phase (established state) of a connection.
The patch (over-)estimates the initial overhead to be 32*4 bytes -- commonly
seen values were around 90 bytes for initial feature-negotiation options.
It uses sizeof(u32) to mean "aligned units of 4 bytes".
For consistency, another use of 4-byte alignment is adapted.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves a long-standing FIXME to dynamically update the Maximum
Packet Size depending on actual options usage.
It uses the flags set by the feature-negotiation infrastructure to compute
the required header option size.
Most options are fixed-size, a notable exception are Ack Vectors (required
currently only by CCID-2). These can have any length between 3 and 1020
bytes. As a result of testing, 16 bytes (2 bytes for type/length plus 14 Ack
Vector cells) have been found to be sufficient for loss-free situations.
There are currently no CCID-specific header options which may appear on data
packets, thus it is not necessary to define a corresponding CCID field as
suggested in the old comment.
Further changes:
----------------
Adjusted the type of 'cur_mps' to match the unsigned return type of the
function.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I guess these fields were one day 16-bit in the struct but
nowadays they're just using 8 bits anyway.
This is just a precaution, didn't result any change in my
case but who knows what all those varying gcc versions &
options do. I've been told that 16-bit is not so nice with
some cpus.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copied was assigned zero right before the goto, so if (copied)
cannot ever be true.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fixes insignificant bug that would cause sending of stale
SACK block (would occur in some corner cases).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that implementation in yeah was inconsistent to what
other did as it would increase cwnd one ack earlier than the
others do.
Size benefits:
bictcp_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_cong_avoid_ai | +52
bictcp_cong_avoid | -34
tcp_scalable_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_veno_cong_avoid | -12
tcp_yeah_cong_avoid | -38
= -104 bytes total
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to what is done elsewhere in TCP code when double
state checks are being done.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redundant checks made indentation impossible to follow.
However, it might be useful to make this ca_state+is_sack
indexed array.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some comment about its current state added. So far I have
seen very few cases where the thing is actually useful,
usually just marginally (though admittedly I don't usually
see top of window losses where it seems possible that there
could be some gain), instead, more often the cases suffer
from L-marking spike which is certainly not desirable
(I'll bury improving it to my todo list, but on a low
prio position).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arnd Hannemann <hannemann@nets.rwth-aachen.de> noticed and was
puzzled by the fact that !tcp_is_fack(tp) leads to early return
near the beginning and the later on tcp_is_fack(tp) was still
used in an if condition. The later check was a left-over from
RFC3517 SACK stuff (== !tcp_is_fack(tp) behavior nowadays) as
there wasn't clear way how to handle this particular check
cheaply in the spirit of RFC3517 (using only SACK blocks, not
holes + SACK blocks as with FACK). I sort of left it there as
a reminder but since it's confusing other people just remove
it and comment the missing-feature stuff instead.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Arnd Hannemann <hannemann@nets.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If cur_mss grew very recently so that the previously G/TSOed skb
now fits well into a single segment it would get send up in
parts unless we calculate # of segments again. This corner-case
could happen eg. after mtu probe completes or less than
previously sack blocks are required for the opposite direction.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) We didn't remove any skbs, so no need to handle stale refs.
2) scoreboard_skb_hint is trivial, no timestamps were changed
so no need to clear that one
3) lost_skb_hint needs tweaking similar to that of
tcp_sacktag_one().
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb can be sent right away, we certainly should do that
if it's in the middle of the queue because it won't get
more data into it.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that lost_cnt_hint gets underflow in
tcp_clean_rtx_queue because the cumulative ACK can cover
the segment where lost_skb_hint points to only partially,
which means that the hint is not cleared, opposite to what
my (earlier) comment claimed.
Also I don't agree what I ended up writing about non-trivial
case there to be what I intented to say. It was not supposed
to happen that the hint won't get cleared and we underflow
in any scenario.
In general, this is quite hard to trigger in practice.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Backtracking to sacked skbs is a horrible performance killer
since the hint cannot be advanced successfully past them...
...And it's totally unnecessary too.
In theory this is 2.6.27..28 regression but I doubt anybody
can make .28 to have worse performance because of other TCP
improvements.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Stephen Rothwell.
> Today's linux-next build (powerpc allyesconfig) failed like this:
>
> net/rds/cong.c: In function 'rds_cong_set_bit':
> net/rds/cong.c:284: error: implicit declaration of function 'generic___set_le_bit'
> net/rds/cong.c: In function 'rds_cong_clear_bit':
> net/rds/cong.c:298: error: implicit declaration of function 'generic___clear_le_bit'
> net/rds/cong.c: In function 'rds_cong_test_bit':
> net/rds/cong.c:309: error: implicit declaration of function 'generic_test_le_bit'
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's conflicting assumptions in shifting, the caller assumes
that dupsack results in S'ed skbs (or a part of it) for sure but
never gave a hint to tcp_sacktag_one when dsack is actually in
use. Thus DSACK retrans_out -= pcount was not taken and the
counter became out of sync. Remove obstacle from that information
flow to get DSACKs accounted in tcp_sacktag_one as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netpoll entry checks are required to ensure that we don't
receive normal packets when invoked via netpoll. Unfortunately
it only ever worked for the netif_receive_skb/netif_rx entry
points. The VLAN (and subsequently GRO) entry point didn't
have the check and therefore can trigger all sorts of weird
problems.
This patch adds the netpoll check to all entry points.
I'm still uneasy with receiving at all under netpoll (which
apparently is only used by the out-of-tree kdump code). The
reason is it is perfectly legal to receive all data including
headers into highmem if netpoll is off, but if you try to do
that with netpoll on and someone gets a printk in an IRQ handler
you're going to get a nice BUG_ON.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"cfg80211: add assert_cfg80211_lock() to ensure proper protection"
added assert_cfg80211_lock() calls into various places. At least
one of them, nl80211_send_wiphy(), should not have been there. That
triggers the BUG_ON in assert_cfg80211_lock() and pretty much kills
the kernel whenever someone runs hostapd.. Remove that call and make
assert_cfg80211_lock() use WARN_ON instead of BUG_ON to be a bit more
friendly to users.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Give slow hardware some time to do the TSF sync, to not run into an
IBSS merging endless loop in some rarely situations.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It was not a good idea to do a TSF reset on strange IBSS merges to the same BSSID. For example it will break the TSF sync of ath9k completely and it is unnecessary as all hardware I have tested do a TSF sync to a higher value automatically and IBSS merges are only done to higher TSF values. It only need a TSF reset to accept a lower value, when the IBSS network is changed manually.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we already have a regulatory request from the workqueue use that
and avoid a new kzalloc()
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We were passing value by value, lets just pass the struct.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When devices are world roaming they cannot beacon or do active scan
on 5 GHz or on channels 12, 13 and 14 on the 2 GHz band. Although
we have a good regulatory API some cards may _always_ world roam, this
is also true when a system does not have CRDA present. Devices doing world
roaming can still passive scan, if they find a beacon from an AP on
one of the world roaming frequencies we make the assumption we can do
the same and we also remove the passive scan requirement.
This adds support for providing beacon regulatory hints based on scans.
This works for devices that do either hardware or software scanning.
If a channel has not yet been marked as having had a beacon present
on it we queue the beacon hint processing into the workqueue.
All wireless devices will benefit from beacon regulatory hints from
any wireless device on a system including new devices connected to
the system at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current static world regulatory domain is too restrictive,
we can use some 5 GHz channels world wide so long as they do not
touch frequencies which require DFS. The compromise is we must
also enforce passive scanning and disallow usage of a mode of
operation that beacons: (AP | IBSS | Mesh)
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This enables active scan and beaconing on Channels 1 through 11
on the static world regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers that agree on regulatory to share their
regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All regulatory hints (core, driver, userspace and 11d) are now processed in
a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This was never happening but it was still wrong, so correct it.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Truth of the matter this was confusing people so mark it as
unlikely as that is the case now.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We were not protecting last_request there is a small possible race
between an 11d hint and another routine which calls reset_regdomains()
which can prevent a valid country IE from being processed. This is
not critical as it will still be procesed soon after but locking prior
to it is correct.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do this so later on we can move the pending requests onto a
workqueue. By using the wiphy_idx instead of the wiphy we can
later easily check if the wiphy has disappeared or not.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Calling kobject_uevent_env() can fail mainly due to out of
memory conditions. We do not want to continue during such
conditions so propagate that as well instead of letting
cfg80211 load as if everything is peachy.
Additionally lets clarify that when CRDA is not called during
cfg80211's initialization _and_ if the error is not an -ENOMEM
its because kobject_uevent_env() failed to call CRDA, not because
CRDA failed. For those who want to find out why we also let you
do so by enabling the kernel config CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG --
you'll get an actual stack trace.
So for now we'll treat non -ENOMEM kobject_uevent_env() failures as
non fatal during cfg80211's initialization.
CC: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes the core hint path more readable and allows for us to
later make it obvious under what circumstances we need locking or not.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If cfg80211 is built into the kernel there is perhaps a small
time window betwen nl80211_init() and regulatory_init() where
cfg80211_regdomain hasn't yet been initialized to let the
wireless core do its work. During that rare case and time
frame (if its even possible) we don't allow user regulatory
changes as cfg80211 is working on enabling its first regulatory
domain.
To check for cfg80211_regdomain we now contend the entire operation
using the cfg80211_mutex.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_drv_mutex is protecting more than the driver list,
this renames it and documents what its currently supposed to
protect.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will later be used by others, for now make use of it in
cfg80211_drv_by_wiphy_idx() to return early if an invalid
wiphy_idx has been provided.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Makes it clearer to read when comparing to ifidx
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a generic commit() function which initiate a
new network joining process. It should be called after some interface
config changes, so that the changes get applied more cleanly. Currently
set_ssid() and set_bssid() call it. Others can be added in future
patches.
In version 1 the header files was forgotten, sorry.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds optional notifier functions for software scan.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous patch made cfg80211 generally aware of the signal
type a given hardware will give, so now it can implement
SIOCGIWRANGE itself, removing more wext stuff from mac80211.
Might need to be a little more parametrized once we have
more hardware using cfg80211 and new hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option,
although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be
a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no particular reason to not let untrusted users see
this information -- it's just the stations we're talking to,
packet counters for them and possibly some mesh things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to various bugs in the software stack we end up having
to fill qual.qual; level should be used, but wpa_supplicant
doesn't properly ignore qual.qual, NM should use qual.level
regardless of that because qual.qual is 0 but doesn't handle
IW_QUAL_DBM right now.
So fill qual.qual with the qual.level value clamped to
-110..-40 dBm or just the regular 'unspecified' signal level.
This requires a mac80211 change to properly announce the
max_qual.qual and avg_qual.qual values.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Scanned BSS entries are timestamped with jiffies, which doesn't
increment across suspend and hibernate. On resume, every BSS in the
scan list looks like it was scanned within the last 10 seconds,
irregardless of how long the machine was actually asleep. Age scan
results on resume with the time spent during sleep so userspace has a
clue how old they really are.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TX/RX packet counters are needed to fill in RADIUS Accounting
attributes Acct-Output-Packets and Acct-Input-Packets. We already
collect the needed information, but only the TX/RX bytes were
previously exposed through nl80211. Allow applications to fetch the
packet counters, too, to provide more complete support for accounting.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications
to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe
Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the
MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be
used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add empty function for case of CONFIG_NL80211=n:
net/wireless/scan.c:35: error: implicit declaration of function 'nl80211_send_scan_aborted'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width,
in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the
rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback
to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm.
Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback
can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode.
The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have
the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly
a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand.
This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into
sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that
way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only
applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other
functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also
rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation.
This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues,
but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough
version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time,
which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is
currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs
that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP).
This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to
execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like
this:
1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for
fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented
frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a
single frame with its fragments)
2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a
per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation,
when the session has come up take all those frames and put them
onto the queue from 1)
3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in
mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from
mac80211 again
This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the
frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently assumes init_net for all interfaces,
so really will not cope well with network namespaces,
at least at this time.
To change this, we would have keep track of the netns
in addition to the ifindex, which is not something I
want to think about right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is possible that some broken AP might send HT IEs in it's
assoc response even though the STA has not sent them in assoc req
when WEP/TKIP is used as pairwise cipher suite. Also it is important
to check this bit before enabling ht mode in beacon receive path.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
drr_change_class lacks a check for NULL of tca[TCA_OPTIONS], so oops
is possible.
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add RDS Kconfig and Makefile, and modify net/'s to add
us to the build.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although most of IB and iWARP are separated from each other,
there is some common code required to handle their shared
CM listen port. This code listens for CM events and then
dispatches the event to the appropriate transport, either
IB or iWARP.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for iWARP NICs is implemented as a separate
RDS transport from IB. The code, however, is very
similar to IB (it was forked, basically.) so let's keep
it in one changeset.
The reason for this duplicationis that despite its similarity
to IB, there are a number of places where it has different
semantics. iwarp zcopy support is still under development,
and giving it its own sandbox ensures that IB code isn't
disrupted while iwarp changes. Over time these transports
will re-converge.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Header parsing, ring refill. It puts the incoming data into an
rds_incoming struct, which is passed up to rds-core.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Specific to IB is a credits-based flow control mechanism, in
addition to the expected usage of the IB API to package outgoing
data into work requests.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Registers as an RDS transport and an IB client, and uses IB CM
API to allocate ids, queue pairs, and the rest of that fun stuff.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some transports may support RDMA features. This handles the
non-transport-specific parts, like pinning user pages and
tracking mapped regions.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receiving a datagram from the transport, RDS parses the
headers and potentially queues an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parsing of newly-received RDS message headers (including ext.
headers) and copy-to/from-user routines.
page.c implements a per-cpu page remainder cache, to reduce the
number of allocations needed for small datagrams.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS exposes a few tunable parameters via sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A simple rds transport to handle loopback connections.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While arguably the fact that the underlying transport needs a
connection to convey RDS's datagrame reliably is not important
to rds proper, the transports implemented so far (IB and TCP)
have both been connection-oriented, and so the connection
state machine-related code is in the common rds code.
This patch also includes several work items, to handle connecting,
sending, receiving, and shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS currently generates a lot of stats that are accessible via
the rds-info utility. This code implements the support for this.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS supports multiple transports. While this initial submission
only supports Infiniband transport, this abstraction allows others
to be added. We're working on an iWARP transport, and also see
UDP over DCB as another possibility.
This code handles transport registration.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS handles per-socket congestion by updating peers with a complete
congestion map (8KB). This code keeps track of these maps for itself
and ones received from peers.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS's main data structure definitions and exported functions.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the RDS (Reliable Datagram Sockets) interface.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Attribute functions with __acquires(...) resp. __releases(...).
Fix this sparse warnings:
net/wanrouter/wanproc.c:82:13: warning: context imbalance in 'r_start' - wrong count at exit
net/wanrouter/wanproc.c:103:13: warning: context imbalance in 'r_stop' - unexpected unlock
net/wanrouter/wanmain.c:765:13: warning: context imbalance in 'lock_adapter_irq' - wrong count at exit
net/wanrouter/wanmain.c:771:13: warning: context imbalance in 'unlock_adapter_irq' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Attribute function with __releases(...)
Fix this sparse warning:
net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:276:35: warning: context imbalance in 'inet_frag_find' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Remove redundant variable declarations, resp. rename
inner scope variable.
Fix this sparse warnings:
net/decnet/af_decnet.c:1252:40: warning: symbol 'skb' shadows an earlier one
net/decnet/af_decnet.c:1223:24: originally declared here
net/decnet/af_decnet.c:1582:29: warning: symbol 'val' shadows an earlier one
net/decnet/af_decnet.c:1527:22: originally declared here
net/decnet/dn_dev.c:687:21: warning: symbol 'err' shadows an earlier one
net/decnet/dn_dev.c:670:13: originally declared here
net/decnet/sysctl_net_decnet.c:182:21: warning: symbol 'len' shadows an earlier one
net/decnet/sysctl_net_decnet.c:173:16: originally declared here
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Attribute functions with __acquires(...) resp. __releases(...).
Fix this sparse warnings:
net/decnet/dn_dev.c:1324:13: warning: context imbalance in 'dn_dev_seq_start' - wrong count at exit
net/decnet/dn_dev.c:1366:13: warning: context imbalance in 'dn_dev_seq_stop' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Include header file.
Fix this sparse warning:
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c:123:32: warning: symbol 'net_core_path' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Use 'static const char[]' instead of 'static char[]', and
since the data is const now it can be placed in __initconst.
Fix this warning:
net/appletalk/ddp.c: In function 'atalk_init':
net/appletalk/ddp.c:1894: warning: format not a string literal and no format arguments
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Trust in the comment and add '__force' to the cast.
Fix this sparse warning:
net/9p/trans_fd.c:420:34: warning: cast adds address space to expression (<asn:1>)
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Attribute function with __acquires(...) resp. __releases(...).
Fix this sparse warnings:
net/802/tr.c:492:21: warning: context imbalance in 'rif_seq_start' - wrong count at exit
net/802/tr.c:519:13: warning: context imbalance in 'rif_seq_stop' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace pairing code can be simplified if it doesn't have to fall
back to using L2CAP_LM in the case of L2CAP raw sockets. This patch
allows the BT_SECURITY socket option to be used for these sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The CID value of L2CAP sockets need to be set to zero. All userspace
applications do this via memset() on the sockaddr_l2 structure. The
RFCOMM implementation uses in-kernel L2CAP sockets and so it has to
make sure that l2_cid is set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the future the L2CAP layer will have full support for fixed channels
and right now it already can export the channel assignment, but for the
functions bind() and connect() the usage of only CID 0 is allowed. This
allows an easy detection if the kernel supports fixed channels or not,
because otherwise it would impossible for application to tell.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When BT_DEFER_SETUP is enabled on a RFCOMM socket, then switch its
current state from BT_OPEN to BT_CONNECT2. This gives the Bluetooth
core a unified way to handle L2CAP and RFCOMM sockets. The BT_CONNECT2
state is designated for incoming connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When BT_DEFER_SETUP has been enabled on a Bluetooth socket it keeps
signaling POLLIN all the time. This is a wrong behavior. The POLLIN
should only be signaled if the client socket is in BT_CONNECT2 state
and the parent has been BT_DEFER_SETUP enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The authentication requirement got only updated when the security level
increased. This is a wrong behavior. The authentication requirement is
read by the Bluetooth daemon to make proper decisions when handling the
IO capabilities exchange. So set the value that is currently expected by
the higher layers like L2CAP and RFCOMM.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP layer can trigger the authentication via an ACL connection or
later on to increase the security level. When increasing the security
level it didn't use the same authentication requirements when triggering
a new ACL connection. Make sure that exactly the same authentication
requirements are used. The only exception here are the L2CAP raw sockets
which are only used for dedicated bonding.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some of the qualification tests demand that in case of failures in L2CAP
the HCI disconnect should indicate a reason why L2CAP fails. This is a
bluntly layer violation since multiple L2CAP connections could be using
the same ACL and thus forcing a disconnect reason is not a good idea.
To comply with the Bluetooth test specification, the disconnect reason
is now stored in the L2CAP connection structure and every time a new
L2CAP channel is added it will set back to its default. So only in the
case where the L2CAP channel with the disconnect reason is really the
last one, it will propagated to the HCI layer.
The HCI layer has been extended with a disconnect indication that allows
it to ask upper layers for a disconnect reason. The upper layer must not
support this callback and in that case it will nicely default to the
existing behavior. If an upper layer like L2CAP can provide a disconnect
reason that one will be used to disconnect the ACL or SCO link.
No modification to the ACL disconnect timeout have been made. So in case
of Linux to Linux connection the initiator will disconnect the ACL link
before the acceptor side can signal the specific disconnect reason. That
is perfectly fine since Linux doesn't make use of this value anyway. The
L2CAP layer has a perfect valid error code for rejecting connection due
to a security violation. It is unclear why the Bluetooth specification
insists on having specific HCI disconnect reason.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for L2CAP fixed channel support, the CID value of a
L2CAP connection needs to be accessible via the socket interface. The
CID is the connection identifier and exists as source and destination
value. So extend the L2CAP socket address structure with this field and
change getsockname() and getpeername() to fill it in.
The bind() and connect() functions have been modified to handle L2CAP
socket address structures of variable sizes. This makes them future
proof if additional fields need to be added.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the extended features mask indicates support for fixed channels,
request the list of available fixed channels. This also enables the
fixed channel features bit so remote implementations can request
information about it. Currently only the signal channel will be
listed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The recommendation for the L2CAP PSM 1 (SDP) is to not use any kind
of authentication or encryption. So don't trigger authentication
for incoming and outgoing SDP connections.
For L2CAP PSM 3 (RFCOMM) there is no clear requirement, but with
Bluetooth 2.1 the initiator is required to enable authentication
and encryption first and this gets enforced. So there is no need
to trigger an additional authentication step. The RFCOMM service
security will make sure that a secure enough link key is present.
When the encryption gets enabled after the SDP connection setup,
then switch the security level from SDP to low security.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote L2CAP server uses authentication pending stage and
encryption is enabled it can happen that a L2CAP connection request is
sent twice due to a race condition in the connection state machine.
When the remote side indicates any kind of connection pending, then
track this state and skip sending of L2CAP commands for this period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When two L2CAP connections are requested quickly after the ACL link has
been established there exists a window for a race condition where a
connection request is sent before the information response has been
received. Any connection request should only be sent after an exchange
of the extended features mask has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When no authentication requirements are selected, but an outgoing or
incoming connection has requested any kind of security enforcement,
then set these authentication requirements.
This ensures that the userspace always gets informed about the
authentication requirements (if available). Only when no security
enforcement has happened, the kernel will signal invalid requirements.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving incoming connection to specific services, always use
general bonding. This ensures that the link key gets stored and can be
used for further authentications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When attempting to setup eSCO connections it can happen that some link
manager implementations fail to properly negotiate the eSCO parameters
and thus fail the eSCO setup. Normally the link manager is responsible
for the negotiation of the parameters and actually fallback to SCO if
no agreement can be reached. In cases where the link manager is just too
stupid, then at least try to establish a SCO link if eSCO fails.
For the Bluetooth devices with EDR support this includes handling packet
types of EDR basebands. This is particular tricky since for the EDR the
logic of enabling/disabling one specific packet type is turned around.
This fix contains an extra bitmask to disable eSCO EDR packet when
trying to fallback to a SCO connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For L2CAP sockets with medium and high security requirement a missing
encryption will enforce the closing of the link. For the L2CAP raw
sockets this is not needed, so skip that check.
This fixes a crash when pairing Bluetooth 2.0 (and earlier) devices
since the L2CAP state machine got confused and then locked up the whole
system.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During a role change with pre-Bluetooth 2.1 devices, the remote side drops
the encryption of the RFCOMM connection. We allow a grace period for the
encryption to be re-established, before dropping the connection. During
this grace period, the RFCOMM_SEC_PENDING flag is set. Check this flag
before sending RFCOMM packets.
Signed-off-by: Jaikumar Ganesh <jaikumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Due to lockdep changes, the CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC ifdef is not needed
now. So just remove it here.
The following commit fixed the !lockdep build warnings:
commit e8f6fbf62d
Author: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Date: Wed Nov 12 01:38:36 2008 +0000
lockdep: include/linux/lockdep.h - fix warning in net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the support for the enhanced security model and the support for
deferring connection setup, it is a good idea to increase various
version numbers.
This is purely cosmetic and has no effect on the behavior, but can
be really helpful when debugging problems in different kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The new socket options should only be evaluated for SOL_BLUETOOTH level
and not for every other level. Previously this causes some minor issues
when detecting if a kernel with certain features is available.
Also restrict BT_SECURITY to SOCK_SEQPACKET for L2CAP and SOCK_STREAM for
the RFCOMM protocol.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For L2CAP connections with high security setting, the link will be
immediately dropped when the encryption gets disabled. For L2CAP
connections with medium security there will be grace period where
the remote device has the chance to re-enable encryption. If it
doesn't happen then the link will also be disconnected.
The requirement for the grace period with medium security comes from
Bluetooth 2.0 and earlier devices that require role switching.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A role switch with devices following the Bluetooth pre-2.1 standards
or without Encryption Pause and Resume support is not possible if
encryption is enabled. Most newer headsets require the role switch,
but also require that the connection is encrypted.
For connections with a high security mode setting, the link will be
immediately dropped. When the connection uses medium security mode
setting, then a grace period is introduced where the TX is halted and
the remote device gets a change to re-enable encryption after the
role switch. If not re-enabled the link will be dropped.
Based on initial work by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current security model is based around the flags AUTH, ENCRYPT and
SECURE. Starting with support for the Bluetooth 2.1 specification this is
no longer sufficient. The different security levels are now defined as
SDP, LOW, MEDIUM and SECURE.
Previously it was possible to set each security independently, but this
actually doesn't make a lot of sense. For Bluetooth the encryption depends
on a previous successful authentication. Also you can only update your
existing link key if you successfully created at least one before. And of
course the update of link keys without having proper encryption in place
is a security issue.
The new security levels from the Bluetooth 2.1 specification are now
used internally. All old settings are mapped to the new values and this
way it ensures that old applications still work. The only limitation
is that it is no longer possible to set authentication without also
enabling encryption. No application should have done this anyway since
this is actually a security issue. Without encryption the integrity of
the authentication can't be guaranteed.
As default for a new L2CAP or RFCOMM connection, the LOW security level
is used. The only exception here are the service discovery sessions on
PSM 1 where SDP level is used. To have similar security strength as with
a Bluetooth 2.0 and before combination key, the MEDIUM level should be
used. This is according to the Bluetooth specification. The MEDIUM level
will not require any kind of man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection. Only
the HIGH security level will require this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the remote device supports only SCO connections, on receipt of
the HCI_EV_CONN_COMPLETE event packet, the connect state is changed to
BT_CONNECTED, but the socket state is not updated. Hence, the connect()
call times out even though the SCO connection has been successfully
established.
Based on a report by Jaikumar Ganesh <jaikumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All SCO and eSCO connection are auto-accepted no matter if there is a
corresponding listening socket for them. This patch changes this and
connection requests for SCO and eSCO without any socket are rejected.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to decide if listening L2CAP sockets should be accept()ed
the BD_ADDR of the remote device needs to be known. This patch adds
a socket option which defines a timeout for deferring the actual
connection setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to decide if listening RFCOMM sockets should be accept()ed
the BD_ADDR of the remote device needs to be known. This patch adds
a socket option which defines a timeout for deferring the actual
connection setup.
The connection setup is done after reading from the socket for the
first time. Until then writing to the socket returns ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP and RFCOMM applications require support for authorization
and the ability of rejecting incoming connection requests. The socket
interface is not really able to support this.
This patch does the ground work for a socket option to defer connection
setup. Setting this option allows calling of accept() and then the
first read() will trigger the final connection setup. Calling close()
would reject the connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The socket option levels SOL_L2CAP, SOL_RFOMM and SOL_SCO are currently
in use by various Bluetooth applications. Going forward the common
option level SOL_BLUETOOTH should be used. This patch prepares the clean
split of the old and new option levels while keeping everything backward
compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In case of connection failures the rfcomm_sock_sendmsg() should return
an error and not a 0 value.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shcherbatyuk <victor.shcherbatyuk@tomtom.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We already have a valid net in that place, but this is not just a
cleanup - the tw pointer can be NULL there sometimes, thus causing
an oops in NET_NS=y case.
The same place in ipv4 code already works correctly using existing
net, rather than tw's one.
The bug exists since 2.6.27.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: build fix
API was changed, but not all usage sites were converted:
net/ipv4/route.c: In function ‘ip_rt_init’:
net/ipv4/route.c:3379: error: too few arguments to function ‘__alloc_percpu’
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The functions time_before is more robust for comparing
jiffies against other values.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions time_before is more robust for comparing
jiffies against other values.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions time_before is more robust for comparing
jiffies against other values.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some pointless conditionals before kfree_skb().
The semantic match that finds the problem is as follows:
(http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression E;
@@
- if (E)
- kfree_skb(E);
+ kfree_skb(E);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the return value of nlmsg_notify() as follows:
If NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR is set by any of the listeners and
an error in the delivery happened, return the broadcast error;
else if there are no listeners apart from the socket that
requested a change with the echo flag, return the result of the
unicast notification. Thus, with this patch, the unicast
notification is handled in the same way of a broadcast listener
that has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket flag.
This patch is useful in case that the caller of nlmsg_notify()
wants to know the result of the delivery of a netlink notification
(including the broadcast delivery) and take any action in case
that the delivery failed. For example, ctnetlink can drop packets
if the event delivery failed to provide reliable logging and
state-synchronization at the cost of dropping packets.
This patch also modifies the rtnetlink code to ignore the return
value of rtnl_notify() in all callers. The function rtnl_notify()
(before this patch) returned the error of the unicast notification
which makes rtnl_set_sk_err() reports errors to all listeners. This
is not of any help since the origin of the change (the socket that
requested the echoing) notices the ENOBUFS error if the notification
fails and should resync itself.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 784544739a
(netfilter: iptables: lock free counters) broke xt_hashlimit netfilter module :
This module was storing a pointer inside its xt_hashlimit_info, and this pointer
is not relocated when we temporarly switch tables (iptables -L).
This hack is not not needed at all (probably a leftover from
ancient time), as each cpu should and can access to its own copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix regression introduded by commit 079aa88 (netfilter: xt_recent: IPv6 support):
From http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12753:
Problem Description:
An uninitialized buffer causes IPv4 addresses added manually (via the +IP
command to the proc interface) to never match any packets. Similarly, the -IP
command fails to remove IPv4 addresses.
Details:
In the function recent_entry_lookup, the xt_recent module does comparisons of
the entire nf_inet_addr union value, both for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. For
addresses initialized from actual packets the remaining 12 bytes not occupied
by the IPv4 are zeroed so this works correctly. However when setting the
nf_inet_addr addr variable in the recent_mt_proc_write function, only the IPv4
bytes are initialized and the remaining 12 bytes contain garbage.
Hence addresses added in this way never match any packets, unless these
uninitialized 12 bytes happened to be zero by coincidence. Similarly, addresses
cannot consistently be removed using the proc interface due to mismatch of the
garbage bytes (although it will sometimes work to remove an address that was
added manually).
Reading the /proc/net/xt_recent/ entries hides this problem because this only
uses the first 4 bytes when displaying IPv4 addresses.
Steps to reproduce:
$ iptables -I INPUT -m recent --rcheck -j LOG
$ echo +169.254.156.239 > /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
$ cat /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 0 last_seen: 119910 oldest_pkt: 1 119910
[At this point no packets from 169.254.156.239 are being logged.]
$ iptables -I INPUT -s 169.254.156.239 -m recent --set
$ cat /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 0 last_seen: 119910 oldest_pkt: 1 119910
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 255 last_seen: 126184 oldest_pkt: 4 125434, 125684, 125934, 126184
[At this point, adding the address via an iptables rule, packets are being
logged correctly.]
$ echo -169.254.156.239 > /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
$ cat /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 0 last_seen: 119910 oldest_pkt: 1 119910
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 255 last_seen: 126992 oldest_pkt: 10 125434, 125684, 125934, 126184, 126434, 126684, 126934, 126991, 126991, 126992
$ echo -169.254.156.239 > /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
$ cat /proc/net/xt_recent/DEFAULT
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 0 last_seen: 119910 oldest_pkt: 1 119910
src=169.254.156.239 ttl: 255 last_seen: 126992 oldest_pkt: 10 125434, 125684, 125934, 126184, 126434, 126684, 126934, 126991, 126991, 126992
[Removing the address via /proc interface failed evidently.]
Possible solutions:
- initialize the addr variable in recent_mt_proc_write
- compare only 4 bytes for IPv4 addresses in recent_entry_lookup
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Since tcp_packet() may return -NF_DROP in two situations, the
packet-drop stats must be increased.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER Kconfig describes the rp_filter
proc option. Recent changes added a loose mode.
Instead of documenting this change too places, refer to
the document describing it:
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
I'm considering moving the rp_filter description away
from the Kconfig file into ip-sysctl.txt.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: amend the fix for SO_BSDCOMPAT gsopt infoleak
netns: build fix for net_alloc_generic
The fix for CVE-2009-0676 (upstream commit df0bca04) is incomplete. Note
that the same problem of leaking kernel memory will reappear if someone
on some architecture uses struct timeval with some internal padding (for
example tv_sec 64-bit and tv_usec 32-bit) --- then, you are going to
leak the padded bytes to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Eugene Teo <eugeneteo@kernel.sg>
Reported-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_alloc_generic was defined in #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS, but used
unconditionally. Move net_alloc_generic out of #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Noss <cnoss@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netns: fix double free at netns creation
veth : add the set_mac_address capability
sunlance: Beyond ARRAY_SIZE of ib->btx_ring
sungem: another error printed one too early
ISDN: fix sc/shmem printk format warning
SMSC: timeout reaches -1
smsc9420: handle magic field of ethtool_eeprom
sundance: missing parentheses?
smsc9420: fix another postfixed timeout
wimax/i2400m: driver loads firmware v1.4 instead of v1.3
vlan: Update skb->mac_header in __vlan_put_tag().
cxgb3: Add support for PCI ID 0x35.
tcp: remove obsoleted comment about different passes
TG3: &&/|| confusion
ATM: misplaced parentheses?
net/mv643xx: don't disable the mib timer too early and lock properly
net/mv643xx: use GFP_ATOMIC while atomic
atl1c: Atheros L1C Gigabit Ethernet driver
net: Kill skb_truesize_check(), it only catches false-positives.
net: forcedeth: Fix wake-on-lan regression
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To remove the possibility of packets flying around when network
devices are being cleaned up use reisger_pernet_subsys instead of
register_pernet_device.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently I had a kernel panic in icmp_send during a network namespace
cleanup. There were packets in the arp queue that failed to be sent
and we attempted to generate an ICMP host unreachable message, but
failed because icmp_sk_exit had already been called.
The network devices are removed from a network namespace and their
arp queues are flushed before we do attempt to shutdown subsystems
so this error should have been impossible.
It turns out icmp_init is using register_pernet_device instead
of register_pernet_subsys. Which resulted in icmp being shut down
while we still had the possibility of packets in flight, making
a nasty NULL pointer deference in interrupt context possible.
Changing this to register_pernet_subsys fixes the problem in
my testing.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While going through net/ipv4/Kconfig cleanup whitespaces.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reverse path filter (rp_filter) will NOT get enabled
when enabling forwarding. Read the code and tested in
in practice.
Most distributions do enable it in startup scripts.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If this module can't load, it is almost certainly because something else
is already bound to that SAP. So in that case, return the same error code
as other SAP usage, and fail the module load.
Also fixes a compiler warning about printk of non const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark some strings as const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of compile warning about non-const format
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend existing reverse path filter option to allow strict or loose
filtering. (See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reverse_path_filtering).
For compatibility with existing usage, the value 1 is chosen for strict mode
and 2 for loose mode.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CIPSO protocol engine incorrectly stated that the FIPS-188 specification
could be found in the kernel's Documentation directory. This patch corrects
that by removing the comment and directing users to the FIPS-188 documented
hosted online. For the sake of completeness I've also included a link to the
CIPSO draft specification on the NetLabel website.
Thanks to Randy Dunlap for spotting the error and letting me know.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch fix a double free when a network namespace fails.
The previous code does a kfree of the net_generic structure when
one of the init subsystem initialization fails.
The 'setup_net' function does kfree(ng) and returns an error.
The caller, 'copy_net_ns', call net_free on error, and this one
calls kfree(net->gen), making this pointer freed twice.
This patch make the code symetric, the net_alloc does the net_generic
allocation and the net_free frees the net_generic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our TCP stack does not set the urgent flag if the urgent pointer
does not fit in 16 bits, i.e., if it is more than 64K from the
sequence number of a packet.
This behaviour is different from the BSDs, and clearly contradicts
the purpose of urgent mode, which is to send the notification
(though not necessarily the associated data) as soon as possible.
Our current behaviour may in fact delay the urgent notification
indefinitely if the receiver window does not open up.
Simply matching BSD however may break legacy applications which
incorrectly rely on the out-of-band delivery of urgent data, and
conversely the in-band delivery of non-urgent data.
Alexey Kuznetsov suggested a safe solution of following BSD only
if the urgent pointer itself has not yet been transmitted. This
way we guarantee that when the remote end sees the packet with
non-urgent data marked as urgent due to wrap-around we would have
advanced the urgent pointer beyond, either to the actual urgent
data or to an as-yet untransmitted packet.
The only potential downside is that applications on the remote
end may see multiple SIGURG notifications. However, this would
occur anyway with other TCP stacks. More importantly, the outcome
of such a duplicate notification is likely to be harmless since
the signal itself does not carry any information other than the
fact that we're in urgent mode.
Thanks to Ilpo Järvinen for fixing a critical bug in this and
Jeff Chua for reporting that bug.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix this sparse warning:
net/ipv6/xfrm6_state.c:72:26: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation of the TX software time stamping fallback is
faulty because it accesses the skb after ndo_start_xmit() returns
successfully. This patch removes the fallback, which fixes kernel panics
seen during stress tests. Hardware time stamping is not affected by this
removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing oprofile tests I noticed two loops are not properly unrolled by gcc
Using a hand coded unrolled loop provides nice speedup : ipt_do_table
credited of 2.52 % of cpu instead of 3.29 % in tbench.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Kernel module providing implementation of LED netfilter target. Each
instance of the target appears as a led-trigger device, which can be
associated with one or more LEDs in /sys/class/leds/
Signed-off-by: Adam Nielsen <a.nielsen@shikadi.net>
Acked-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
get_random_bytes() is sometimes called with a hard coded size assumption
of an integer. This could not be true for next centuries. This patch
replace it with a compile time statement.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Table size is defined as unsigned, wheres the table maximum size is
defined as a signed integer. The calculation of max is 8 or 4,
multiplied the table size. Therefore the max value is aligned to
unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The reader/writer lock in ip_tables is acquired in the critical path of
processing packets and is one of the reasons just loading iptables can cause
a 20% performance loss. The rwlock serves two functions:
1) it prevents changes to table state (xt_replace) while table is in use.
This is now handled by doing rcu on the xt_table. When table is
replaced, the new table(s) are put in and the old one table(s) are freed
after RCU period.
2) it provides synchronization when accesing the counter values.
This is now handled by swapping in new table_info entries for each cpu
then summing the old values, and putting the result back onto one
cpu. On a busy system it may cause sampling to occur at different
times on each cpu, but no packet/byte counts are lost in the process.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Sucessfully tested on my dual quad core machine too, but iptables only (no ipv6 here)
BTW, my new "tbench 8" result is 2450 MB/s, (it was 2150 MB/s not so long ago)
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR which is a netlink
socket option that the listener can set to make netlink_broadcast()
return errors in the delivery to the caller. This option is useful
if the caller of netlink_broadcast() do something with the result
of the message delivery, like in ctnetlink where it drops a network
packet if the event delivery failed, this is used to enable reliable
logging and state-synchronization. If this socket option is not set,
netlink_broadcast() only reports ESRCH errors and silently ignore
ENOBUFS errors, which is what most netlink_broadcast() callers
should do.
This socket option is based on a suggestion from Patrick McHardy.
Patrick McHardy can exchange this patch for a beer from me ;).
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prepares for a real __alloc_percpu, by adding an alignment argument.
Only one place uses __alloc_percpu directly, and that's for a string.
tj: af_inet also uses __alloc_percpu(), update it.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
ip6_tables netfilter module can use an ifname_compare() helper
so that two loops are unfolded.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
xt_physdev netfilter module can use an ifname_compare() helper
so that two loops are unfolded.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Concern has been expressed about the changing Kconfig options.
Provide the old options that forward-select.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Optimize skb_tx_hash() by eliminating a comparison that executes for
every packet. skb_tx_hashrnd initialization is moved to a later part of
the startup sequence, namely after the "random" driver is initialized.
Rebooted the system three times and verified that the code generates
different random numbers each time.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is obsolete since the passes got combined.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) physdev_mt() incorrectly assumes nulldevname[] is aligned on an int
2) It also uses word comparisons, while it could use long word ones.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Suggested by: James King <t.james.king@gmail.com>
Similarly to commit c9fd496809, merge
TTL and HL. Since HL does not depend on any IPv6-specific function,
no new module dependencies would arise.
With slight adjustments to the Kconfig help text.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
x86 and powerpc can perform long word accesses in an efficient maner.
We can use this to unroll two loops in arp_packet_match(), to
perform arithmetic on long words instead of bytes. This is a win
on x86_64 for example.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When extensions were moved to the NFPROTO_UNSPEC wildcard in
ab4f21e6fb, they disappeared from the
procfs files.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds a logging message for invalid new icmpv6 packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The initialization of the lock element is not needed
since the lock is always initialized in ebt_register_table.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Later patches change the locking on xt_table and the initialization of
the lock element is not needed since the lock is always initialized in
xt_table_register anyway.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
0 is used by Hop-by-hop header and so this may cause confusion.
255 is stated as 'Reserved' by IANA.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@student.uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NFLOG timeout was computed in timer by doing:
flushtimeout*HZ/100
Default value of flushtimeout was HZ (for 1 second delay). This was
wrong for non 100HZ computer. This patch modify the default delay by
using 100 instead of HZ.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In NFLOG the per-rule qthreshold should overrides per-instance only
it is set. With current code, the per-rule qthreshold is 1 if not set
and it overrides the per-instance qthreshold.
This patch modifies the default xt_NFLOG threshold from 1 to
0. Thus a value of 0 means there is no per-rule setting and the instance
parameter has to apply.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a trivial typo that was adding a new line at end of
the nf_log_packet() prefix. It also make the logging conditionnal by
adding a LOG_INVALID test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
A long time ago we had bugs, primarily in TCP, where we would modify
skb->truesize (for TSO queue collapsing) in ways which would corrupt
the socket memory accounting.
skb_truesize_check() was added in order to try and catch this error
more systematically.
However this debugging check has morphed into a Frankenstein of sorts
and these days it does nothing other than catch false-positives.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: syntax fix
Interestingly enough this compiles w/o any complaints:
orphans = percpu_counter_sum_positive(&tcp_orphan_count),
sockets = percpu_counter_sum_positive(&tcp_sockets_allocated),
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During peeloff/accept() sctp needs to save the parent socket state
into the new socket so that any options set on the parent are
inherited by the child socket. This was found when the
parent/listener socket issues SO_BINDTODEVICE, but the
data was misrouted after a route cache flush.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP incorrectly doubles rto ever time a Hearbeat chunk
is generated. However RFC 4960 states:
On an idle destination address that is allowed to heartbeat, it is
recommended that a HEARTBEAT chunk is sent once per RTO of that
destination address plus the protocol parameter 'HB.interval', with
jittering of +/- 50% of the RTO value, and exponential backoff of the
RTO if the previous HEARTBEAT is unanswered.
Essentially, of if the heartbean is unacknowledged, do we double the RTO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp crc32c checksum is always generated in little endian.
So, we clean up the code to treat it as little endian and remove
all the __force casts.
Suggested by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a new version of my patch, now using a module parameter instead
of a sysctl, so that the option is harder to find. Please note that,
once the module is loaded, it is still possible to change the value of
the parameter in /sys/module/sctp/parameters/, which is useful if you
want to do performance comparisons without rebooting.
Computation of SCTP checksums significantly affects the performance of
SCTP. For example, using two dual-Opteron 246 connected using a Gbe
network, it was not possible to achieve more than ~730 Mbps, compared to
941 Mbps after disabling SCTP checksums.
Unfortunately, SCTP checksum offloading in NICs is not commonly
available (yet).
By default, checksums are still enabled, of course.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Nussbaum <lucas.nussbaum@ens-lyon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instructions for time stamping outgoing packets are take from the
socket layer and later copied into the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overlap with the old SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] options is handled so
that time stamping in software (net_enable_timestamp()) is
enabled when SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] and/or SO_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE
is set. It's disabled if all of these are off.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The additional per-packet information (16 bytes for time stamps, 1
byte for flags) is stored for all packets in the skb_shared_info
struct. This implementation detail is hidden from users of that
information via skb_* accessor functions. A separate struct resp.
union is used for the additional information so that it can be
stored/copied easily outside of skb_shared_info.
Compared to previous implementations (reusing the tstamp field
depending on the context, optional additional structures) this
is the simplest solution. It does not extend sk_buff itself.
TX time stamping is implemented in software if the device driver
doesn't support hardware time stamping.
The new semantic for hardware/software time stamping around
ndo_start_xmit() is based on two assumptions about existing
network device drivers which don't support hardware time
stamping and know nothing about it:
- they leave the new skb_shared_tx unmodified
- the keep the connection to the originating socket in skb->sk
alive, i.e., don't call skb_orphan()
Given that skb_shared_tx is new, the first assumption is safe.
The second is only true for some drivers. As a result, software
TX time stamping currently works with the bnx2 driver, but not
with the unmodified igb driver (the two drivers this patch series
was tested with).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears that you can completely mess up mac80211 in IBSS
mode by sending it a disassoc or deauth: it'll stop queues
and do a lot more but not ever do anything again. Fix this
by not handling all those frames in IBSS mode,
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code beyond this point is supposed to be used for
non-IBSS (managed) mode only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just to make wext.c more self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove all the code from mac80211 to keep track of BSSes
and use the cfg80211-provided code completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a more flexible BSS lookup function so that mac80211 or
other drivers can actually use this for getting the BSS to
connect to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces cfg80211_unlink_bss, a function to
allow a driver to remove a BSS from the internal list and
make it not show up in scan results any more -- this is
to be used when the driver detects that the BSS is no
longer available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 users have their own allocated data in the per-BSS
private data, they will need to free this when the BSS struct is
destroyed. Add a free_priv method and fix one place where the BSS
was kfree'd rather than released properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to create a BSS struct only to pass it to
ieee80211_sta_join_ibss, so refactor this function into
__ieee80211_sta_join_ibss which takes all the relevant
paramters, and ieee80211_sta_join_ibss which takes a BSS
struct (used when joining an IBSS that already has other
members).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Essentially consisting of passing the sta_info pointer around,
instead of repeatedly doing hash lookups.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up the locking by splitting it into two functions,
this will also enable further cleanups of stopping all
sessions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sta_info pointer can very well be passed to
ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions, this will
later allow us to pass it through even further.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As far as I can tell, there are possible lockups because both the RX
session_timer and TX addba_resp_timer are del_timer_sync'ed under
the sta spinlock which both timer functions take. Additionally, the
TX agg code seems to leak memory when TX aggregation is not disabled
before the sta_info is freed.
Fix this by making the free code a little smarter in the RX agg case,
and actually make the sta_info_destroy code free the TX agg info in
the TX agg case. We won't notify the peer, but it'll notice something
is wrong anyway, and normally this only happens after we've told it
in some other way we will no longer talk to it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When disabling TX aggregation because it was rejected or from
the timer (it was not accepted), there is a window where we
first set the state to operation, unlock, and then undo the
whole thing. Avoid that by splitting up the stop function.
Also get rid of the pointless sta_info indirection in the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add documentation and move ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe to right
after ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Doing so would be an MLME protocol violation when the peer disabled
the aggregation session. Quick driver review indicates that there are
error codes passed all over the drivers but cannot ever be nonzero
except in error conditions that would indicate mac80211 bugs.
No real changes here, since no drivers currently can return -EBUSY.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can only support aggregation on AP/STA right now. HT isn't defined
for IBSS, WDS or MESH. In the WDS/MESH cases it's not clear what to
put into the IBSS field, and we don't handle that in the code at all.
Also fix the code to handle VLAN correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Create two new files, agg-tx.c and agg-rx.c to make it clearer
which code is common (ht.c) and which is specific (agg-*.c).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The values are in TUs (1.024ms), not ms.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's a little confusing to get the BSSID outside the function
and pass it in, when it's only needed for this function, so
change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hopefully the last required fix ... disable beaconing
only on beaconing interfaces, and thus avoid calling
ieee80211_if_config for purely virtual interfaces
(those driver doesn't know about).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We cannot currently hand off extra IEs to hw_scan, so reject
configuring extra IEs for probe request frames when hw_scan
is set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make sure nobody passes in bogus values, and translate the values
(although it isn't necessary).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Before we have a probe response frame (which is used as the
beacon too) there's no need to ask drivers to beacon, they
will not get a beacon anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 currently disables power save
ands sends a null frame to the AP. But if dynamic power save is
disabled, mac80211 will not enable power save ever gain. Fix this by
adding ps-poll functionality to mac80211. When a directed tim bit is
set, mac80211 sends a ps-poll frame to the AP and checks for the more
data bit in the returned data frames.
Using ps-poll is slower than waking up with null frame, but it's saves more
power in cases where the traffic is low. Userspace can control if either
ps-poll or null wakeup method is used by enabling and disabling dynamic
power save.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 checks for the multicast tim bit from beacons,
disables power save and sends a null frame if the bit is set. This was
added to support ath9k. But this is a bit controversial because the AP will
send multicast frames immediately after the beacon and the time constraints
are really high. Relying mac80211 to be fast enough here might not be
reliable in all situations. And there's no need to send a null frame, AP
will send the frames immediately after the dtim beacon no matter what.
Also if dynamic power save is disabled (iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 0)
currently mac80211 disables power save whenever the multicast bit is set
but it's never enabled again after receiving the first multicast/broadcast
frame.
The current implementation is not usable on p54/stlc45xx and the
easiest way to fix this is to remove the multicast tim bit check
altogether. Handling multicast tim bit in host is rare, most of the
designs do this in firmware/hardware, so it's better not to have it in
mac80211. It's a lot better to do this in firmware/hardware, or if
that's not possible it could be done in the driver.
Also renamed the function to ieee80211_check_tim() to follow the style
of the file.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This issue happens only when we are associated with a 11n AP and power save
is enabled. In the function 'ieee80211_master_start_xmit', ps_disable_work
is queued where wake_queues is called. But before this work is executed,
we check if the queues are stopped in _ieee80211_tx and return TX_AGAIN to
ieee8011_tx which leads to the warning message.
This patch fixes this erroneous case.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a non-wimax interface is looked up by the stack, a bad pointer is
returned when the looked-up interface is not found in the list (of
registered WiMAX interfaces). This causes an oops in the caller when
trying to use the pointer.
Fix by properly setting the pointer to NULL if we don't exit from the
list_for_each() with a found entry.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function sock_getsockopt() located in net/core/sock.c, optval v.val
is not correctly initialized and directly returned in userland in case
we have SO_BSDCOMPAT option set.
This dummy code should trigger the bug:
int main(void)
{
unsigned char buf[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
int len;
int sock;
sock = socket(33, 2, 2);
getsockopt(sock, 1, SO_BSDCOMPAT, &buf, &len);
printf("%x%x%x%x\n", buf[0], buf[1], buf[2], buf[3]);
close(sock);
}
Here is a patch that fix this bug by initalizing v.val just after its
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Clément Lecigne <clement.lecigne@netasq.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct page walking should be done with proper accessor functions, not
directly.
With doubts from David S. Miller and Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We try to find the correct outgoing interface for injected frames
based on the TA, but since this is a hack for hostapd 11w, restrict
the heuristic to AP mode interfaces. At some point we'll add the
ability to give an interface index in radiotap or so and just
remove this heuristic again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.28.x]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/core/skbuff.c is a hodge-podge of symbol export placement.
Some of the exports are right after the definition of the
symbol being exported, others are clumped together into a big
group at the end of the file.
Make things consistent.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current "RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument" warning, while trying to
add multiq qdisc to non-multiqueue device, isn't very helpful and some
of these devs can be changed btw., so let's use a better errno.
With feedback from Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Reported-by: Badalian Vyacheslav <slavon@bigtelecom.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the user creates IPv6 over IPv6 tunnel, the device name created
by the kernel isn't set to t->parm.name, which is referred as the
result of ioctl().
Signed-off-by: Noriaki TAKAMIYA <takamiya@po.ntts.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When user tries to map all chunks given in argument, kernel
works on a copy of the chunkmap, but at the end it doesn't
check the copy, but the orginal one.
Signed-off-by: Qu Haoran <haoran.qu@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes echoing if the socket that has sent the request to
create/update/delete an entry is not subscribed to any multicast
group. With the current code, ctnetlink would not send the echo
message via unicast as nfnetlink_send() would be skip.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an inconsistency in the current ctnetlink code
since NAT sequence adjustment bit can only be updated but not set
in the conntrack entry creation.
This patch is used by conntrackd to successfully recover newly
created entries that represent connections with helpers and NAT
payload mangling.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes connection tracking handling for ICMPv6 messages
related to Stateless Address Autoconfiguration, MLD, and MLDv2. They
can not be tracked because they are massively using multicast (on
pre-defined address). But they are not invalid and should not be
detected as such.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch fixes a typo in the inverse mapping of Node Information
request. Following draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-09, "Querier"
sends a type 139 (ICMPV6_NI_QUERY) packet to "Responder" which answer
with a type 140 (ICMPV6_NI_REPLY) packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point having the bss information of currently associated AP
when the AP is detected to be out of range.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This lets userspace request to get the currently set
regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Monitor mode is able to TX by using injected frames. We should
not allow injected frames to be sent unless allowed by regulatory
rules. Since AP mode uses a monitor interfaces to transmit
management frames we have to take care to not break AP mode as
well while resolving this. We can deal with this by allowing compliant
APs solutions to inform mac80211 if their monitor interface is
intended to be used for an AP by setting a cfg80211 flag for the
monitor interface. hostapd, for example, currently does its own
checks to ensure AP mode is not used on channels which require radar
detection. Once such solutions are available it can can add this
flag for monitor interfaces.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also call our own ieee80211_master_setup routine instead of
overwriting almost all the values from ether_setup; this
loses a few assignments that are pointless on the master
interface anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Convert to new net_device_ops in 2.6.28 and later.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The base versions handle constant folding now.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I hold back this patch for around a week to avoid
confusion. This is the second step of
"mac80211: Fixed BSSID handling revisited".
With it, in the situation of a strange merge to the
same BSSID (e.g. caused by a TSF overflow) only
reset_tsf() is called.
And sta_info_flush_delayed() is only called if you
change the network manually, not on an automatic
BSSID merge.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a bug when creating a new IBSS network with a
fixed BSSID. The fixed BSSID situation is now with one of
my last patches handled in ieee80211_sta_find_ibss()
function.
It's more robust to test against
(ifsta->flags & IEEE80211_STA_PREV_BSSID_SET), because
ifsta->state is not seted right in every situation and so
the creating of the new IBSS network sometimes hangs after
the first try to scan for a network to merge.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to associate with a non-existent SSID stops the
state machine after the first run. Subsequent association
requests fail to start the scan engine. Fix this by resetting
assoc_scan_tries to zero after completing a scan run.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
gro: Optimise TCP packet reception
As this function can be called more than half a million times for
10GbE, it's important to optimise it as much as we can.
This patch uses bit ops to logical ops, as well as open coding
memcmp to exploit alignment properties.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As this function can be called more than half a million times for
10GbE, it's important to optimise it as much as we can.
This patch does some obvious changes to use 2-byte and 4-byte
operations instead of byte-oriented ones where possible. Bit
ops are also used to replace logical ops to reduce branching.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch optimises the Ethernet header comparison to use 2-byte
and 4-byte xors instead of memcmp. In order to facilitate this,
the actual comparison is now carried out by the callers of the
shared dev_gro_receive function.
This has a significant impact when receiving 1500B packets through
10GbE.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares for the move of the same_flow checks out of
dev_gro_receive. As such we need to remember the number of held
packets since doing a loop just to count them every time is silly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the changes were done to the protocol last release, some endian
bugs crept in. This patch fixes those endian problems and has been
verified to run on 32/64 bit and x86/ppc architectures.
This version of the patch incorporates the correct annotations
for endian variables.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a patch from Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
--------------------
The commit 649274d993 ("net_dma:
acquire/release dma channels on ifup/ifdown") added unconditional call
of dmaengine_get() to net_dma. The API should be called only if
NET_DMA was enabled.
--------------------
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Fix a potential NULL dereference bug during error handling in
rxrpc_kernel_begin_call(), whereby rxrpc_put_transport() may be handed a NULL
pointer.
This was found with a code checker (http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git/).
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like the UDP header fix, pskb_may_pull() can potentially
alter the SKB buffer. Thus the saddr and daddr, pointers
may point to the old skb->data buffer.
I haven't seen corruptions, as its only seen if the old
skb->data buffer were reallocated by another user and
written into very quickly (or poison'd by SLAB debugging).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neightbl_dump_info and neigh_dump_table can skip entries if the
*fill*info functions return an error. This results in an incomplete
dump ((invoked by netlink requests for RTM_GETNEIGHTBL or
RTM_GETNEIGH)
nidx and idx should not be incremented if the current entry was not
placed in the output buffer
Signed-off-by: Gautam Kachroo <gk@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like PKTINFO, limit the options area to 64K.
Based upon report by Eric Sesterhenn and analysis by
Roland Dreier.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, netlink_broadcast() reports errors to the caller if no
messages at all were delivered:
1) If, at least, one message has been delivered correctly, returns 0.
2) Otherwise, if no messages at all were delivered due to skb_clone()
failure, return -ENOBUFS.
3) Otherwise, if there are no listeners, return -ESRCH.
With this patch, the caller knows if the delivery of any of the
messages to the listeners have failed:
1) If it fails to deliver any message (for whatever reason), return
-ENOBUFS.
2) Otherwise, if all messages were delivered OK, returns 0.
3) Otherwise, if no listeners, return -ESRCH.
In the current ctnetlink code and in Netfilter in general, we can add
reliable logging and connection tracking event delivery by dropping the
packets whose events were not successfully delivered over Netlink. Of
course, this option would be settable via /proc as this approach reduces
performance (in terms of filtered connections per seconds by a stateful
firewall) but providing reliable logging and event delivery (for
conntrackd) in return.
This patch also changes some clients of netlink_broadcast() that
may report ENOBUFS errors via printk. This error handling is not
of any help. Instead, the userspace daemons that are listening to
those netlink messages should resync themselves with the kernel-side
if they hit ENOBUFS.
BTW, netlink_broadcast() clients include those that call
cn_netlink_send(), nlmsg_multicast() and genlmsg_multicast() since they
internally call netlink_broadcast() and return its error value.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous fix ad0f990444 (gro:
Fix handling of imprecisely split packets) only fixed the case
of frags merging, frag_list merging in the same circumstances
were still broken.
In particular, the packet headers end up in the data stream.
This patch fixes this plus another issue where an imprecisely
split packet header may be read incorrectly (this is mostly
harmless since it'll simply cause the packet to not match and
be rejected for GRO).
Thanks to Emil Tantilov and Jeff Kirsher for helping to track
this down.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the options passed to ip6_append_data may be ephemeral, we need
to duplicate it for corking. This patch applies the simplest fix
which is to memdup all the relevant bits.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP header pointer assignment must happen after calling
pskb_may_pull(). As pskb_may_pull() can potentially alter the SKB
buffer.
This was exposted by running multicast traffic through the NIU driver,
as it won't prepull the protocol headers into the linear area on
receive.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function sock_alloc_send_pskb is completely useless if not
exported since most of the code in it won't be used as is. In
fact, this code has already been duplicated in the tun driver.
Now that we need accounting in the tun driver, we can in fact
use this function as is. So this patch marks it for export again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it currently stands, skb destructors are forbidden on the
receive path because the protocol end-points will overwrite
any existing destructor with their own.
This is the reason why we have to call skb_orphan in the loopback
driver before we reinject the packet back into the stack, thus
creating a period during which loopback traffic isn't charged
to any socket.
With virtualisation, we have a similar problem in that traffic
is reinjected into the stack without being associated with any
socket entity, thus providing no natural congestion push-back
for those poor folks still stuck with UDP.
Now had we been consistent in telling them that UDP simply has
no congestion feedback, I could just fob them off. Unfortunately,
we appear to have gone to some length in catering for this on
the standard UDP path, with skb/socket accounting so that has
created a very unhealthy dependency.
Alas habits are difficult to break out of, so we may just have
to allow skb destructors on the receive path.
It turns out that making skb destructors useable on the receive path
isn't as easy as it seems. For instance, simply adding skb_orphan
to skb_set_owner_r isn't enough. This is because we assume all
over the IP stack that skb->sk is an IP socket if present.
The new transparent proxy code goes one step further and assumes
that skb->sk is the receiving socket if present.
Now all of this can be dealt with by adding simple checks such
as only treating skb->sk as an IP socket if skb->sk->sk_family
matches. However, it turns out that for bridging at least we
don't need to do all of this work.
This is of interest because most virtualisation setups use bridging
so we don't actually go through the IP stack on the host (with
the exception of our old nemesis the bridge netfilter, but that's
easily taken care of).
So this patch simply adds skb_orphan to the point just before we
enter the IP stack, but after we've gone through the bridge on the
receive path. It also adds an skb_orphan to the one place in
netfilter that touches skb->sk/skb->destructor, that is, tproxy.
One word of caution, because of the internal code structure, anyone
wishing to deploy this must use skb_set_owner_w as opposed to
skb_set_owner_r since many functions that create a new skb from
an existing one will invoke skb_set_owner_w on the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 93821778de (udp: Fix rcv socket
locking) accidentally removed sk_drops increments for UDP IPV4
sockets.
This field can be used to detect incorrect sizing of socket receive
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_alloc now sets sk_family so this is redundant. In fact it caught
my eye because sock_init_data already uses sk_family so this is too
late anyway.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And switch bsockets to atomic_t since it might be changed in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
packet_lookup_frames() fails to get user frame if current frame header
status contains extra flags.
This is due to the wrong assumption on the operators precedence during
frame status tests.
Fixed by forcing the right operators precedence order with explicit brackets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <paolo.abeni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastiano Di Paola <sebastiano.dipaola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Fix regression introduced by a9d8f9110d
("inet: Allowing more than 64k connections and heavily optimize
bind(0) time.")
Based upon initial patches and feedback from Evegniy Polyakov and
Eric Dumazet.
From Eric Dumazet:
--------------------
Also there might be a problem at line 175
if (sk->sk_reuse && sk->sk_state != TCP_LISTEN && --attempts >= 0) {
spin_unlock(&head->lock);
goto again;
If we entered inet_csk_get_port() with a non null snum, we can "goto again"
while it was not expected.
--------------------
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 89a1b249edcf9be884e71f92df84d48355c576aa (gro: Avoid
copying headers of unmerged packets) only worked for packets
which are either completely linear, completely non-linear, or
packets which exactly split at the boundary between headers and
payload.
Anything else would cause bits in the header to go missing if
the packet is held by GRO.
This may have broken drivers such as ixgbe.
This patch fixes the places that assumed or only worked with
the above cases.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested using a workqueue instead
of hrtimers to trigger netif_schedule() when there is a problem with
setting exact time of this event: 'The differnce - yeah, it shouldn't
make much, mainly wake up the qdisc earlier (but not too early) after
"too many events" occured _and_ no further enqueue events wake up the
qdisc anyways.'
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's get some info on possible config problems. This patch brings
back an old warning, but is printed only once now.
With feedback from Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested:
> How about making this flag and the warning message (in a out-of-line
> function) globally available? Other qdiscs (f.i. HFSC) can't deal with
> inner non-work-conserving qdiscs as well.
This patch uses qdisc->flags field of "suspected" child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds another inet device option to enable gratuitous ARP
when device is brought up or address change. This is handy for
clusters or virtualization.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base versions handle constant folding now.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent fix of data corruption when splicing from sockets uses
memory very inefficiently allocating a new page to copy each chunk of
linear part of skb. This patch uses the same page until it's full
(almost) by caching the page in sk_sndmsg_page field.
With changes from David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
igb: fix link reporting when using sgmii
igb: prevent skb_over panic w/ mtu smaller than 1K
igb: Fix DCA errors and do not use context index for 82576
ipv6: compile fix for ip6mr.c
packet: Avoid lock_sock in mmap handler
sfc: Replace stats_enabled flag with a disable count
sfc: SFX7101/SFT9001: Fix AN advertisements
sfc: SFT9001: Always enable XNP exchange on SFT9001 rev B
sfc: Update board info for hardware monitor on SFN4111T-R5 and later
sfc: Test for PHYXS faults whenever we cannot test link state bits
sfc: Reinitialise the PHY completely in case of a PHY or NIC reset
sfc: Fix post-reset MAC selection
sfc: SFN4111T: Fix GPIO sharing between I2C and FLASH_CFG_1
sfc: SFT9001: Fix speed reporting in 1G PHY loopback
sfc: SFX7101: Remove workaround for bad link training
sfc: SFT9001: Enable robust link training
sky2: fix hard hang with netconsoling and iface going up
net/ipv6/ip6mr.c: In function 'pim6_rcv':
net/ipv6/ip6mr.c:368: error: implicit declaration of function 'csum_ipv6_magic'
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the mmap handler gets called under mmap_sem, and we may grab
mmap_sem elsewhere under the socket lock to access user data, we
should avoid grabbing the socket lock in the mmap handler.
Since the only thing we care about in the mmap handler is for
pg_vec* to be invariant, i.e., to exclude packet_set_ring, we
can achieve this by simply using a new mutex.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Martin MOKREJŠ <mmokrejs@ribosome.natur.cuni.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the dynamic power save timer has been started before the power save
is disabled using iwconfig, we fail to cancel the timer. Hence cancel it
while disabling power save.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (29 commits)
tulip: fix 21142 with 10Mbps without negotiation
drivers/net/skfp: if !capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN): inverted logic
gianfar: Fix Wake-on-LAN support
smsc911x: timeout reaches -1
smsc9420: fix interrupt signalling test failures
ucc_geth: Change uec phy id to the same format as gianfar's
wimax: fix build issue when debugfs is disabled
netxen: fix memory leak in drivers/net/netxen_nic_init.c
tun: Add some missing TUN compat ioctl translations.
ipv4: fix infinite retry loop in IP-Config
net: update documentation ip aliases
net: Fix OOPS in skb_seq_read().
net: Fix frag_list handling in skb_seq_read
netxen: revert jumbo ringsize
ath5k: fix locking in ath5k_config
cfg80211: print correct intersected regulatory domain
cfg80211: Fix sanity check on 5 GHz when processing country IE
iwlwifi: fix kernel oops when ucode DMA memory allocation failure
rtl8187: Fix error in setting OFDM power settings for RTL8187L
mac80211: remove Michael Wu as maintainer
...
As reported by Toralf Förster and Randy Dunlap.
- http://linuxwimax.org/pipermail/wimax/2009-January/000460.html
- http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/1/29/279
The definitions needed for the wimax stack and i2400m driver debug
infrastructure was, by mistake, compiled depending on CONFIG_DEBUG_FS
(by them being placed in the debugfs.c files); thus the build broke in
2.6.29-rc3 when debugging was enabled (CONFIG_WIMAX_DEBUG) and
DEBUG_FS was disabled.
These definitions are always needed if debug is enabled at compile
time (independently of DEBUG_FS being or not enabled), so moving them
to a file that is always compiled fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch optimises napi_fraginfo_skb to only copy the bits
necessary. We also open-code the memcpy so that the alignment
information is always available to gcc.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gro: Do not merge paged packets into frag_list
Bigger is not always better :)
It was easy to continue to merged packets into frag_list after the
page array is full. However, this turns out to be worse than LRO
because frag_list is a much less efficient form of storage than the
page array. So we're better off stopping the merge and starting
a new entry with an empty page array.
In future we can optimise this further by doing frag_list merging
but making sure that we continue to fill in the page array.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately simplicity isn't always the best. The fraginfo
interface turned out to be suboptimal. The problem was quite
obvious. For every packet, we have to copy the headers from
the frags structure into skb->head, even though for 99% of the
packets this part is immediately thrown away after the merge.
LRO didn't have this problem because it directly read the headers
from the frags structure.
This patch attempts to address this by creating an interface
that allows GRO to access the headers in the first frag without
having to copy it. Because all drivers that use frags place the
headers in the first frag this optimisation should be enough.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently VLAN still has a bit of common code handling the aftermath
of GRO that's shared with the common path. This patch moves them
into shared helpers to reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It oopsd for me in skb_seq_read. addr2line said it was
linux-2.6/net/core/skbuff.c:2228, which is this line:
while (st->frag_idx < skb_shinfo(st->cur_skb)->nr_frags) {
I added some printks in there and it looks like we hit this:
} else if (st->root_skb == st->cur_skb &&
skb_shinfo(st->root_skb)->frag_list) {
st->cur_skb = skb_shinfo(st->root_skb)->frag_list;
st->frag_idx = 0;
goto next_skb;
}
Actually I did some testing and added a few printks and found that the
st->cur_skb->data was 0 and hence the ptr used by iscsi_tcp was null.
This caused the kernel panic.
if (abs_offset < block_limit) {
- *data = st->cur_skb->data + abs_offset;
+ *data = st->cur_skb->data + (abs_offset - st->stepped_offset);
I enabled the debug_tcp and with a few printks found that the code did
not go to the next_skb label and could find that the sequence being
followed was this -
It hit this if condition -
if (st->cur_skb->next) {
st->cur_skb = st->cur_skb->next;
st->frag_idx = 0;
goto next_skb;
And so, now the st pointer is shifted to the next skb whereas actually
it should have hit the second else if first since the data is in the
frag_list.
else if (st->root_skb == st->cur_skb &&
skb_shinfo(st->root_skb)->frag_list) {
st->cur_skb = skb_shinfo(st->root_skb)->frag_list;
goto next_skb;
}
Reversing the two conditions the attached patch fixes the issue for me
on top of Herbert's patches.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Iyer <shyam_iyer@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The frag_list handling was broken in skb_seq_read:
1) We didn't add the stepped offset when looking at the head
are of fragments other than the first.
2) We didn't take the stepped offset away when setting the data
pointer in the head area.
3) The frag index wasn't reset.
This patch fixes both issues.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the regulatory domain is already set it is technically not an error
so do not pass an errno to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list
traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it
needs to be flushed under the RTNL.
This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list
against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the
code change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can theoretically queue more work in one of their callbacks
from mac80211 suspend, so let's flush it once more to be on the safe
side, just before calling ->stop().
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"mac80211: make workqueue freezable" made the mac80211
workqueue freezeable to prevent us from doing any work after the
driver went away. This was fine before mac80211 had any suspend
support.
However, now we want to flush this workqueue in suspend(). Because
the thread for a freezeable workqueue is stopped before the device
class suspend() is called, flush_workqueue() will hang in the
suspend-to-disk case.
Converting it back to a non-freezeable queue will keep suspend from
hanging. Moreover, since we flush the workqueue under RTNL and
userspace is stopped, there won't be any new work in the workqueue
until after resume. Thus we still don't have to worry about pinging
the AP without hardware.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch cleanup the fixed BSSID handling, that
ieee80211_sta_set_bssid() works like ieee80211_sta_set_ssid(). So
that the BSSID is only a second selection criterion besides the
SSID. This allows us to create new IBSS networks with fixed BSSIDs,
which was broken before.
In the second version of this patch the handling of the stupid merges
to the same BSSID is moved out to get reworked into an other patch.
And this version hopefully solves the problems with some low-level
drivers and re-adds the config BSSID warning to help debugging the
low-level drivers.
Much thanks to all who have helped testing! :)
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds an low-level driver independent entry to read the TSF value into the debugfs of mac80211. This makes debugging the IBSS handling of wifi drivers easier.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Let users be more compliant if so desired.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private
mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first
to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The
wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers
should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to request strict regulatory settings to
be applied to its devices. This is desirable for devices where
proper calibration and compliance can only be gauranteed for
for the device's programmed regulatory domain. Regulatory
domain settings will be ignored until the device's own
regulatory domain is properly configured. If no regulatory
domain is received only the world regulatory domain will be
applied -- if OLD_REG (default to "US") is not enabled. If
OLD_REG behaviour is not acceptable to drivers they must
update their wiphy with a custom reuglatory prior to wiphy
registration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need more information than just who set the last regulatory domain,
as such lets just pass the last regulatory_request receipt. To do this we need
to move out to headers struct regulatory_request, and enum environment_cap. While
at it lets add documentation for enum environment_cap.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This ensures that the initial REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE upon wiphy registration
respects the wiphy->custom_regulatory setting. Without this and if OLD_REG
is disabled (which will be default soon as we remove it) the
wiphy->custom_regulatory is simply ignored.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers without firmware can also have custom regulatory maps
which do not map to a specific ISO / IEC alpha2 country code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We ignore regulatory hints for the same alpha2 if we already
have processed the same alpha2 on the current regulatory domain.
For a driver regulatory_hint() this means we copy onto its
wiphy->regd the previously procesed regulatory domain from CRDA
without having to call CRDA again.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This prevents user regulatory changes to be considered prior to previous
pending user, core or driver requests which have not be applied.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can be used by drivers on the reg_notifier()
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() to be used by drivers
prior to wiphy registration to apply a custom regulatory domain.
This can be used by drivers that do not have a direct 1-1 mapping
between a regulatory domain and a country.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Then one place can be a static const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The separate Association Comeback Time IE was removed from IEEE 802.11w
and the Timeout Interval IE (from IEEE 802.11r) is used instead. The
editing on this is still somewhat incomplete in IEEE 802.11w/D7.0, but
still, the use of Timeout Interval IE is the expected mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces suspend and resume callbacks to mac80211,
allowing mac80211 to quiesce its state (bringing down interfaces,
removing keys, etc) in preparation for suspend. cfg80211 will call
the suspend hook before the device suspend, and resume hook after
the device resume.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help implement suspend/resume in mac80211, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes. Therefore, they can touch the hardware as much as
they want to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ADDBA request Action frame was sent out before 4-way handshake was
completed and the initial 802.11w code ended up dropping the frame
even if MFP was not enabled. While the sending of Action frames this
early is not really a good idea (will break with MFP enabled), we
should not break this for the MFP disabled case.
This patch fixes ieee80211_tx_h_select_key() not to drop management
frames if MFP is disabled. If MFP is enabled, Action frames will be
dropped before keys are set per IEEE 802.11w/D7.0. Other robust
management frames (i.e., Deauthentication and Disassociation frames)
are allowed unprotected prior to key configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes the documentation of mesh_nexthop_lookup() in mesh_hwmp.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes documentation of enum mesh_path_flags in mesh.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes mesh_plink_close() method as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Transform calls kmalloc/memset to a single kcalloc.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to
add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface
allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but
only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth,
Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation.
This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and
FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can
be useful for testing and experimentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE flag was moved to be conditional, it
was mistakenly left without cpu_to_le32(). Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function is only used within rx.c, so mark it static.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch uses power constraint level while determining the maximum
transmit power, there by it makes sure that any power mitigation
requirement for the channel in the current regulatory domain is met.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and
behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in
MFP-optional mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management
frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and
decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The
will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP
key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames
on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for
management frames (but hardware for data frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When MFP is enabled, the AP does not allow a STA to associate if an
existing security association exists without first going through SA
Query process. When this happens, the association request is denied
with a new status code ("temporarily rejected") ans Association
Comeback IE is used to notify when the association may be tried again
(i.e., when the SA Query procedure has timed out).
Use the comeback time to update the mac80211 client MLME timer for
next association attempt to minimize waiting time if association is
temporarily rejected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to decide whether a received frame
should be dropped with management frames, too. If MFP is negotiated,
unprotected robust management frames will be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When sending out Action frames, allow ieee80211_tx_skb() to send them
without enforcing do_not_encrypt. These frames will be encrypted if
MFP has been negotiated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side
processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new WEXT IW_AUTH_* parameter for setting MFP
disabled/optional/required.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added new SIOCSIWENCODEEXT algorithm for configuring BIP (AES-CMAC)
keys (IGTK).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new IW_AUTH parameter for setting cipher suite for
multicast/broadcast management frames. This is for full-mac drivers
that take care of RSN IE generation for (re)association request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement Broadcast/Multicast Integrity Protocol for management frame
protection. This patch adds the needed definitions for the new
information element (MMIE) and implementation for the new "encryption"
type (though, BIP is actually not encrypting data, it provides only
integrity protection). These routines will be used by a follow-on patch
that enables BIP for multicast/broadcast robust management frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend CCMP to support encryption and decryption of unicast management
frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to
indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We add support for multiple drivers to provide a regulatory_hint()
on a system by adding a wiphy specific regulatory domain cache.
This allows drivers to keep around cache their own regulatory domain
structure queried from CRDA.
We handle conflicts by intersecting multiple regulatory domains,
each driver will stick to its own regulatory domain though unless
a country IE has been received and processed.
If the user already requested a regulatory domain and a driver
requests the same regulatory domain then simply copy to the
driver's regd the same regulatory domain and do not call
CRDA, do not collect $200.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are calling the reg_notifier() callback per band, this is
not necessary, just call it once.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't accept any arguments we don't handle, and return error codes
instead of using an uninitialised stack value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames,
in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support
completely aligning it correctly.
This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte
boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or
when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting",
the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but
rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes an unused declaration of dot11WEPUndecryptableCount
(an snmp counter) in ieee80211_local structure and its usage in
debugfs.c since this counter is not incremented/decremented anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes an unused definition of MAX_STA_COUNT in sta_info.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes an unused parameter (rx_status) in
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_req(),
in mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes an unnecessary assignment to info
in __ieee80211_tx() , tx.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move to the advertised channel on reception of
a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The last patch fixes a bug that it was not possible to set the channel
manually in the ad hoc mode properly.
Please commit this patches so that we don't need the proprietary
Broadcom driver in the near future anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If you set a fixed BSSID manually, you never want that the driver
change it back, or your ad-hoc mesh network will break into peaces. So
don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If you set a fixed BSSID and channel it's not necessary to scan for
neighbors to merge, because you really don't want to merge with it. So
don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Okay, here is the first of the five patches. After applying all
of them you should be able to build/join huge city mesh networks
(e.g. with the OLSR protocol) with the most of the mac80211 wireless
drivers by setting a fixed BSSID in the ad hoc mode. (If you found no
other bug/problem.) This was not specified in the original standard,
but is a widely used de facto standard.
The first patch now completely disallow to set multicast MAC addresses
as BSSID. The behavior before was really strange.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address
instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a
vif struct. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54]
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945]
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes sparse warnings:
net/mac80211/util.c:355:6: warning: symbol
'ieee80211_wake_queue_by_reason' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/mac80211/util.c:385:6: warning: symbol
'ieee80211_stop_queue_by_reason' was not declared. Should it be static?
Thanks to Johannes Berg for reporting this.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one
purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the
final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very
first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power,
local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch
defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for
user configured power limit.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the station info is flushed before calling set_disassoc
in ieee80211_stop, the power save timer is never cancelled
when the driver is unloaded. Hence the timer cancellation has
to be done in ieee80211_stop itself.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch enables mac80211 to send a null frame and also to
check for tim in the beacon if dynamic power save is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
a) hw_config() should not be called from siwpower() for the drivers which do not support
dynamic powersave.
b) IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS needs to be verified in set_associated() also before
enabling the power save timers.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a null data frame is generated from mac80211, it goes through
master_start_xmit and not through subif_start_xmit. Hence for the
power save timer to be triggered while sending this null data frame
also, the timer has to be reset from master_start_xmit.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As TKIP is not updated to new security needs which arise when
TKIP is used to encrypt A-MPDU aggregated data frames, IEEE802.11n
does not allow any cipher other than CCMP (Which has new extensions
defined) as pairwise cipher between HT peers.
When such configuration (TKIP/WEP in HT) is forced, we still
associate in non-HT mode (11a/b/g).
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG is enabled and an intersection
occurs we are printing the regulatory domain passed by CRDA
and indicating its the intersected regulatory domain. Lets fix
this and print the intersection as originally intended.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes two issues with the sanity check loop when processing
the country IE:
1. Do not use frequency for the current subband channel check,
this was a big fat typo.
2. Apply the 5 GHz 4-channel steps when considering max channel
on each subband as was done with a recent patch.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The kernel manages this value internally, as necessary, as
VIFs are added/removed and as multicast routers are registered
and deregistered.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses the IPv6 multicast routing issues described
below. It was tested with XORP 1.4/1.5 as the IPv6 PIM-SM routing
daemon against FreeBSD peers.
net/ipv6/ip6_input.c:
- Don't try to forward link-local multicast packets.
- Don't reset skb2->dev before calling ip6_mr_input() so packets can
be identified as coming from the PIM register vif properly.
net/ipv6/ip6mr.c:
- Fix incoming PIM register messages processing:
* The IPv6 pseudo-header should be included when checksumming PIM
messages (RFC 4601 section 4.9; RFC 3973 section 4.7.1).
* Packets decapsulated from PIM register messages should have
skb->protocol ETH_P_IPV6.
- Enable/disable IPv6 multicast forwarding on the corresponding
interface when a routing daemon adds/removes a multicast virtual
interface.
- Remove incorrect skb_pull() to fix userspace signaling.
- Enable/disable global IPv6 multicast forwarding when an IPv6
multicast routing socket is opened/closed.
net/ipv6/route.c:
- Don't use strict routing logic for packets decapsulated from PIM
register messages (similar to disabling rp_filter for the IPv4
case).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Goff <thomas.goff@boeing.com>
Reviewed-by: Fred Templin <fred.l.templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the xfrm reverse flow lookup for icmp6 so that icmp6 packets
don't get lost over ipsec tunnels. Similar patch is in RHEL5 kernel for a quite
long time and I do not see why it isn't in mainline.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now only TX hash on pre-computed SKB properties.
The thinking is:
1) High performance routing and firewalling setups will
have a multiqueue capable card used for receive, and
therefore would have RX queue recordings made into
the SKB which can be used for the TX side hash.
2) Locally generated packets will have an attached socket
and thus a valid sk->sk_hash to make use of.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea is that drivers which implement multiqueue RX
pre-seed the SKB by recording the RX queue selected by
the hardware.
If such a seed is found on TX, we'll use that to select
the outgoing TX queue.
This helps get more consistent load balancing on router
and firewall loads.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_splice_data_recv has two lengths to consider: the len parameter it
gets from tcp_read_sock, which specifies the amount of data in the skb,
and rd_desc->count, which is the amount of data the splice caller still
wants. Currently it passes just the latter to skb_splice_bits, which then
splices min(rd_desc->count, skb->len - offset) bytes.
Most of the time this is fine, except when the skb contains urgent data.
In that case len goes only up to the urgent byte and is less than
skb->len - offset. By ignoring len tcp_splice_data_recv may a) splice
data tcp_read_sock told it not to, b) return to tcp_read_sock a value > len.
Now, tcp_read_sock doesn't handle used > len and leaves the socket in a
bad state (both sk_receive_queue and copied_seq are bad at that point)
resulting in duplicated data and corruption.
Fix by passing min(rd_desc->count, len) to skb_splice_bits.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 9088c56095
(udp: Improve port randomization) introduced a regression for UDP bind() syscall
to null port (getting a random port) in case lot of ports are already in use.
This is because we do about 28000 scans of very long chains (220 sockets per chain),
with many spin_lock_bh()/spin_unlock_bh() calls.
Fix this using a bitmap (64 bytes for current value of UDP_HTABLE_SIZE)
so that we scan chains at most once.
Instead of 250 ms per bind() call, we get after patch a time of 2.9 ms
Based on a report from Vitaly Mayatskikh
Reported-by: Vitaly Mayatskikh <v.mayatskih@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Tested-by: Vitaly Mayatskikh <v.mayatskih@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incoming packets and sockets are already gone.
The netdevice notifier is unregistered under the RTNL lock
There remains a race with the rtnetlink handlers unregistration, but it
is a generic RTNL issue that was already present before this change.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of keeping candidate tunnel device from all categories,
keep only one candidate with best score. This optimizes stack
usage and speeds up exit code.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (92 commits)
gianfar: Revive VLAN support
vlan: Export symbols as non GPL symbols.
bnx2x: tx_has_work should not wait for FW
netxen: reduce memory footprint
netxen: fix vlan tso/checksum offload
net: Fix linux/if_frad.h's suitability for userspace.
net: Move config NET_NS to from net/Kconfig to init/Kconfig
isdn: Fix missing ifdef in isdn_ppp
networking: document "nc" in addition to "netcat" in netconsole.txt
e1000e: workaround hw errata
af_key: initialize xfrm encap_oa
virtio_net: Fix MAX_PACKET_LEN to support 802.1Q VLANs
lcs: fix compilation for !CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST
rtl8187: Add termination packet to prevent stall
iwlwifi: fix rs_get_rate WARN_ON()
p54usb: fix packet loss with first generation devices
sctp: Fix another socket race during accept/peeloff
sctp: Properly timestamp outgoing data chunks for rtx purposes
sctp: Correctly start rtx timer on new packet transmissions.
sctp: Fix crc32c calculations on big-endian arhes.
...
In previous kernels, any kernel module could get access to the
'real-device' and the VLAN-ID for a particular VLAN. In more recent
kernels, the code was restructured such that this is hard to do
without accessing private .h files for any module that cannot use
GPL-only symbols.
Attached is a patch to once again allow non-GPL modules the ability to
access the real-device and VLAN id for VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make NET_NS available underneath the generic Namespaces config option
since all of the other namespace options are there.
Signed-off-by: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently encap_oa is left uninitialized, so it contains garbage data which
is visible to userland via Netlink. Initialize it by zeroing it out.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race between sctp_rcv() and sctp_accept() where we
have moved the association from the listening socket to the
accepted socket, but sctp_rcv() processing cached the old
socket and continues to use it.
The easy solution is to check for the socket mismatch once we've
grabed the socket lock. If we hit a mis-match, that means
that were are currently holding the lock on the listening socket,
but the association is refrencing a newly accepted socket. We need
to drop the lock on the old socket and grab the lock on the new one.
A more proper solution might be to create accepted sockets when
the new association is established, similar to TCP. That would
eliminate the race for 1-to-1 style sockets, but it would still
existing for 1-to-many sockets where a user wished to peeloff an
association. For now, we'll live with this easy solution as
it addresses the problem.
Reported-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Reported-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes to the retransmit code exposed a long standing
bug where it was possible for a chunk to be time stamped
after the retransmit timer was reset. This caused a rare
situation where the retrnamist timer has expired, but
nothing was marked for retrnasmission because all of
timesamps on data were less then 1 rto ago. As result,
the timer was never restarted since nothing was retransmitted,
and this resulted in a hung association that did couldn't
complete the data transfer. The solution is to timestamp
the chunk when it's added to the packet for transmission
purposes. After the packet is trsnmitted the rtx timer
is restarted. This guarantees that when the timer expires,
there will be data to retransmit.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 62aeaff5cc
(sctp: Start T3-RTX timer when fast retransmitting lowest TSN)
introduced a regression where it was possible to forcibly
restart the sctp retransmit timer at the transmission of any
new chunk. This resulted in much longer timeout times and
sometimes hung sctp connections.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This last patch makes the appropriate changes to use and propagate the
network namespace where needed in IPv4 multicast routing code.
This consists mainly in replacing all the remaining init_net occurences
with current netns pointer retrieved from sockets, net devices or
mfc_caches depending on the routines' contexts.
Some routines receive a new 'struct net' parameter to propagate the current
netns:
* vif_add/vif_delete
* ipmr_new_tunnel
* mroute_clean_tables
* ipmr_cache_find
* ipmr_cache_report
* ipmr_cache_unresolved
* ipmr_mfc_add/ipmr_mfc_delete
* ipmr_get_route
* rt_fill_info (in route.c)
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare IPv4 multicast forwarding /proc/net entries per-namespace:
/proc/net/ip_mr_vif
/proc/net/ip_mr_cache
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, move into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare IPv multicast routing variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: move it into
struct netns_ipv4.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ipmr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate IPv4 multicast forwarding cache, mfc_cache_array,
and move it to struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mfc_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stores into struct mfc_cache the network namespace each
mfc_cache belongs to. The new member is mfc_net.
mfc_net is assigned at cache allocation and doesn't change during
the rest of the cache entry life.
A new net parameter is added to ipmr_cache_alloc/ipmr_cache_alloc_unres.
This will help to retrieve the current netns around the IPv4 multicast
routing code.
At the moment, all mfc_cache are allocated in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate interface table vif_table and move it to
struct netns_ipv4, and update MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Make IPv4 multicast routing mroute_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mroute_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
wlan0: switched to short barker preamble (BSSID=00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd)
wlan0: switched to short slot (BSSID=) <something is missing here>
should be:
wlan0: switched to short barker preamble (BSSID=00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd)
wlan0: switched to short slot (BSSID=00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After launching mesh discovery in tx path, reference count was not being
decremented. This was preventing module unload.
Signed-off-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the device on receive path and allow otherwise identical devices
as long as the physical device differs.
This is useful for NBMA tunnels, where you want to use different gre IP
for each public IP available via different physical devices.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With simple extension to the binding mechanism, which allows to bind more
than 64k sockets (or smaller amount, depending on sysctl parameters),
we have to traverse the whole bind hash table to find out empty bucket.
And while it is not a problem for example for 32k connections, bind()
completion time grows exponentially (since after each successful binding
we have to traverse one bucket more to find empty one) even if we start
each time from random offset inside the hash table.
So, when hash table is full, and we want to add another socket, we have
to traverse the whole table no matter what, so effectivelly this will be
the worst case performance and it will be constant.
Attached picture shows bind() time depending on number of already bound
sockets.
Green area corresponds to the usual binding to zero port process, which
turns on kernel port selection as described above. Red area is the bind
process, when number of reuse-bound sockets is not limited by 64k (or
sysctl parameters). The same exponential growth (hidden by the green
area) before number of ports reaches sysctl limit.
At this time bind hash table has exactly one reuse-enbaled socket in a
bucket, but it is possible that they have different addresses. Actually
kernel selects the first port to try randomly, so at the beginning bind
will take roughly constant time, but with time number of port to check
after random start will increase. And that will have exponential growth,
but because of above random selection, not every next port selection
will necessary take longer time than previous. So we have to consider
the area below in the graph (if you could zoom it, you could find, that
there are many different times placed there), so area can hide another.
Blue area corresponds to the port selection optimization.
This is rather simple design approach: hashtable now maintains (unprecise
and racely updated) number of currently bound sockets, and when number
of such sockets becomes greater than predefined value (I use maximum
port range defined by sysctls), we stop traversing the whole bind hash
table and just stop at first matching bucket after random start. Above
limit roughly corresponds to the case, when bind hash table is full and
we turned on mechanism of allowing to bind more reuse-enabled sockets,
so it does not change behaviour of other sockets.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all feature-negotiation processing now takes place in feat.c,
functions for producing verbose debugging output are concentrated
there.
New functions to print out values, entry records, and options are
provided, and also a macro is defined to not always have the function
name in the output line.
Thanks a lot to Wei Yongjun and Giuseppe Galeota for help and
discussion with an earlier revision of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch takes care of initialising and type-checking sysctls
related to feature negotiation. Type checking is important since some
of the sysctls now directly impact the feature-negotiation process.
The sysctls are initialised with the known default values for each
feature. For the type-checking the value constraints from RFC 4340
are used:
* Sequence Window uses the specified Wmin=32, the maximum is ulong (4 bytes),
tested and confirmed that it works up to 4294967295 - for Gbps speed;
* Ack Ratio is between 0 .. 0xffff (2-byte unsigned integer);
* CCIDs are between 0 .. 255;
* request_retries, retries1, retries2 also between 0..255 for good measure;
* tx_qlen is checked to be non-negative;
* sync_ratelimit remains as before.
Notes:
------
1. Die s@sysctl_dccp_feat@sysctl_dccp@g since the sysctls are now in feat.c.
2. As pointed out by Arnaldo, the pattern of type-checking repeats itself in
other places, sometimes with exactly the same kind of definitions (e.g.
"static int zero;"). It may be a good idea (kernel janitors?) to consolidate
type checking. For the sake of keeping the changeset small and in order not
to affect other subsystems, I have not strived to generalise here.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds full support for local/remote Sequence Window feature, from which the
* sequence-number-validity (W) and
* acknowledgment-number-validity (W') windows
derive as specified in RFC 4340, 7.5.3.
Specifically, the following is contained in this patch:
* integrated new socket fields into dccp_sk;
* updated the update_gsr/gss routines with regard to these fields;
* updated handler code: the Sequence Window feature is located at the TX side,
so the local feature is meant if the handler-rx flag is false;
* the initialisation of `rcv_wnd' in reqsk is removed, since
- rcv_wnd is not used by the code anywhere;
- sequence number checks are not done in the LISTEN state (cf. 7.5.3);
- dccp_check_req checks the Ack number validity more rigorously;
* the `struct dccp_minisock' became empty and is now removed.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This initialises feature negotiation from two tables, which are in
turn are initialised from sysctls.
As a novel feature, specifics of the implementation (e.g. that short
seqnos and ECN are not yet available) are advertised for robustness.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With net_device_ops if set_mac_address is null, then error
is -EOPNOTSUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that stats are in net_device, use them.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Caused by call to request_module() while holding nf_conntrack_lock.
Reported-and-tested-by: Kövesdi György <kgy@teledigit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous fix to paged packets broke the merging because it
reset the skb->len before we added it to the merged packet. This
wasn't detected because it simply resulted in the truncation of
the packet while the missing bit is subsequently retransmitted.
The fix is to store skb->len before we clobber it.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a frag is shorter than an Ethernet header, we'd return a
zeroed packet instead of aborting. This patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to perform skb_postpull_rcsum after pulling the IPv6
header in order to maintain the correctness of the complete
checksum.
This patch also adds a missing iph reload after pulling.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_pernet_gen_subsys omits mutex_unlock in one fail path.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit fc8c7dc1b2.
As indicated by Jiri Klimes, this won't work. These numbers are
not only used the size validation, they are also used to locate
attributes sitting after the message.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The trick in socket splicing where we try to convert the skb->data
into a page based reference using virt_to_page() does not work so
well.
The idea is to pass the virt_to_page() reference via the pipe
buffer, and refcount the buffer using a SKB reference.
But if we are splicing from a socket to a socket (via sendpage)
this doesn't work.
The from side processing will grab the page (and SKB) references.
The sendpage() calls will grab page references only, return, and
then the from side processing completes and drops the SKB ref.
The page based reference to skb->data is not enough to keep the
kmalloc() buffer backing it from being reused. Yet, that is
all that the socket send side has at this point.
This leads to data corruption if the skb->data buffer is reused
by SLAB before the send side socket actually gets the TX packet
out to the device.
The fix employed here is to simply allocate a page and copy the
skb->data bytes into that page.
This will hurt performance, but there is no clear way to fix this
properly without a copy at the present time, and it is important
to get rid of the data corruption.
With fixes from Herbert Xu.
Tested-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Foreseen-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Reported-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Fixed-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm trying to track down why people're hitting the checksum warning
in skb_gso_segment. As the problem seems to be hitting lots of
people and I can't reproduce it or locate the bug, here is a patch
to print out more details which hopefully should help us to track
this down.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The country IE number of channels on 5 GHz specifies the number
of 5 GHz channels, not the number of sequential channel numbers.
For example, if in a country IEs if the first channel given is 36
and the number of channels passed is 4 then the individual channel
numbers defined for the 5 GHz PHY by these parameters
are: 36, 40, 44, 48
not: 36, 37, 38, 39
See: http://tinyurl.com/11d-clarification
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a regression on disallowing bands introduced with the new
802.11d support. The issue is that IEEE-802.11 allows APs to send
a subset of what a country regulatory domain defines. This was clarified
in this document:
http://tinyurl.com/11d-clarification
As such it is possible, and this is what is done in practice, that a
single band 2.4 GHz AP will only send 2.4 GHz band regulatory information
through the 802.11 country information element and then the current
intersection with what CRDA provided yields a regulatory domain with
no 5 GHz information -- even though that country may actually allow
5 GHz operation. We correct this by only applying the intersection rules
on a channel if the the intersection yields a regulatory rule on the
same band the channel is on.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows us to make more wiphy specific judgements when
handling the channels later on.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc:
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info'
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (95 commits)
b44: GFP_DMA skb should not escape from driver
korina: do not use IRQF_SHARED with IRQF_DISABLED
korina: do not stop queue here
korina: fix handling tx_chain_tail
korina: do tx at the right position
korina: do schedule napi after testing for it
korina: rework korina_rx() for use with napi
korina: disable napi on close and restart
korina: reset resource buffer size to 1536
korina: fix usage of driver_data
bnx2x: First slow path interrupt race
bnx2x: MTU Filter
bnx2x: Indirection table initialization index
bnx2x: Missing brackets
bnx2x: Fixing the doorbell size
bnx2x: Endianness issues
bnx2x: VLAN tagged packets without VLAN offload
bnx2x: Protecting the link change indication
bnx2x: Flow control updated before reporting the link
bnx2x: Missing mask when calculating flow control
...
If INET=y and INFINIBAND=y, but IPV6=m then INFINIBAND_ADDR_TRANS is set
to n and the RDMA CM functions rdma_connect() et al are not built.
However, the current config dependencies allow NET_9P_RDMA to be selected
in this, which leads to a build failure. Fix this by adding a dependency
on INFINIBAND_ADDR_TRANS to disallow NET_9P_RDMA in this case.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Due to the loopback functionality in can_send() we can not invoke it
from hardirq context which was done inside the
bcm_tx_timeout_handler() hrtimer callback:
[ 700.361154] [<c012228c>] warn_slowpath+0x80/0xb6
[ 700.361163] [<c013d559>] valid_state+0x125/0x136
[ 700.361171] [<c013d858>] mark_lock+0x18e/0x332
[ 700.361180] [<c013e300>] __lock_acquire+0x12e/0xb1e
[ 700.361189] [<f8ab5915>] bcm_tx_timeout_handler+0x0/0xbc [can_bcm]
[ 700.361198] [<c031e20a>] dev_queue_xmit+0x191/0x479
[ 700.361206] [<c01262a7>] __local_bh_disable+0x2b/0x64
[ 700.361213] [<c031e20a>] dev_queue_xmit+0x191/0x479
[ 700.361225] [<f8aa69a1>] can_send+0xd7/0x11a [can]
[ 700.361235] [<f8ab522b>] bcm_can_tx+0x9d/0xd9 [can_bcm]
[ 700.361245] [<f8ab597f>] bcm_tx_timeout_handler+0x6a/0xbc [can_bcm]
[ 700.361255] [<f8ab5915>] bcm_tx_timeout_handler+0x0/0xbc [can_bcm]
[ 700.361263] [<c0134143>] __run_hrtimer+0x5a/0x86
[ 700.361273] [<f8ab5915>] bcm_tx_timeout_handler+0x0/0xbc [can_bcm]
[ 700.361282] [<c0134a50>] hrtimer_interrupt+0xb9/0x110
This patch moves the rest of the functionality from the hrtimer
callback to the already existing tasklet to fix this slowpath problem.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds an init_dummy_netdev() function that gets a network device
structure (allocation and lifetime entirely under caller's control) and
initialize the minimum amount of fields so it can be used to schedule
NAPI polls without registering a full blown interface. This is to be
used by drivers that need to tie several hardware interfaces to a single
NAPI poll scheduler due to HW limitations.
It also updates the ibm_newemac driver to use that, this fixing the
oops on 2.6.29 due to passing NULL as "dev" to netif_napi_add()
Symbol is exported GPL only a I don't think we want binary drivers doing
that sort of acrobatics (if we want them at all).
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <Geert.Uytterhoeven@sonycom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we get a GSO packet from an untrusted source, we need to
ensure that it is sufficiently long so that we don't end up
crashing.
Based on discovery and patch by Ian Campbell.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an skb with page frags is merged into an existing one, we
cannibalise its reference count. This is OK when the skb is
reused because we set nr_frags to zero in that case. However,
for the case where the skb is freed through kfree_skb, we didn't
clear nr_frags which causes the page to be freed prematurely.
This is fixed by moving the skb resetting into skb_gro_receive.
Reported-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As GRO cannot be applied to packets with frag_list we need to
make sure that we reject such packets if they are fed to us,
e.g., through a tunnel device.
Also there is no point in applying GRO on GSO packets so they
too should be rejected. This allows GRO to be used in virtio-net
which may produce GSO packets directly but may still benefit
from GRO if the other end of it doesn't support GSO.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a fib6 table dump is prematurely ended, we won't unlink
its walker from the list. This causes all sorts of grief for
other users of the list later.
Reported-by: Chris Caputo <ccaputo@alt.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As spotted by Willy Tarreau, current splice() from tcp socket to pipe is not
optimal. It processes at most one segment per call.
This results in low performance and very high overhead due to syscall rate
when splicing from interfaces which do not support LRO.
Willy provided a patch inside tcp_splice_read(), but a better fix
is to let tcp_read_sock() process as many segments as possible, so
that tcp_rcv_space_adjust() and tcp_cleanup_rbuf() are called less
often.
With this change, splice() behaves like tcp_recvmsg(), being able
to consume many skbs in one system call. With typical 1460 bytes
of payload per frame, that means splice(SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK) can return
16*1460 = 23360 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/mac80211/ht.c: In function ‘ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session’:
net/mac80211/ht.c:472: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently htb_do_events() breaks events recounting for a level after 2
jiffies, but there is no reason to repeat this for next levels and
increase delays even more (with softirqs disabled). htb_dequeue_tree()
can add to this too, btw. In such a case q->now time is invalid anyway.
Thanks to Patrick McHardy for spotting an error around earlier version
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next event time should consider jiffies used for recounting. Otherwise
qdisc_watchdog_schedule() triggers hrtimer immediately with the event
in the past, and may cause very high ksoftirqd cpu usage (if highres
is on).
There is also removed checking "event" for zero in htb_dequeue(): it's
always true in this place.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netfilter: xt_time: print timezone for user information
Let users have a way to figure out if their distro set the kernel
timezone at all.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_conntrack_alloc cannot return NULL, so there is no need to check for
NULL before using the value. I have also removed the initialization of ct
to NULL in nf_conntrack_alloc, since the value is never used, and since
perhaps it might lead one to think that return ct at the end might return
NULL.
The semantic patch that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@match exists@
expression x, E;
position p1,p2;
statement S1, S2;
@@
x@p1 = nf_conntrack_alloc(...)
... when != x = E
(
if (x@p2 == NULL || ...) S1 else S2
|
if (x@p2 == NULL && ...) S1 else S2
)
@other_match exists@
expression match.x, E1, E2;
position p1!=match.p1,match.p2;
@@
x@p1 = E1
... when != x = E2
x@p2
@ script:python depends on !other_match@
p1 << match.p1;
p2 << match.p2;
@@
print "%s: call to nf_conntrack_alloc %s bad test %s" % (p1[0].file,p1[0].line,p2[0].line)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An old bug crept back into the ICMP/ICMPv6 conntrack protocols: the timeout
values are defined as unsigned longs, the sysctl's maxsize is set to
sizeof(unsigned int). Use unsigned int for the timeout values as in the
other conntrack protocols.
Reported-by: Jean-Mickael Guerin <jean-mickael.guerin@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8cc784ee (netfilter: change return types of match functions
for ebtables extensions) broke ebtables matches by inverting the
sense of match/nomatch.
Reported-by: Matt Cross <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 55b69e91 (netfilter: implement NFPROTO_UNSPEC as a wildcard
for extensions) broke revision probing for matches and targets that
are registered with NFPROTO_UNSPEC.
Fix by continuing the search on the NFPROTO_UNSPEC list if nothing
is found on the af-specific lists.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPPOE/VLAN processing code in the bridge netfilter is broken
by design. The VLAN tag and the PPPOE session ID are an integral
part of the packet flow information, yet they're completely
ignored by the bridge netfilter. This is potentially a security
hole as it treats all VLANs and PPPOE sessions as the same.
What's more, it's actually broken for PPPOE as the bridge netfilter
tries to trim the packets to the IP length without adjusting the
PPPOE header (and adjusting the PPPOE header isn't much better
since the PPPOE peer may require the padding to be present).
Therefore we should disable this by default.
It does mean that people relying on this feature may lose networking
depending on how their bridge netfilter rules are configured.
However, IMHO the problems this code causes are serious enough to
warrant this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge FORWARD/POST_ROUTING chains treats all
non-IPv4 packets as IPv6. This packet fixes that by returning
NF_ACCEPT on non-IP packets instead, just as is done in PRE_ROUTING.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't spam logs for locally generated short packets. these can only
be generated by root.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a panic that might occur, if the device is part of a mesh
and tries to send with a higher rate index than "0".
kernel BUG at net/mac80211/rate.c:239!
invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP
[...]
Call Trace:
<IRQ> <0> ? invoke_tx_handlers+0x474/0xb57 [mac80211]
? __ieee80211_tx_prepare+0x260/0x2a8 [mac80211]
? ieee80211_master_start_xmit+0x300/0x43a [mac80211]
? __qdisc_run+0xde/0x1da
? net_tx_action+0xb4/0x102
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changing mode on an interface is not allowed if IBSS is disabled for the
current channel. That restriction should only apply when switching to
the ad-hoc mode, as it was prior to "cfg80211: handle SIOCGIWMODE/SIOCSIWMODE".
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes the following WARNING (caused by rix_to_ndx): "
>WARNING: at net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel.c:69 minstrel_rate_init+0xd2/0x33a [mac80211]()
>[...]
>Call Trace:
> warn_on_slowpath+0x51/0x75
> _format_mac_addr+0x4c/0x88
> minstrel_rate_init+0xd2/0x33a [mac80211]
> print_mac+0x16/0x1b
> schedule_hrtimeout_range+0xdc/0x107
> ieee80211_add_station+0x158/0x1bd [mac80211]
> nl80211_new_station+0x1b3/0x20b [cfg80211]
The reason is that I'm experimenting with "g" only mode on a 802.11 b/g card.
Therefore rate_lowest_index returns 4 (= 6Mbit, instead of usual 0 = 1Mbit).
Since mi->r array is initialized with zeros in minstrel_alloc_sta,
rix_to_ndx has a hard time to find the 6Mbit entry and will trigged the WARNING.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The recent dmaengine rework removed the capability to remove dma device
driver modules while net_dma is active. Rather than notify
dmaengine-clients that channels are trying to be removed, we now rely on
clients to notify dmaengine when they no longer have a need for
channels. Teach net_dma to release channels by taking dmaengine
references at netdevice open and dropping references at netdevice close.
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to Wei and Arnaldo for pointing out the correct
new reference for CCID-3.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed the __exit annotation of tfrc_lib_exit(), in order to suppress the following section mismatch messages:
WARNING: net/dccp/dccp.o(.text+0xd9): Section mismatch in reference from the function ccid_cleanup_builtins() to the function .exit.text:tfrc_lib_exit()
The function ccid_cleanup_builtins() references a function in an exit section.
Often the function tfrc_lib_exit() has valid usage outside the exit section
and the fix is to remove the __exit annotation of tfrc_lib_exit.
WARNING: net/dccp/dccp.o(.init.text+0x48): Section mismatch in reference from the function ccid_initialize_builtins() to the function .exit.text:tfrc_lib_exit()
The function __init ccid_initialize_builtins() references
a function __exit tfrc_lib_exit().
This is often seen when error handling in the init function
uses functionality in the exit path.
The fix is often to remove the __exit annotation of
tfrc_lib_exit() so it may be used outside an exit section.
Signed-off-by: Leonardo Potenza <lpotenza@inwind.it>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In each case, if the NULL test is necessary, then the dereference should be
moved below the NULL test.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
expression E;
identifier i,fld;
statement S;
@@
- T i = E->fld;
+ T i;
... when != E
when != i
if (E == NULL) S
+ i = E->fld;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ARRAY_SIZE is more concise to use when the size of an array is divided by
the size of its type or the size of its first element.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@i@
@@
#include <linux/kernel.h>
@depends on i using "paren.iso"@
type T;
T[] E;
@@
- (sizeof(E)/sizeof(T))
+ ARRAY_SIZE(E)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I made ipcomp use frags, I forgot to take out the original
truesize update that was added for pskb_expand_head. As we no
longer expand the head of skb, that update should have been removed.
This bug is not related to the truesize warnings since we only
made it bigger than what it should've been.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx: (22 commits)
ioat: fix self test for multi-channel case
dmaengine: bump initcall level to arch_initcall
dmaengine: advertise all channels on a device to dma_filter_fn
dmaengine: use idr for registering dma device numbers
dmaengine: add a release for dma class devices and dependent infrastructure
ioat: do not perform removal actions at shutdown
iop-adma: enable module removal
iop-adma: kill debug BUG_ON
iop-adma: let devm do its job, don't duplicate free
dmaengine: kill enum dma_state_client
dmaengine: remove 'bigref' infrastructure
dmaengine: kill struct dma_client and supporting infrastructure
dmaengine: replace dma_async_client_register with dmaengine_get
atmel-mci: convert to dma_request_channel and down-level dma_slave
dmatest: convert to dma_request_channel
dmaengine: introduce dma_request_channel and private channels
net_dma: convert to dma_find_channel
dmaengine: provide a common 'issue_pending_all' implementation
dmaengine: centralize channel allocation, introduce dma_find_channel
dmaengine: up-level reference counting to the module level
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (84 commits)
wimax: fix kernel-doc for debufs_dentry member of struct wimax_dev
net: convert pegasus driver to net_device_ops
bnx2x: Prevent eeprom set when driver is down
net: switch kaweth driver to netdevops
pcnet32: round off carrier watch timer
i2400m/usb: wrap USB power saving in #ifdef CONFIG_PM
wimax: testing for rfkill support should also test for CONFIG_RFKILL_MODULE
wimax: fix kconfig interactions with rfkill and input layers
wimax: fix '#ifndef CONFIG_BUG' layout to avoid warning
r6040: bump release number to 0.20
r6040: warn about MAC address being unset
r6040: check PHY status when bringing interface up
r6040: make printks consistent with DRV_NAME
gianfar: Fixup use of BUS_ID_SIZE
mlx4_en: Returning real Max in get_ringparam
mlx4_en: Consider inline packets on completion
netdev: bfin_mac: enable bfin_mac net dev driver for BF51x
qeth: convert to net_device_ops
vlan: add neigh_setup
dm9601: warn on invalid mac address
...
Current WiMAX rfkill code is missing the case where rfkill is compiled
in as modules and works only when rfkill is compiled in. This is not
correct. Fixed to test for CONFIG_RFKILL or CONFIG_RKILL_MODULE.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WiMAX can work without RFKILL, but it was missing a check to make sure
RFKILL is not being made a module with wimax compiled into the
kernel. This caused failed builds in s390, where CONFIG_INPUT is
always off.
When RFKILL is enabled, the code uses the input layer to report
hardware switch changes; thus, if RFKILL is enabled, INPUT has to be
too. It also needs to display some message when INPUT is disabled that
explains why WiMAX is not selectable.
(issues found by Randy Dunlap in the linux-next tree).
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported by Randy Dunlap:
> Also, this warning needs to be fixed:
>
> linux-next-20090106/net/wimax/id-table.c:133: warning: ISO C90
> forbids mixed declarations and code
Move the return on #defined(CONFIG_BUG) below the variable
declarations so it doesn't violate ISO C90.
On wimax_id_table_release() we want to do a debug check if CONFIG_BUG
is enabled. However, we also want the debug code to be always compiled
to ensure there is no bitrot. It will be optimized out by the compiler
when CONFIG_BUG is disabled.
Added a note to the function header stating this.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the real device has a neigh_setup function, this
neigh_setup function should be used for the vlan device.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for TCP over IPv6. The code is exactly
the same as the IPv4 version except for the pseudo-header checksum
computation.
Note that I've removed the unused tcphdr argument from tcp_v6_check
rather than invent a bogus value for GRO.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv6. IPv6 GRO supports extension
headers in the same way as GSO (by using the same infrastructure).
It's also simpler compared to IPv4 since we no longer have to worry
about fragmentation attributes or header checksums.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I review ocfs2 code, find there are 2 typos to "successfull". After
doing grep "successfull " in kernel tree, 22 typos found totally -- great
minds always think alike :)
This patch fixes all the similar typos. Thanks for Randy's ack and comments.
Signed-off-by: Coly Li <coyli@suse.de>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Jeremy Kerr <jk@ozlabs.org>
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Convert to net_device_ops and use internal net_device_stats in bnep
device.
Note: no need for bnep_net_ioctl since if ioctl is not set, then
dev_ifsioc handles it by returning -EOPNOTSUPP
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.29' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (67 commits)
nfsd: get rid of NFSD_VERSION
nfsd: last_byte_offset
nfsd: delete wrong file comment from nfsd/nfs4xdr.c
nfsd: git rid of nfs4_cb_null_ops declaration
nfsd: dprint each op status in nfsd4_proc_compound
nfsd: add etoosmall to nfserrno
NFSD: FIDs need to take precedence over UUIDs
SUNRPC: The sunrpc server code should not be used by out-of-tree modules
svc: Clean up deferred requests on transport destruction
nfsd: fix double-locks of directory mutex
svc: Move kfree of deferral record to common code
CRED: Fix NFSD regression
NLM: Clean up flow of control in make_socks() function
NLM: Refactor make_socks() function
nfsd: Ensure nfsv4 calls the underlying filesystem on LOCKT
SUNRPC: Ensure the server closes sockets in a timely fashion
NFSD: Add documenting comments for nfsctl interface
NFSD: Replace open-coded integer with macro
NFSD: Fix a handful of coding style issues in write_filehandle()
NFSD: clean up failover sysctl function naming
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb-2.6: (123 commits)
wimax/i2400m: add CREDITS and MAINTAINERS entries
wimax: export linux/wimax.h and linux/wimax/i2400m.h with headers_install
i2400m: Makefile and Kconfig
i2400m/SDIO: TX and RX path backends
i2400m/SDIO: firmware upload backend
i2400m/SDIO: probe/disconnect, dev init/shutdown and reset backends
i2400m/SDIO: header for the SDIO subdriver
i2400m/USB: TX and RX path backends
i2400m/USB: firmware upload backend
i2400m/USB: probe/disconnect, dev init/shutdown and reset backends
i2400m/USB: header for the USB bus driver
i2400m: debugfs controls
i2400m: various functions for device management
i2400m: RX and TX data/control paths
i2400m: firmware loading and bootrom initialization
i2400m: linkage to the networking stack
i2400m: Generic probe/disconnect, reset and message passing
i2400m: host/device procotol and core driver definitions
i2400m: documentation and instructions for usage
wimax: Makefile, Kconfig and docbook linkage for the stack
...
A race between svc_revisit and svc_delete_xprt can result in
deferred requests holding references on a transport that can never be
recovered because dead transports are not enqueued for subsequent
processing.
Check for XPT_DEAD in revisit to clean up completing deferrals on a dead
transport and sweep a transport's deferred queue to do the same for queued
but unprocessed deferrals.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The rqstp structure has a pointer to a svc_deferred_req record
that is allocated when requests are deferred. This record is common
to all transports and can be freed in common code.
Move the kfree of the rq_deferred to the common svc_xprt_release
function.
This also fixes a memory leak in the RDMA transport which does not
kfree the dr structure in it's version of the xpo_release_rqst callback.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (24 commits)
trivial: chack -> check typo fix in main Makefile
trivial: Add a space (and a comma) to a printk in 8250 driver
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in docs for ncr53c8xx/sym53c8xx
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in powerpc Makefile
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in usb.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in qla1280.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in a100u2w.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in megaraid.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in ql4_mbx.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in acpi_memhotplug.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in ipw2100.c
trivial: Fix misspelling of "firmware" in atmel.c
trivial: Fix misspelled firmware in Kconfig
trivial: fix an -> a typos in documentation and comments
trivial: fix then -> than typos in comments and documentation
trivial: update Jesper Juhl CREDITS entry with new email
trivial: fix singal -> signal typo
trivial: Fix incorrect use of "loose" in event.c
trivial: printk: fix indentation of new_text_line declaration
trivial: rtc-stk17ta8: fix sparse warning
...
This patch provides Makefile and KConfig for the WiMAX stack,
integrating them into the networking stack's Makefile, Kconfig and
doc-book templates.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Implements the three basic operations provided by the stack's control
interface to WiMAX devices:
- Messaging channel between user space and driver/device
This implements a direct communication channel between user space
and the driver/device, by which free form messages can be sent back
and forth.
This is intended for device-specific features, vendor quirks, etc.
- RF-kill framework integration
Provide most of the RF-Kill integration for WiMAX drivers so that
all device drivers have to do is after wimax_dev_add() is call
wimax_report_rfkill_{hw,sw}() to update initial state and then every
time it changes.
Provides wimax_rfkill() for the kernel to call to set software
RF-Kill status and/or query current hardware and software switch
status.
Exports wimax_rfkill() over generic netlink to user space.
- Reset a WiMAX device
Provides wimax_reset() for the kernel to reset a wimax device as
needed and exports it over generic netlink to user space.
This API is clearly limited, as it still provides no way to do the
basic scan, connect and disconnect in a hardware independent way. The
WiMAX case is more complex than WiFi due to the way networks are
discovered and provisioned.
The next developments are to add the basic operations so they can be
offerent by different drivers. However, we'd like to get more vendors
to jump in and provide feedback of how the user/kernel API/abstraction
layer should be.
The user space code for the i2400m, as of now, uses the messaging
channel, but that will change as the API evolves.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add an EXPORT_SYMBOL() to genl_unregister_mc_group(), to allow
unregistering groups on the run. EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() is not used as
the rest of the functions exported by this module (eg:
genl_register_mc_group) are also not _GPL().
Cleanup is currently done when unregistering a family, but there is
no way to unregister a single multicast group due to that function not
being exported. Seems to be a mistake as it is documented as for
external consumption.
This is needed by the WiMAX stack to be able to cleanup unused mc
groups.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Implements the basic life cycles of a 'struct wimax_dev', some common
generic netlink functionality for marshalling calls to user space,
and the device state machine.
For looking up net devices based on their generic netlink family IDs,
use a low overhead method that optimizes for the case where most
systems have a single WiMAX device, or at most, a very low number of
WiMAX adaptors.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This file contains a simple debug framework that is used in the stack;
it allows the debug level to be controlled at compile-time (so the
debug code is optimized out) and at run-time (for what wasn't compiled
out).
This is eventually going to be moved to use dynamic_printk(). Just
need to find time to do it.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This file contains declarations and definitions used by the different
submodules of the stack.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6:
CRED: Fix regression in cap_capable() as shown up by sys_faccessat() [ver #3]
Revert "CRED: Fix regression in cap_capable() as shown up by sys_faccessat() [ver #2]"
SELinux: shrink sizeof av_inhert selinux_class_perm and context
CRED: Fix regression in cap_capable() as shown up by sys_faccessat() [ver #2]
keys: fix sparse warning by adding __user annotation to cast
smack: Add support for unlabeled network hosts and networks
selinux: Deprecate and schedule the removal of the the compat_net functionality
netlabel: Update kernel configuration API
Convert this driver to use net_device_ops
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AF_CAN core delivered always cloned sk_buffs to the AF_CAN
protocols, although this was _only_ needed by the can-raw protocol.
With this (additionally documented) change, the AF_CAN core calls the
callback functions of the registered AF_CAN protocols with the original
(uncloned) sk_buff pointer and let's the can-raw protocol do the
skb_clone() itself which omits all unneeded skb_clone() calls for other
AF_CAN protocols.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Urs Thuermann <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO interfaces for hardware-assisted VLAN reception.
With this in place we're now at parity with LRO as far as the
interface is concerned. That is, you can now take any LRO driver
and convert it over to GRO.
As the CB memory clashes with GRO's use of CB, I've removed it
entirely by storing dev in skb->dev. This is OK because VLAN
gets called first thing in netif_receive_skb and skb->dev is
not used in between us calling netif_rx and netif_receive_skb
getting called.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously GRO's only entry point from the outside is through
napi_gro_receive and napi_gro_frags. These interfaces are for
device drivers.
This patch rearranges things to provide a new set of interfaces
for VLANs. These interfaces are for internal use only. The
VLAN code itself can then provide a set of entry points for
device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users have been converted to either the general-purpose allocator,
dma_find_channel, or dma_request_channel.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Now that clients no longer need to be notified of channel arrival
dma_async_client_register can simply increment the dmaengine_ref_count.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Use the general-purpose channel allocation provided by dmaengine.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
async_tx and net_dma each have open-coded versions of issue_pending_all,
so provide a common routine in dmaengine.
The implementation needs to walk the global device list, so implement
rcu to allow dma_issue_pending_all to run lockless. Clients protect
themselves from channel removal events by holding a dmaengine reference.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Simply, if a client wants any dmaengine channel then prevent all dmaengine
modules from being removed. Once the clients are done re-enable module
removal.
Why?, beyond reducing complication:
1/ Tracking reference counts per-transaction in an efficient manner, as
is currently done, requires a complicated scheme to avoid cache-line
bouncing effects.
2/ Per-transaction ref-counting gives the false impression that a
dma-driver can be gracefully removed ahead of its user (net, md, or
dma-slave)
3/ None of the in-tree dma-drivers talk to hot pluggable hardware, but
if such an engine were built one day we still would not need to notify
clients of remove events. The driver can simply return NULL to a
->prep() request, something that is much easier for a client to handle.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
We want to ensure that connected sockets close down the connection when we
set XPT_CLOSE, so that we don't keep it hanging while cleaning up all the
stuff that is keeping a reference to the socket.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
svc_check_conn_limits() attempts to prevent denial of service attacks
by having the service close old connections once it reaches a
threshold. This threshold is based on the number of threads in the
service:
(serv->sv_nrthreads + 3) * 20
Once we reach this, we drop the oldest connections and a printk pops
to warn the admin that they should increase the number of threads.
Increasing the number of threads isn't an option however for services
like lockd. We don't want to eliminate this check entirely for such
services but we need some way to increase this limit.
This patch adds a sv_maxconn field to the svc_serv struct. When it's
set to 0, we use the current method to calculate the max number of
connections. RPC services can then set this on an as-needed basis.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (44 commits)
qlge: Fix sparse warnings for tx ring indexes.
qlge: Fix sparse warning regarding rx buffer queues.
qlge: Fix sparse endian warning in ql_hw_csum_setup().
qlge: Fix sparse endian warning for inbound packet control block flags.
qlge: Fix sparse warnings for byte swapping in qlge_ethool.c
myri10ge: print MAC and serial number on probe failure
pkt_sched: cls_u32: Fix locking in u32_change()
iucv: fix cpu hotplug
af_iucv: Free iucv path/socket in path_pending callback
af_iucv: avoid left over IUCV connections from failing connects
af_iucv: New error return codes for connect()
net/ehea: bitops work on unsigned longs
Revert "net: Fix for initial link state in 2.6.28"
tcp: Kill extraneous SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK checks.
tcp: don't mask EOF and socket errors on nonblocking splice receive
dccp: Integrate the TFRC library with DCCP
dccp: Clean up ccid.c after integration of CCID plugins
dccp: Lockless integration of CCID congestion-control plugins
qeth: get rid of extra argument after printk to dev_* conversion
qeth: No large send using EDDP for HiperSockets.
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
inotify: fix type errors in interfaces
fix breakage in reiserfs_new_inode()
fix the treatment of jfs special inodes
vfs: remove duplicate code in get_fs_type()
add a vfs_fsync helper
sys_execve and sys_uselib do not call into fsnotify
zero i_uid/i_gid on inode allocation
inode->i_op is never NULL
ntfs: don't NULL i_op
isofs check for NULL ->i_op in root directory is dead code
affs: do not zero ->i_op
kill suid bit only for regular files
vfs: lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR) race condition
New nodes are inserted in u32_change() under rtnl_lock() with wmb(),
so without tcf_tree_lock() like in other classifiers (e.g. cls_fw).
This isn't enough without rmb() on the read side, but on the other
hand adding such barriers doesn't give any savings, so the lock is
added instead.
Reported-by: m0sia <m0sia@plotinka.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the iucv module is compiled in/loaded but no user is registered cpu
hot remove doesn't work. Reason for that is that the iucv cpu hotplug
notifier on CPU_DOWN_PREPARE checks if the iucv_buffer_cpumask would
be empty after the corresponding bit would be cleared. However the bit
was never set since iucv wasn't enable. That causes all cpu hot unplug
operations to fail in this scenario.
To fix this use iucv_path_table as an indicator wether iucv is enabled
or not.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free iucv path after iucv_path_sever() calls in iucv_callback_connreq()
(path_pending() iucv callback).
If iucv_path_accept() fails, free path and free/kill newly created socket.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For certain types of AFIUCV socket connect failures IUCV connections
are left over. Add some cleanup-statements to avoid cluttered IUCV
connections.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the iucv_path_connect() call fails then return an error code that
corresponds to the iucv_path_connect() failure condition; instead of
returning -ECONNREFUSED for any failure.
This helps to improve error handling for user space applications
(e.g. inform the user that the z/VM guest is not authorized to
connect to other guest virtual machines).
The error return codes are based on those described in connect(2).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 22604c8668.
We can't fix this issue in this way, because we now can try
to take the dev_base_lock rwlock as a writer in software interrupt
context and that is not allowed without major surgery elsewhere.
This initial link state problem needs to be solved in some other
way.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... and don't bother in callers. Don't bother with zeroing i_blocks,
while we are at it - it's already been zeroed.
i_mode is not worth the effort; it has no common default value.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
In splice TCP receive, the SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK flag is used
to compute the "timeo" value. So checking it again inside
of the main receive loop to trigger -EAGAIN processing is
entirely unnecessary.
Noticed by Jarek P. and Lennert Buytenhek.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, setting SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK on splice from a TCP socket
results in masking of EOF (RDHUP) and error conditions on the socket
by an -EAGAIN return. Move the NONBLOCK check in tcp_splice_read()
to be after the EOF and error checks to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch integrates the TFRC library, which is a dependency of CCID-3 (and
CCID-4), with the new use of CCIDs in the DCCP module.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up after integrating the CCID modules and, in addition,
* moves the if/else cases from ccid_delete() into ccid_hc_{tx,rx}_delete();
* removes the 'gfp' argument to ccid_new() - since it is always gfp_any().
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on Arnaldo's earlier patch, this patch integrates the standardised
CCID congestion control plugins (CCID-2 and CCID-3) of DCCP with dccp.ko:
* enables a faster connection path by eliminating the need to always go
through the CCID registration lock;
* updates the implementation to use only a single array whose size equals
the number of configured CCIDs instead of the maximum (256);
* since the CCIDs are now fixed array elements, synchronization is no
longer needed, simplifying use and implementation.
CCID-2 is suggested as minimum for a basic DCCP implementation (RFC 4340, 10);
CCID-3 is a standards-track CCID supported by RFC 4342 and RFC 5348.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit ca109491f6 ("hrtimer:
removing all ur callback modes") the hrtimer callbacks are processed
only in hardirq context.
This patch moves some functionality into tasklets to run in softirq
context.
Additionally some duplicated code was removed in bcm_rx_thr_flush()
and an avoidable memcpy was removed from bcm_rx_handler().
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kfree_skb instead of kfree for struct sk_buff pointers.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Eric Sesterhenn <snakebyte@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Michael Marineau <mike@marineau.org>
Commit b47300168e "Do not fire linkwatch
events until the device is registered." was made as a workaround for
drivers that call netif_carrier_off before registering the device.
Unfortunately this causes these drivers to incorrectly report their
link status as IF_OPER_UNKNOWN which can falsely set the IFF_RUNNING
flag when the interface is first brought up. This issues was
previously pointed out[1] but was dismissed saying that IFF_RUNNING is
not related to the link status. From my digging IFF_RUNNING, as
reported to userspace, is based on the link state. It is set based on
__LINK_STATE_START and IF_OPER_UP or IF_OPER_UNKNOWN. See [2], [3],
and [4]. (Whether or not the kernel has IFF_RUNNING set in flags is
not reported to user space so it may well be independent of the link,
I don't know if and when it may get set.)
The end result depends slightly depending on the driver. The the two I
tested were e1000e and b44. With e1000e if the system is booted
without a network cable attached the interface will falsely report
RUNNING when it is brought up causing NetworkManager to attempt to
start it and eventually time out. With b44 when the system is booted
with a network cable attached and brought up with dhcpcd it will time
out the first time.
The attached patch that will still set the operstate variable
correctly to IF_OPER_UP/DOWN/etc when linkwatch_fire_event is called
but then return rather than skipping the linkwatch_fire_event call
entirely as the previous fix did. (sorry it isn't inline, I don't have
a patch friendly email client at the moment)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 4dec9b807b ("rfkill: strip pointless
notifier chain") removed the only user of rfkill_led_trigger() that was not
guarded by #ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS. Therefore, move rfkill_led_trigger()
completely inside #ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS and avoid the compile time
warning:
net/rfkill/rfkill.c:59: warning: 'rfkill_led_trigger' defined but not used
Signed-off-by: Simon Holm Thøgersen <odie@cs.aau.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows GRO to merge page frags (skb_shinfo(skb)->frags)
in one skb, rather than using the less efficient frag_list.
It also adds a new interface, napi_gro_frags to allow drivers
to inject page frags directly into the stack without allocating
an skb. This is intended to be the GRO equivalent for LRO's
lro_receive_frags interface.
The existing GSO interface can already handle page frags with
or without an appended frag_list so nothing needs to be changed
there.
The merging itself is rather simple. We store any new frag entries
after the last existing entry, without checking whether the first
new entry can be merged with the last existing entry. Making this
check would actually be easy but since no existing driver can
produce contiguous frags anyway it would just be mental masturbation.
If the total number of entries would exceed the capacity of a
single skb, we simply resort to using frag_list as we do now.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow GRO packets without frag_list at all, we need to
store the MSS in the packet itself. The obvious place is gso_size.
The only thing to watch out for is if the packet ends up not being
GRO then we need to clear gso_size before pushing the packet into
the stack.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to excellent diagnosis by Eduard Guzovsky.
The core problem is that on a network with lots of active
multicast traffic, the neighbour cache can fill up. If
we try to allocate a new route and thus neighbour cache
entry, the bog-standard GC attempt the neighbour layer does
in ineffective because route entries hold a reference
to the existing neighbour entries and GC can only liberate
entries with no references.
IPV4 already has a way to handle this, by doing a route cache
GC in such situations (when neigh attach returns -ENOBUFS).
So simply mimick this on the ipv6 side.
Tested-by: Eduard Guzovsky <eguzovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roel Kluin noted that line is unsigned so one test is unneccessary. Also
add a warning for another flaw I noticed while making this change.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add new LSM hooks for path-based checks. Call them on directory-modifying
operations at the points where we still know the vfsmount involved.
Signed-off-by: Kentaro Takeda <takedakn@nttdata.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Toshiharu Harada <haradats@nttdata.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Update the NetLabel kernel API to expose the new features added in kernel
releases 2.6.25 and 2.6.28: the static/fallback label functionality and network
address based selectors.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
* git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (70 commits)
fs/nfs/nfs4proc.c: make nfs4_map_errors() static
rpc: add service field to new upcall
rpc: add target field to new upcall
nfsd: support callbacks with gss flavors
rpc: allow gss callbacks to client
rpc: pass target name down to rpc level on callbacks
nfsd: pass client principal name in rsc downcall
rpc: implement new upcall
rpc: store pointer to pipe inode in gss upcall message
rpc: use count of pipe openers to wait for first open
rpc: track number of users of the gss upcall pipe
rpc: call release_pipe only on last close
rpc: add an rpc_pipe_open method
rpc: minor gss_alloc_msg cleanup
rpc: factor out warning code from gss_pipe_destroy_msg
rpc: remove unnecessary assignment
NFS: remove unused status from encode routines
NFS: increment number of operations in each encode routine
NFS: fix comment placement in nfs4xdr.c
NFS: fix tabs in nfs4xdr.c
...
When we converted the protocol atomic counters such as the orphan
count and the total socket count deadlocks were introduced due to
the mismatch in BH status of the spots that used the percpu counter
operations.
Based on the diagnosis and patch by Peter Zijlstra, this patch
fixes these issues by disabling BH where we may be in process
context.
Reported-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In future all cpumask ops will only be valid (in general) for bit
numbers < nr_cpu_ids. So use that instead of NR_CPUS in iterators
and other comparisons.
This is always safe: no cpu number can be >= nr_cpu_ids, and
nr_cpu_ids is initialized to NR_CPUS at boot.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_cgroup can't be compiled as a module, since it's not supported by
cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- It's better to use container_of() instead of casting cgroup_subsys_state *
to cgroup_cls_state *.
- Add helper function task_cls_state().
- Rename net_cls_state() to cgrp_cls_state().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing a cgroup, an oops was triggered immediately. The cause
is wrong kfree() in cgrp_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During network namespace teardown we either move or delete
all of the network devices associated with a network namespace.
In the case of veth devices deleting one will also delete it's
pair device. If both devices are in the same network namespace
then for_each_netdev_safe is insufficient as next may point
to the second veth device we have deleted.
To avoid problems I do what we do in __rtnl_kill_links and
restart the scan of the device list, after we have deleted
a device.
Currently dev_change_netnamespace does not appear to suffer from
this problem, but wireless devices are also paired and likely
should be moved between network namespaces together. So I have
errored on the side of caution and restart the scan of the network
devices in that case as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1429 commits)
net: Allow dependancies of FDDI & Tokenring to be modular.
igb: Fix build warning when DCA is disabled.
net: Fix warning fallout from recent NAPI interface changes.
gro: Fix potential use after free
sfc: If AN is enabled, always read speed/duplex from the AN advertising bits
sfc: When disabling the NIC, close the device rather than unregistering it
sfc: SFT9001: Add cable diagnostics
sfc: Add support for multiple PHY self-tests
sfc: Merge top-level functions for self-tests
sfc: Clean up PHY mode management in loopback self-test
sfc: Fix unreliable link detection in some loopback modes
sfc: Generate unique names for per-NIC workqueues
802.3ad: use standard ethhdr instead of ad_header
802.3ad: generalize out mac address initializer
802.3ad: initialize ports LACPDU from const initializer
802.3ad: remove typedef around ad_system
802.3ad: turn ports is_individual into a bool
802.3ad: turn ports is_enabled into a bool
802.3ad: make ntt bool
ixgbe: Fix set_ringparam in ixgbe to use the same memory pools.
...
Fixed trivial IPv4/6 address printing conflicts in fs/cifs/connect.c due
to the conversion to %pI (in this networking merge) and the addition of
doing IPv6 addresses (from the earlier merge of CIFS).
The initial skb may have been freed after napi_gro_complete in
napi_gro_receive if it was merged into an existing packet. Thus
we cannot check same_flow (which indicates whether it was merged)
after calling napi_gro_complete.
This patch fixes this by saving the same_flow status before the
call to napi_gro_complete.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent GRO patches introduced the NAPI removal of devices in
free_netdev. For drivers that can change the number of queues during
driver operation, the NAPI infrastructure doesn't allow the freeing and
re-addition of NAPI entities without reloading the driver.
This change reinitializes the dev_list in each NAPI struct on delete,
instead of just deleting it (and assigning the list pointers to POISON).
Drivers that wish to remove/re-add NAPI will need to re-initialize the
netdev napi_list after removing all NAPI instances, before re-adding NAPI
devices again.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes a useless ret variable from the IPv4 ESP/UDP
decapsulation code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atif is tested for being NULL twice, with the same effect in each case. I
have kept the second test, as it seems to fit well with the comment above it.
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this change is as
follows: (http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@r exists@
local idexpression x;
expression E;
position p1,p2;
@@
if (x@p1 == NULL || ...) { ... when forall
return ...; }
... when != \(x=E\|x--\|x++\|--x\|++x\|x-=E\|x+=E\|x|=E\|x&=E\|&x\)
(
x@p2 == NULL
|
x@p2 != NULL
)
// another path to the test that is not through p1?
@s exists@
local idexpression r.x;
position r.p1,r.p2;
@@
... when != x@p1
(
x@p2 == NULL
|
x@p2 != NULL
)
@fix depends on !s@
position r.p1,r.p2;
expression x,E;
statement S1,S2;
@@
(
- if ((x@p2 != NULL) || ...)
S1
|
- if ((x@p2 == NULL) && ...) S1
|
- BUG_ON(x@p2 == NULL);
)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our TCP stack does not set the urgent flag if the urgent pointer
does not fit in 16 bits, i.e., if it is more than 64K from the
sequence number of a packet.
This behaviour is different from the BSDs, and clearly contradicts
the purpose of urgent mode, which is to send the notification
(though not necessarily the associated data) as soon as possible.
Our current behaviour may in fact delay the urgent notification
indefinitely if the receiver window does not open up.
Simply matching BSD however may break legacy applications which
incorrectly rely on the out-of-band delivery of urgent data, and
conversely the in-band delivery of non-urgent data.
Alexey Kuznetsov suggested a safe solution of following BSD only
if the urgent pointer itself has not yet been transmitted. This
way we guarantee that when the remote end sees the packet with
non-urgent data marked as urgent due to wrap-around we would have
advanced the urgent pointer beyond, either to the actual urgent
data or to an as-yet untransmitted packet.
The only potential downside is that applications on the remote
end may see multiple SIGURG notifications. However, this would
occur anyway with other TCP stacks. More importantly, the outcome
of such a duplicate notification is likely to be harmless since
the signal itself does not carry any information other than the
fact that we're in urgent mode.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The latest ietf socket extensions API draft said:
8.1.21. Set or Get the SCTP Partial Delivery Point
Note also that the call will fail if the user attempts to set
this value larger than the socket receive buffer size.
This patch add this validity check for SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_POINT
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If FWD-TSN chunk is received with bad stream ID, the sctp will not do the
validity check, this may cause memory overflow when overwrite the TSN of
the stream ID.
The FORWARD-TSN chunk is like this:
FORWARD-TSN chunk
Type = 192
Flags = 0
Length = 172
NewTSN = 99
Stream = 10000
StreamSequence = 0xFFFF
This patch fix this problem by discard the chunk if stream ID is not
less than MIS.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER of the latest ietf socket
extensions API draft.
8.2.5. Get the Current Number of Associations (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER)
This option gets the current number of associations that are attached
to a one-to-many style socket. The option value is an uint32_t.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just fix a typo in socket.c.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Brings maxseg socket option set/get into line with the latest ietf socket
extensions API draft, while maintaining backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 656299f706
(vlan: convert to net_device_ops) added a net_device_ops
with a NULL ndo_start_xmit field.
This gives a crash in dev_hard_start_xmit()
Fix it using two net_device_ops structures, one for hwaccel vlan,
one for non hwaccel vlan.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the followinf proc entries per-netns:
/proc/net/igmp
/proc/net/mcfilter
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like everything is already ready.
Required for ebtables(8) for one thing.
Also, required for ipmr per-netns (coming soon). (Benjamin)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a locking free version of iucv_message_receive and iucv_message_send
that do not call local_bh_enable in a spin_lock_(bh|irqsave)() context.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This patch extends the new upcall with a "service" field that currently
can have 2 values: "*" or "nfs". These values specify matching rules for
principals in the keytab file. The "*" means that gssd is allowed to use
"root", "nfs", or "host" keytab entries while the other option requires
"nfs".
Restricting gssd to use the "nfs" principal is needed for when the
server performs a callback to the client. The server in this case has
to authenticate itself as an "nfs" principal.
We also need "service" field to distiguish between two client-side cases
both currently using a uid of 0: the case of regular file access by the
root user, and the case of state-management calls (such as setclientid)
which should use a keytab for authentication. (And the upcall should
fail if an appropriate principal can't be found.)
Signed-off: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch extends the new upcall by adding a "target" field
communicating who we want to authenticate to (equivalently, the service
principal that we want to acquire a ticket for).
Signed-off: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch adds server-side support for callbacks other than AUTH_SYS.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch adds client-side support to allow for callbacks other than
AUTH_SYS.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The rpc client needs to know the principal that the setclientid was done
as, so it can tell gssd who to authenticate to.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Two principals are involved in krb5 authentication: the target, who we
authenticate *to* (normally the name of the server, like
nfs/server.citi.umich.edu@CITI.UMICH.EDU), and the source, we we
authenticate *as* (normally a user, like bfields@UMICH.EDU)
In the case of NFSv4 callbacks, the target of the callback should be the
source of the client's setclientid call, and the source should be the
nfs server's own principal.
Therefore we allow svcgssd to pass down the name of the principal that
just authenticated, so that on setclientid we can store that principal
name with the new client, to be used later on callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Implement the new upcall. We decide which version of the upcall gssd
will use (new or old), by creating both pipes (the new one named "gssd",
the old one named after the mechanism (e.g., "krb5")), and then waiting
to see which version gssd actually opens.
We don't permit pipes of the two different types to be opened at once.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Keep a pointer to the inode that the message is queued on in the struct
gss_upcall_msg. This will be convenient, especially after we have a
choice of two pipes that an upcall could be queued on.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Introduce a global variable pipe_version which will eventually be used
to keep track of which version of the upcall gssd is using.
For now, though, it only keeps track of whether any pipe is open or not;
it is negative if not, zero if one is opened. We use this to wait for
the first gssd to open a pipe.
(Minor digression: note this waits only for the very first open of any
pipe, not for the first open of a pipe for a given auth; thus we still
need the RPC_PIPE_WAIT_FOR_OPEN behavior to wait for gssd to open new
pipes that pop up on subsequent mounts.)
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Keep a count of the number of pipes open plus the number of messages on
a pipe. This count isn't used yet.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
I can't see any reason we need to call this until either the kernel or
the last gssd closes the pipe.
Also, this allows to guarantee that open_pipe and release_pipe are
called strictly in pairs; open_pipe on gssd's first open, release_pipe
on gssd's last close (or on the close of the kernel side of the pipe, if
that comes first).
That will make it very easy for the gss code to keep track of which
pipes gssd is using.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We want to transition to a new gssd upcall which is text-based and more
easily extensible.
To simplify upgrades, as well as testing and debugging, it will help if
we can upgrade gssd (to a version which understands the new upcall)
without having to choose at boot (or module-load) time whether we want
the new or the old upcall.
We will do this by providing two different pipes: one named, as
currently, after the mechanism (normally "krb5"), and supporting the
old upcall. One named "gssd" and supporting the new upcall version.
We allow gssd to indicate which version it supports by its choice of
which pipe to open.
As we have no interest in supporting *simultaneous* use of both
versions, we'll forbid opening both pipes at the same time.
So, add a new pipe_open callback to the rpc_pipefs api, which the gss
code can use to track which pipes have been open, and to refuse opens of
incompatible pipes.
We only need this to be called on the first open of a given pipe.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
I want to add a little more code here, so it'll be convenient to have
this flatter.
Also, I'll want to add another error condition, so it'll be more
convenient to return -ENOMEM than NULL in the error case. The only
caller is already converting NULL to -ENOMEM anyway.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We'll want to call this from elsewhere soon. And this is a bit nicer
anyway.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We're just about to kfree() gss_auth, so there's no point to setting any
of its fields.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
There's a bit of a chicken and egg problem when it comes to destroying
auth_gss credentials. When we destroy the last instance of a GSSAPI RPC
credential, we should send a NULL RPC call with a GSS procedure of
RPCSEC_GSS_DESTROY to hint to the server that it can destroy those
creds.
This isn't happening because we're setting clearing the uptodate bit on
the credentials and then setting the operations to the gss_nullops. When
we go to do the RPC call, we try to refresh the creds. That fails with
-EACCES and the call fails.
Fix this by not clearing the UPTODATE bit for the credentials and adding
a new crdestroy op for gss_nullops that just tears down the cred without
trying to destroy the context.
The only difference between this patch and the first one is the removal
of some minor formatting deltas.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Hi.
I've been looking at a bugzilla which describes a problem where
a customer was advised to use either the "noac" or "actimeo=0"
mount options to solve a consistency problem that they were
seeing in the file attributes. It turned out that this solution
did not work reliably for them because sometimes, the local
attribute cache was believed to be valid and not timed out.
(With an attribute cache timeout of 0, the cache should always
appear to be timed out.)
In looking at this situation, it appears to me that the problem
is that the attribute cache timeout code has an off-by-one
error in it. It is assuming that the cache is valid in the
region, [read_cache_jiffies, read_cache_jiffies + attrtimeo]. The
cache should be considered valid only in the region,
[read_cache_jiffies, read_cache_jiffies + attrtimeo). With this
change, the options, "noac" and "actimeo=0", work as originally
expected.
This problem was previously addressed by special casing the
attrtimeo == 0 case. However, since the problem is only an off-
by-one error, the cleaner solution is address the off-by-one
error and thus, not require the special case.
Thanx...
ps
Signed-off-by: Peter Staubach <staubach@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We've never considered the sunrpc code as part of any ABI to be used by
out-of-tree modules.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Somehow, this escaped the previous purge. There should be no need to keep
any extra locks in the XDR callbacks.
The NFS client XDR code only writes into private objects, whereas all reads
of shared objects are confined to fields that do not change, such as
filehandles...
Ditto for lockd, the NFSv2/v3 client mount code, and rpcbind.
The nfsd XDR code may require the BKL, but since it does a synchronous RPC
call from a thread that already holds the lock, that issue is moot.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
While implementing a TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag there was used an smp_wmb()
in qdisc_watchdog(), but since this flag is practically used only in
sch_netem(), and since it's not even clear what reordering is avoided
here (TCQ_F_THROTTLED vs. __QDISC_STATE_SCHED?) it seems the barrier
could be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A command like this: "brctl addif br1 eth1" issued as a user gave me
an oops when bridge module wasn't loaded. It's caused by using a dev
pointer before checking for NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some gcc versions warn that ret may be used uninitialized in
sfq_enqueue(). It's a false positive, so let's annotate this.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the Backward Congestion Notification Address (BCNA) attribute to the
Backward Congestion Notification (BCN) interface for Data Center Bridging
(DCB), which was missing. Receive the BCNA attribute in the ixgbe driver.
The BCNA attribute is for a switch to inform the endstation about the physical
port identification in order to support BCN on aggregated links.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Data Center Bridging (DCB) had no way to know if setstate had failed in the
driver. This patch enables dcb netlink code to handle the status for the DCB
setstate interface. Likewise it allows the driver to return a failed status
if MSI-X isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a preparation for the dynamic power save support. In future there are
two paths to stop the master queues and we need to track this properly to
avoid starting queues incorrectly. Implement this by adding a status
array for each queue.
The original idea and design is from Johannes Berg, I just did
the implementation based on his notes. All the bugs are mine, of course.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also disable power save when disassociated. It makes no sense to have
power save enabled while disassociated.
iwlwifi seems to have this check in the driver, but it's better to do this
in mac80211 instead.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In stress testing p54usb, the WARN_ON() in ieee80211_tasklet_handler() was
triggered; however, there is no logging of the received value for packet
type. Adding that feature will improve the warning.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a typo in ieee80211_send_assoc(), net/mac80211/mlme.c.
The error is usage of a wrong member when building
the ie80211 management frame (it should be assoc_req, and not reassoc_req).
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we do not currently report HT rates (MCS index) in radiotap
header for HT rates, we should not claim the rate is present. The rate
octet itself is used as padding in this case, so only the it_present
flag needs to be removed in case of HT rates.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a STA roams back to the same AP before the previous STA entry has
expired, a new STA entry is not added in mac80211. However, a Layer 2
Update frame still needs to be transmitted to update layer 2 devices
about the new location for the STA. Without this, switches may
continue to forward frames to the previous (now incorrect) port when
STA roams between APs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds signal strength and transmission bitrate
to the station_info of nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <rogge@fgan.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The original message was unhelpful and extremely alarming to our poor
users, despite its charm. Make it less frightening.
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel_accept() does not hold the module refcount of newsock->ops->owner,
so we need __module_get(newsock->ops->owner) code after call kernel_accept()
by hand.
In sunrpc, the module refcount is missing to hold. So this cause kernel panic.
Used following script to reproduct:
while [ 1 ];
do
mount -t nfs4 192.168.0.19:/ /mnt
touch /mnt/file
umount /mnt
lsmod | grep ipv6
done
This patch fixed the problem by add __module_get(newsock->ops->owner) to
kernel_accept(). So we do not need to used __module_get(newsock->ops->owner)
in every place when used kernel_accept().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 7035560287.
As pointed out by Mark McLoughlin IP_PKTINFO cmsg data is one
post-queueing user, so this optimization is not valid right
now.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And thus when we try to use 'ss -danemi' on these sockets that have no
ccid blocks (data collected using systemtap after I fixed the problem):
dccp_diag_get_info sk=0xffff8801220a3100, dp->dccps_hc_rx_ccid=0x0000000000000000, dp->dccps_hc_tx_ccid=0x0000000000000000
We get an OOPS:
mica.ghostprotocols.net login: BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer
dereferenc0
IP: [<ffffffffa0136082>] dccp_diag_get_info+0x82/0xc0 [dccp_diag]
PGD 12106f067 PUD 122488067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT
Fix is trivial, and 'ss -d' is working again:
[root@mica ~]# ss -danemi
State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port
LISTEN 0 0 *:5001 *:*
ino:7288 sk:220a3100ffff8801
mem:(r0,w0,f0,t0) cwnd:0 ssthresh:0
[root@mica ~]#
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GPRS TX flow control won't need to lock the underlying socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A separate xmit lock class supports GPRS over a Phonet pipe over a TUN
device (type ARPHRD_NONE).
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also leave some room for more 802.11 types.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1.When no interface is specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO ancillary data
item, the interface specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO sticky optionis
is used.
RFC3542:
6.7. Summary of Outgoing Interface Selection
This document and [RFC-3493] specify various methods that affect the
selection of the packet's outgoing interface. This subsection
summarizes the ordering among those in order to ensure deterministic
behavior.
For a given outgoing packet on a given socket, the outgoing interface
is determined in the following order:
1. if an interface is specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO ancillary data
item, the interface is used.
2. otherwise, if an interface is specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO sticky
option, the interface is used.
Signed-off-by: Yang Hongyang <yanghy@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When get receiving interface index while no message is received,
the the value seted with setsockopt() should be returned.
RFC 3542:
Issuing getsockopt() for the above options will return the sticky
option value i.e., the value set with setsockopt(). If no sticky
option value has been set getsockopt() will return the following
values:
- For the IPV6_PKTINFO option, it will return an in6_pktinfo
structure with ipi6_addr being in6addr_any and ipi6_ifindex being
zero.
Signed-off-by: Yang Hongyang <yanghy@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are three reasons for me to add this support:
1.When no interface is specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO ancillary data
item, the interface specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO sticky optionis
is used.
RFC3542:
6.7. Summary of Outgoing Interface Selection
This document and [RFC-3493] specify various methods that affect the
selection of the packet's outgoing interface. This subsection
summarizes the ordering among those in order to ensure deterministic
behavior.
For a given outgoing packet on a given socket, the outgoing interface
is determined in the following order:
1. if an interface is specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO ancillary data
item, the interface is used.
2. otherwise, if an interface is specified in an IPV6_PKTINFO sticky
option, the interface is used.
2.When no IPV6_PKTINFO ancillary data is received,getsockopt() should
return the sticky option value which set with setsockopt().
RFC 3542:
Issuing getsockopt() for the above options will return the sticky
option value i.e., the value set with setsockopt(). If no sticky
option value has been set getsockopt() will return the following
values:
3.Make the setsockopt implementation POSIX compliant.
Signed-off-by: Yang Hongyang <yanghy@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ethtool ops to enable and disable GRO. It also
makes GRO depend on RX checksum offload much the same as how TSO
depends on SG support.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TCP-specific portion of GRO. The criterion for
merging is extremely strict (the TCP header must match exactly apart
from the checksum) so as to allow refragmentation. Otherwise this
is pretty much identical to LRO, except that we support the merging
of ECN packets.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the helper skb_gro_receive to merge packets for
GRO. The current method is to allocate a new header skb and then
chain the original packets to its frag_list. This is done to
make it easier to integrate into the existing GSO framework.
In future as GSO is moved into the drivers, we can undo this and
simply chain the original packets together.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv4.
The criteria for merging is more stringent than LRO, in particular,
we require all fields in the IP header to be identical except for
the length, ID and checksum. In addition, the ID must form an
arithmetic sequence with a difference of one.
The ID requirement might seem overly strict, however, most hardware
TSO solutions already obey this rule. Linux itself also obeys this
whether GSO is in use or not.
In future we could relax this rule by storing the IDs (or rather
making sure that we don't drop them when pulling the aggregate
skb's tail).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure.
This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent.
Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in
napi_struct.
For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and
call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx.
The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive
is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or
call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives
__napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete.
Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in
order to participate in this scheme.
In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held
packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero
if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may
match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet
must not be merged with the new packet.
Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet,
the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be
merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to
the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into
the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes
it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where
the merged skb should be returned.
Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive
function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb
merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then
this shouldn't be set.
If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging,
it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush.
Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by
napi_complete and napi_rx_complete.
Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO.
The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be
expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows GSO to handle frag_list in a limited way for the
purposes of allowing packets merged by GRO to be refragmented on
output.
Most hardware won't (and aren't expected to) support handling GRO
frag_list packets directly. Therefore we will perform GSO in
software for those cases.
However, for drivers that can support it (such as virtual NICs) we
may not have to segment the packets at all.
Whether the added overhead of GRO/GSO is worthwhile for bridges
and routers when weighed against the benefit of potentially
increasing the MTU within the host is still an open question.
However, for the case of host nodes this is undoubtedly a win.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds limited support for handling frag_list packets in
skb_segment. The intention is to support GRO (Generic Receive Offload)
packets which will be constructed by chaining normal packets using
frag_list.
As such we require all frag_list members terminate on exact MSS
boundaries. This is checked using BUG_ON.
As there should only be one producer in the kernel of such packets,
namely GRO, this requirement should not be difficult to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
Phonet: keep TX queue disabled when the device is off
SCHED: netem: Correct documentation comment in code.
netfilter: update rwlock initialization for nat_table
netlabel: Compiler warning and NULL pointer dereference fix
e1000e: fix double release of mutex
IA64: HP_SIMETH needs to depend upon NET
netpoll: fix race on poll_list resulting in garbage entry
ipv6: silence log messages for locally generated multicast
sungem: improve ethtool output with internal pcs and serdes
tcp: tcp_vegas cong avoid fix
sungem: Make PCS PHY support partially work again.
dcbml_setnumtcs wasn't checking for the presence of the setnumtcs
function. Instead, it was checking for setstate which was a bug.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netem simulator is no longer limited by Linux timer resolution HZ.
Not since Patrick McHardy changed the QoS system to use hrtimer.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit e099a17357
(netfilter: netns nat: per-netns NAT table) renamed the
nat_table from __nat_table to nat_table without updating the
__RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED(__nat_table.lock).
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <srostedt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes unneeded member (skbuff) from
ieee80211_ibss_add_sta() method in its declaration (in ieee80211_i.h)
and its callers (in rx.c and mlme.c)
This patch removes unneeded member from struct ieee80211_rx_data
in ieee80211_i.h.
(Originally posted as two patches. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No users, so no reason to have it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
AP mode operations are seriously affected if mac80211 runs through a
multi-second scan while the AP is trying to send Beacon frames on the
operation channel. While this could be implemented in a way that does
not cause too many problems, it is not very simple and will require
synchronization with Beacon frame scheduling in the drivers (scan one
channel at a time between Beacon frames). Furthermore, such scanning
takes quite a bit longer time and existing userspace applications
would be likely to timeout while waiting for the results.
For now, just refuse requests for new scans (SIOCSIWSCAN) when in AP
mode. In practice, this moves the rejection from iwl* drivers into
mac80211 to make it apply to every mac80211-based driver.
This issue shows up in associated stations getting disconnected when
something (e.g., Network Manager) requests a scan while the interface
is in AP mode. When doing this continuously (e.g., NM does it every 120
seconds), the network gets close to useless.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make sure sparse checks endianness when run on mac80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the
device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error,
mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the
frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite
the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some
hardware supporting it we can add it back later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers will support this, obviously, but this forces them to
set it up properly.
(This includes the fix posted as "mac80211: fix ifmodes check" and
tested in wireless-testing by Hin-Tak and others. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Hin-Tak Leung <htl10@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix two small bugs with HT frequency setting:
* HT is accepted even when the driver is incapable
* HT40 is accepted when the driver cannot do 40 MHz
(both on the selected band)
Also simplify the code a little.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_hw_config can return an error when the hardware
has rfkill enabled. A WARN_ON() is too harsh for this
failure as it is a valid scenario. Only comment this warning
as we would like to have it back when rfkill is integrated into
mac80211.
Also reintroduce propagation of error if ieee80211_hw_config fails
in ieee80211_config_beacon.
This patch partially reverts patch:
5f0387fc3337ca26f0745f945f550f0c3734960f
"mac80211: clean up ieee80211_hw_config errors"
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix the two compiler warnings show below. Thanks to Geert Uytterhoeven for
finding and reporting the problem.
net/netlabel/netlabel_unlabeled.c:567: warning: 'entry' may be used
uninitialized in this function
net/netlabel/netlabel_unlabeled.c:629: warning: 'entry' may be used
uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch "don't call nf_log_packet in NFLOG module" make xt_NFLOG
dependant of nfnetlink_log. This patch forces the dependencies to fix
compilation in case only xt_NFLOG compilation was asked and modifies the
help message accordingly to the change.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This last patch makes the appropriate changes to use and propagate the
network namespace where needed in IPv6 multicast forwarding code.
This consists mainly in replacing all the remaining init_net occurences
with current netns pointer retrieved from sockets, net devices or
mfc6_caches depending on the routines' contexts.
Some routines receive a new 'struct net' parameter to propagate the current
netns:
* ip6mr_get_route
* ip6mr_cache_report
* ip6mr_cache_find
* ip6mr_cache_unresolved
* mif6_add/mif6_delete
* ip6mr_mfc_add/ip6mr_mfc_delete
* ip6mr_reg_vif
All the IPv6 multicast forwarding variables moved to struct netns_ipv6 by
the previous patches are now referenced in the correct namespace.
Changelog:
==========
* Take into account the net associated to mfc6_cache when matching entries in
mfc_unres_queue list.
* Call mroute_clean_tables() in ip6mr_net_exit() to free memory allocated
per-namespace.
* Call dev_net_set() in ip6mr_reg_vif() to initialize dev->nd_net
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare IPv6 multicast forwarding /proc/net entries per-namespace:
/proc/net/ip6_mr_vif
/proc/net/ip6_mr_cache
Changelog
=========
V2:
* In routine ipmr_mfc_seq_idx(), only match entries belonging to current
netns in mfc_unres_queue list.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, moves into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare IPv6 multicast forwarding variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: moves it into
struct netns_ipv6.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ip6mr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc6_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates IPv6 multicast forwarding cache, mfc6_cache_array,
and moves it to struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mfc6_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Replace 'ARRAY_SIZE(mfc6_cache_array)' with mfc6_cache_array size: MFC6_LINES.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stores into struct mfc6_cache the network namespace each
mfc6_cache belongs to. The new member is mfc6_net.
mfc6_net is assigned at cache allocation and doesn't change during
the rest of the cache entry life.
This will help to retrieve the current netns around the IPv6 multicast
forwarding code.
At the moment, all mfc6_cache are allocated in init_net.
Changelog:
==========
* Use write_pnet()/read_pnet() to set and get mfc6_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates interface table vif6_table and moves it to
struct netns_ipv6, and updates MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif6_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Make IPv6 multicast forwarding mroute6_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mroute6_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few months back a race was discused between the netpoll napi service
path, and the fast path through net_rx_action:
http://kerneltrap.org/mailarchive/linux-netdev/2007/10/16/345470
A patch was submitted for that bug, but I think we missed a case.
Consider the following scenario:
INITIAL STATE
CPU0 has one napi_struct A on its poll_list
CPU1 is calling netpoll_send_skb and needs to call poll_napi on the same
napi_struct A that CPU0 has on its list
CPU0 CPU1
net_rx_action poll_napi
!list_empty (returns true) locks poll_lock for A
poll_one_napi
napi->poll
netif_rx_complete
__napi_complete
(removes A from poll_list)
list_entry(list->next)
In the above scenario, net_rx_action assumes that the per-cpu poll_list is
exclusive to that cpu. netpoll of course violates that, and because the netpoll
path can dequeue from the poll list, its possible for CPU0 to detect a non-empty
list at the top of the while loop in net_rx_action, but have it become empty by
the time it calls list_entry. Since the poll_list isn't surrounded by any other
structure, the returned data from that list_entry call in this situation is
garbage, and any number of crashes can result based on what exactly that garbage
is.
Given that its not fasible for performance reasons to place exclusive locks
arround each cpus poll list to provide that mutal exclusion, I think the best
solution is modify the netpoll path in such a way that we continue to guarantee
that the poll_list for a cpu is in fact exclusive to that cpu. To do this I've
implemented the patch below. It adds an additional bit to the state field in
the napi_struct. When executing napi->poll from the netpoll_path, this bit will
be set. When a driver calls netif_rx_complete, if that bit is set, it will not
remove the napi_struct from the poll_list. That work will be saved for the next
iteration of net_rx_action.
I've tested this and it seems to work well. About the biggest drawback I can
see to it is the fact that it might result in an extra loop through
net_rx_action in the event that the device is actually contended for (i.e. the
netpoll path actually preforms all the needed work no the device, and the call
to net_rx_action winds up doing nothing, except removing the napi_struct from
the poll_list. However I think this is probably a small price to pay, given
that the alternative is a crash.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can skip WARN_ON() in htb_dequeue_tree() because there should be
always a similar warning from htb_lookup_leaf() earlier.
The first WARN_ON() in in htb_lookup_leaf() is changed to BUG_ON()
because most likly this should end with oops anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
htb_id_find_next_upper() is usually called to find a class with next
id after some previously removed class, so let's move a check for
equality to the end: it's the least likely here.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes minor annoyance during transmission of unsolicited
neighbor advertisements from userspace to multicast addresses (as
far as I can see in RFC, this is allowed and the similar functionality
for IPv4 has been in arping for a long time).
Outgoing multicast packets get reinserted into local processing as if they
are received from the network. The machine thus sees its own NA and fills
the logs with error messages. This patch removes the message if NA has been
generated locally.
Signed-off-by: Jan Sembera <jsembera@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Stephen Rothwell points out, we don't want 'sock' here but
rather we really do want 'sk'.
This local var is protected by all sorts of bluetooth debugging
kconfig vars, but BT_DBG() is just a straight pr_debug() call
which is unconditional.
pr_debug() evaluates it's args only if either DEBUG or
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG is defined.
Solving this inside of the BT_DBG() macro is non-trivial since
it's varargs. And these ifdefs are ugly.
So, just mark this 'sk' thing __maybe_unused and kill the ifdefs.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses a book-keeping issue in tcp_vegas.c. At present
tcp_vegas does separate book-keeping of cwnd based on packet sequence
numbers. A mismatch can develop between this book-keeping and
tp->snd_cwnd due, for example, to delayed acks acking multiple
packets. When vegas transitions to reno operation (e.g. following
loss), then this mismatch leads to incorrect behaviour (akin to a cwnd
backoff). This seems mostly to affect operation at low cwnds where
delayed acking can lead to a significant fraction of cwnd being
covered by a single ack, leading to the book-keeping mismatch. This
patch modifies the congestion avoidance update to avoid the need for
separate book-keeping while leaving vegas congestion avoidance
functionally unchanged. A secondary advantage of this modification is
that the use of fixed-point (via V_PARAM_SHIFT) and 64 bit arithmetic
is no longer necessary, simplifying the code.
Some example test measurements with the patched code (confirming no functional
change in the congestion avoidance algorithm) can be seen at:
http://www.hamilton.ie/doug/vegaspatch/
Signed-off-by: Doug Leith <doug.leith@nuim.ie>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
tproxy: fixe a possible read from an invalid location in the socket match
zd1211rw: use unaligned safe memcmp() in-place of compare_ether_addr()
mac80211: use unaligned safe memcmp() in-place of compare_ether_addr()
ipw2200: fix netif_*_queue() removal regression
iwlwifi: clean key table in iwl_clear_stations_table function
tcp: tcp_vegas ssthresh bug fix
can: omit received RTR frames for single ID filter lists
ATM: CVE-2008-5079: duplicate listen() on socket corrupts the vcc table
netx-eth: initialize per device spinlock
tcp: make urg+gso work for real this time
enc28j60: Fix sporadic packet loss (corrected again)
hysdn: fix writing outside the field on 64 bits
b1isa: fix b1isa_exit() to really remove registered capi controllers
can: Fix CAN_(EFF|RTR)_FLAG handling in can_filter
Phonet: do not dump addresses from other namespaces
netlabel: Fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
bnx2: Add workaround to handle missed MSI.
xfrm: Fix kernel panic when flush and dump SPD entries
This removes the use of the sysctl and the minisock variable for the Send Ack
Vector feature, as it now is handled fully dynamically via feature negotiation
(i.e. when CCID-2 is enabled, Ack Vectors are automatically enabled as per
RFC 4341, 4.).
Using a sysctl in parallel to this implementation would open the door to
crashes, since much of the code relies on tests of the boolean minisock /
sysctl variable. Thus, this patch replaces all tests of type
if (dccp_msk(sk)->dccpms_send_ack_vector)
/* ... */
with
if (dp->dccps_hc_rx_ackvec != NULL)
/* ... */
The dccps_hc_rx_ackvec is allocated by the dccp_hdlr_ackvec() when feature
negotiation concluded that Ack Vectors are to be used on the half-connection.
Otherwise, it is NULL (due to dccp_init_sock/dccp_create_openreq_child),
so that the test is a valid one.
The activation handler for Ack Vectors is called as soon as the feature
negotiation has concluded at the
* server when the Ack marking the transition RESPOND => OPEN arrives;
* client after it has sent its ACK, marking the transition REQUEST => PARTOPEN.
Adding the sequence number of the Response packet to the Ack Vector has been
removed, since
(a) connection establishment implies that the Response has been received;
(b) the CCIDs only look at packets received in the (PART)OPEN state, i.e.
this entry will always be ignored;
(c) it can not be used for anything useful - to detect loss for instance, only
packets received after the loss can serve as pseudo-dupacks.
There was a FIXME to change the error code when dccp_ackvec_add() fails.
I removed this after finding out that:
* the check whether ackno < ISN is already made earlier,
* this Response is likely the 1st packet with an Ackno that the client gets,
* so when dccp_ackvec_add() fails, the reason is likely not a packet error.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updating the NDP count feature is handled automatically now:
* for CCID-2 it is disabled, since the code does not use NDP counts;
* for CCID-3 it is enabled, as NDP counts are used to determine loss lengths.
Allowing the user to change NDP values leads to unpredictable and failing
behaviour, since it is then possible to disable NDP counts even when they
are needed (e.g. in CCID-3).
This means that only those user settings are sensible that agree with the
values for Send NDP Count implied by the choice of CCID. But those settings
are already activated by the feature negotiation (CCID dependency tracking),
hence this form of support is redundant.
At startup the initialisation of the NDP count feature uses the default
value of 0, which is done implicitly by the zeroing-out of the socket when
it is allocated. If the choice of CCID or feature negotiation enables NDP
count, this will then be updated via the NDP activation handler.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX/RX CCIDs of the minisock are now redundant: similar to the Ack Vector
case, their value equals initially that of the sysctl, but at the end of
feature negotiation may be something different.
The old interface removed by this patch thus has been replaced by the newer
interface to dynamically query the currently loaded CCIDs.
Also removed are the constructors for the TX CCID and the RX CCID, since the
switch "rx <-> non-rx" is done by the handler in minisocks.c (and the handler
is the only place in the code where CCIDs are loaded).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code removed by this patch is no longer referenced or used, the added
lines update documentation and copyrights.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This integrates feature-activation in the client:
1. When dccp_parse_options() fails, the reset code is already set; request_sent\
_state_process() currently overrides this with `Packet Error', which is not
intended - changed to use the reset code supplied by dccp_parse_options().
2. When feature negotiation fails, the socket should be marked as not usable,
so that the application is notified that an error occurred. This is achieved
by a new label 'unable_to_proceed': generating an error code of `Aborted',
setting the socket state to CLOSED, returning with ECOMM in sk_err.
3. Avoids parsing the Ack twice in Respond state by not doing option processing
again in dccp_rcv_respond_partopen_state_process (as option processing has
already been done on the request_sock in dccp_check_req).
Since this addresses congestion-control initialisation, a corresponding
FIXME has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch integrates the activation of features at the end of negotiation
into the server-side code.
Note regarding the removal of 'const':
--------------------------------------
The 'const' attribute has been removed from 'dreq' since dccp_activate_values()
needs to operate on dreq's feature list. Part of the activation is to remove
those options from the list that have already been confirmed, hence it is not
purely read-only.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This first patch out of three replaces the hardcoded default settings with
initialisation code for the dynamic feature negotiation.
The patch also ensures that the client feature-negotiation queue is flushed
only when entering the OPEN state.
Since confirmed Change options are removed as soon as they are confirmed
(in the DCCP-Response), this ensures that Confirm options are retransmitted.
Note on retransmitting Confirm options:
---------------------------------------
Implementation experience showed that it is necessary to retransmit Confirm
options. Thanks to Leandro Melo de Sales who reported a bug in an earlier
revision of the patch set, resulting from not retransmitting these options.
As long as the client is in PARTOPEN, it needs to retransmit the Confirm
options for the Change options received on the DCCP-Response from the server.
Otherwise, if the packet containing the Confirm options gets dropped in the
network, the connection aborts due to undefined feature negotiation state.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last shoot of this series.
After I removing all directly reference of netdev->priv, I am killing
"priv" of "struct net_device" and fixing relative comments/docs.
Anyone will not be allowed to reference netdev->priv directly.
If you want to reference the memory of private data, use netdev_priv()
instead.
If the private data is not allocted when alloc_netdev(), use
netdev->ml_priv to point that memory after you creating that private
data.
Signed-off-by: Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIME_WAIT sockets need to be handled specially, and the socket match
casted inet_timewait_sock instances to inet_sock, which are not
compatible.
Handle this special case by checking sk->sk_state.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect use of loose in wext.c
It should be 'lose', not 'loose'.
Signed-off-by: Nick Andrew <nick@nick-andrew.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since jiffies is unsigned long, the types get expanded into
that and after long enough time the difference will therefore
always be > 1 (and that probably happens near boot as well as
iirc the first jiffies wrap is scheduler close after boot to
find out problems related to that early).
This was originally noted by Bill Fink in Dec'07 but nobody
never ended fixing it.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_minshall_update is not significant difference since it only
checks for not full-sized skb which is BUG'ed on the push_one
path anyway.
tcp_snd_test is tcp_nagle_test+tcp_cwnd_test+tcp_snd_wnd_test,
just the order changed slightly.
net/ipv4/tcp_output.c:
tcp_snd_test | -89
tcp_mss_split_point | -91
tcp_may_send_now | +53
tcp_cwnd_validate | -98
tso_fragment | -239
__tcp_push_pending_frames | -1340
tcp_push_one | -146
7 functions changed, 53 bytes added, 2003 bytes removed, diff: -1950
net/ipv4/tcp_output.c:
tcp_write_xmit | +1772
1 function changed, 1772 bytes added, diff: +1772
tcp_output.o.new:
8 functions changed, 1825 bytes added, 2003 bytes removed, diff: -178
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are just too many args to some sacktag functions. This
idea was first proposed by David S. Miller around a year ago,
and the current situation is much worse that what it was back
then.
tcp_sacktag_one can be made a bit simpler by returning the
new sacked (it can be achieved with a single variable though
the previous code "caching" sacked into a local variable and
therefore it is not exactly equal but the results will be the
same).
codiff on x86_64
tcp_sacktag_one | -15
tcp_shifted_skb | -50
tcp_match_skb_to_sack | -1
tcp_sacktag_walk | -64
tcp_sacktag_write_queue | -59
tcp_urg | +1
tcp_event_data_recv | -1
7 functions changed, 1 bytes added, 190 bytes removed, diff: -189
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed that since skb->len has nothing to do with actual segment
length with gso, we need to figure it out separately, reuse
a function from the recent shifting stuff (generalize it).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S|R won't result in S if just SACK is received. DSACK is
another story (but it is covered correctly already).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This "fixes" the 11d oops I was seeing. This needs some more work but I
cannot work on it now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes unnecessary parameter in ieee80211_beacon_add_tim() and
removes unneeded definition and assignment for bdev (instance of net_device) in
ieee80211_beacon_get() and in ieee80211_get_buffered_bc()
(all in tx.c).
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes the segfault I just pointed out.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some access points (e.g. Sitecom WL-174) use an empty string as hidden SSID.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
further reducing wext code in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the SIOCGIWNAME handling from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow
userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station goes to PS mode to scan, it will then send
probe requests without the PS bit set. mac80211 will take
that as indication that the station woke up, but it didn't.
This patch changes mac80211 to only consider doze->wake
transitions on data frames to to fix that issue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch reorders calls during disassociation in
ieee80211_set_disassoc function.
Since sta_info_unlink calls sta_notify(REMOVE) it will
remove the station representing AP from the driver before
it has disassociated from it using bss_info_changed callback.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems like proper etiquette to let other stations know when we are
going down in either STA or IBSS mode. This also notifies userland, so
wpa_supplicant doesn't get confused.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After fixing zd1211rw: use unaligned safe memcmp() in-place of
compare_ether_addr(), I started to see kernel log messages detailing
unaligned access:
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f7f44] sta_info_get+0x24/0x68 [mac80211]
As with the aforementioned patch, the unaligned access was eminating
from a compare_ether_addr() call. Concerned that whilst it was safe to
assume that unalignment was the norm for the zd1211rw, and take
preventative measures, it may not be the case or acceptable to use the
easy fix of changing the call to memcmp().
My research however indicated that it was OK to do this, as there are
a few instances where memcmp() is the preferred mechanism for doing
mac address comparisons throughout the module.
Signed-off-by: Shaddy Baddah <shaddy_baddah@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a bug in tcp_vegas.c. At the moment this code leaves
ssthresh untouched. However, this means that the vegas congestion
control algorithm is effectively unable to reduce cwnd below the
ssthresh value (if the vegas update lowers the cwnd below ssthresh,
then slow start is activated to raise it back up). One example where
this matters is when during slow start cwnd overshoots the link
capacity and a flow then exits slow start with ssthresh set to a value
above where congestion avoidance would like to adjust it.
Signed-off-by: Doug Leith <doug.leith@nuim.ie>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
An IPsec node speaking IKEv2 MUST accept incoming UDP encapsulated
ESP packets, even if no NAT situation is detected. This is important
if MOBIKE is in use. Some implementation keep the encapsulation
mode if they move out of a NAT situation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit d253eee201 the single CAN
identifier filter lists handle only non-RTR CAN frames.
So we need to omit the check of these filter lists when receiving RTR
CAN frames.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Hugo Dias that it is possible to cause a local denial
of service attack by calling the svc_listen function twice on the same
socket and reading /proc/net/atm/*vc
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, iproute2 fails to show multicast forwarding unresolved cache
entries while scanning /proc/net/ip_mr_cache.
Indeed, it expects to see -1 in 'Iif' column to identify unresolved
entries but the kernel outputs 65535. It's a signed/unsigned issue:
'Iif', the source interface, is retrieved from member mfc_parent in
struct mfc_cache. mfc_parent is a vifi_t: unsigned short, but is
displayed in ipmr_mfc_seq_show() as "%-3d", signed integer.
In unresolevd entries, the 65535 value (0xFFFF) comes from this define:
#define ALL_VIFS ((vifi_t)(-1))
That may explains why the guy who added support for this in iproute2
thought a -1 should be expected.
I don't know if this must be fixed in kernel or in iproute2. Who is
right? What is the correct API? How was it designed originally?
I let you decide if it should goes in the kernel or be fixed in iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/ip_mr_cache and /proc/net/ip6_mr_cache displays garbage when
showing unresolved mfc_cache entries.
[root@qemu tests]# cat /proc/net/ip_mr_cache
Group Origin Iif Pkts Bytes Wrong Oifs
014C00EF 010014AC 1 10 10050 0 2:1 3:1
024C00EF 010014AC 65535 514 2 -559067475
The first line is correct. It is a resolved cache entry, 10 packets used it...
The second line represents an unresolved entry, and the columns Pkts(4th),
Bytes(5th) and Wrong(6th) just show garbage.
In struct mfc_cache, there's an union to store data for resolved and
unresolved cases. And what ipmr_mfc_seq_show() is printing in these
columns for the unresolved entries is some bytes from mfc_cache.mfc_un.res.
Bad.
(eg. In our case -559067475 is in fact 0xdead4ead which is the spinlock
magic from mfc_cache.mfc_un.unres.unresolved.lock.magic).
This patch replaces the garbage data written in these columns for the
unresolved entries by '0' (zeros) which is more correct.
This change doesn't break the ABI.
Also, mfc->mfc_un.res.pkt, mfc->mfc_un.res.bytes, mfc->mfc_un.res.wrong_if
are unsigned long.
It applies on top of net-next-2.6.
The patch for net-2.6 is slightly different because of the NIP6_FMT to
%pI6 conversion that was made in the seq_printf.
Changelog:
==========
V2:
* Instead of breaking the ABI by suppressing the columns that have no
meaning for unresolved entries, fill them with 0 values.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
fs/nfsd/nfs4recover.c
Manually fixed above to use new creds API functions, e.g.
nfs4_save_creds().
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
We lack compat ioctl support through most of the ATM code. This patch
deals with most of it, and I can now at least use BR2684 and PPPoATM
with 32-bit userspace.
I haven't added a .compat_ioctl method to struct atm_ioctl, because
AFAICT none of the current users need any conversion -- so we can just
call the ->ioctl() method in every case. I looked at br2684, clip, lec,
mpc, pppoatm and atmtcp.
In svc_compat_ioctl() the only mangling which is needed is to change
COMPAT_ATM_ADDPARTY to ATM_ADDPARTY. Although it's defined as
_IOW('a', ATMIOC_SPECIAL+4,struct atm_iobuf)
it doesn't actually _take_ a struct atm_iobuf as an argument -- it takes
a struct sockaddr_atmsvc, which _is_ the same between 32-bit and 64-bit
code, so doesn't need conversion.
Almost all of vcc_ioctl() would have been identical, so I converted that
into a core do_vcc_ioctl() function with an 'int compat' argument.
I've done the same with atm_dev_ioctl(), where there _are_ a few
differences, but still it's relatively contained and there would
otherwise have been a lot of duplication.
I haven't done any of the actual device-specific ioctls, although I've
added a compat_ioctl method to struct atmdev_ops.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I should have noticed this earlier... :-) The previous solution
to URG+GSO/TSO will cause SACK block tcp_fragment to do zig-zig
patterns, or even worse, a steep downward slope into packet
counting because each skb pcount would be truncated to pcount
of 2 and then the following fragments of the later portion would
restore the window again.
Basically this reverts "tcp: Do not use TSO/GSO when there is
urgent data" (33cf71cee1). It also removes some unnecessary code
from tcp_current_mss that didn't work as intented either (could
be that something was changed down the road, or it might have
been broken since the dawn of time) because it only works once
urg is already written while this bug shows up starting from
~64k before the urg point.
The retransmissions already are split to mss sized chunks, so
only new data sending paths need splitting in case they have
a segment otherwise suitable for gso/tso. The actually check
can be improved to be more narrow but since this is late -rc
already, I'll postpone thinking the more fine-grained things.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace HTB_ACCNT() macro with inlines to make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2T() is currently used only in one place (and has one spurious
parameter, btw), so let's: 'get rid of L2T completely, and just
use "qdisc_l2t(rate, size)" directly.' - quote & feedback from
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While implementing htb_parent_to_leaf() there where added backup prio
and quantum struct htb_class fields to preserve these values for inner
classes in case of their return to leaf. This patch cleans this a bit
by removing union leaf duplicates.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.28' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
NLM: client-side nlm_lookup_host() should avoid matching on srcaddr
nfsd: use of unitialized list head on error exit in nfs4recover.c
Add a reference to sunrpc in svc_addsock
nfsd: clean up grace period on early exit
Due to a wrong safety check in af_can.c it was not possible to filter
for SFF frames with a specific CAN identifier without getting the
same selected CAN identifier from a received EFF frame also.
This fix has a minimum (but user visible) impact on the CAN filter
API and therefore the CAN version is set to a new date.
Indeed the 'old' API is still working as-is. But when now setting
CAN_(EFF|RTR)_FLAG in can_filter.can_mask you might get less traffic
than before - but still the stuff that you expected to get for your
defined filter ...
Thanks to Kurt Van Dijck for pointing at this issue and for the review.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Kurt Van Dijck <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Installing SAs using the XFRM_STATE_AF_UNSPEC fails on hosts with
support for one address family only. This patch accepts such SAs, even
if the processing of not supported packets will fail.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a potential NULL pointer dereference seen when trying to remove a
static label configuration with an invalid address/mask combination.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Used __xfrm_policy_unlink() to instead of the dup codes when unlink
SPD entry.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After flush the SPD entries, dump the SPD entries will cause kernel painc.
Used the following commands to reproduct:
- echo 'spdflush;' | setkey -c
- echo 'spdadd 3ffe:501:ffff:ff01::/64 3ffe:501:ffff:ff04::/64 any -P out ipsec \
ah/tunnel/3ffe:501:ffff:ff00:200:ff:fe00:b0b0-3ffe:501:ffff:ff02:200:ff:fe00:a1a1/require;\
spddump;' | setkey -c
- echo 'spdflush; spddump;' | setkey -c
- echo 'spdadd 3ffe:501:ffff:ff01::/64 3ffe:501:ffff:ff04::/64 any -P out ipsec \
ah/tunnel/3ffe:501:ffff:ff00:200:ff:fe00:b0b0-3ffe:501:ffff:ff02:200:ff:fe00:a1a1/require;\
spddump;' | setkey -c
This is because when flush the SPD entries, the SPD entry is not remove
from the list.
This patch fix the problem by remove the SPD entry from the list.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a lockdep report by Alexey Dobriyan.
I checked all per_cpu_counter_xxx() usages in network tree, and I
think all call sites are BH enabled except one in
inet_csk_listen_stop().
commit dd24c00191
(net: Use a percpu_counter for orphan_count)
replaced atomic_t orphan_count to a percpu_counter.
atomic_inc()/atomic_dec() can be called from any context, while
percpu_counter_xxx() should be called from a consistent state.
For orphan_count, this context can be the BH-enabled one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the post-processing of feature negotiation state, after
the negotiation has completed.
To this purpose, handlers are used and added to the dccp_feat_table. Each
handler is passed a boolean flag whether the RX or TX side of the feature
is meant.
Several handlers are provided already, new handlers can easily be added.
The initialisation is now fully dynamic, i.e. CCIDs are activated only
after the feature negotiation. The integration of this dynamic activation
is done in the subsequent patches.
Thanks to Wei Yongjun for pointing out the necessity of skipping over empty
Confirm options while copying the negotiated feature values.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Analogous to the previous patch, this adds code to interpret incoming Confirm
feature-negotiation options. Both functions operate on the feature-negotiation
list of either the request_sock (server) or the dccp_sock (client).
Thanks to Wei Yongjun for pointing out that it is overly restrictive to check
the entire list of confirmed SP values.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds/replaces code for processing incoming ChangeL/R options.
The main difference is that:
* mandatory FN options are now interpreted inside the function
(there are too many individual cases to do this externally);
* the function returns an appropriate Reset code or 0,
which is then used to fill in the data for the Reset packet.
Old code, which is no longer used or referenced, has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides two functions to
* reconcile preference lists (with appropriate return codes) and
* reorder the preference list if successful reconciliation changed the
preferred value.
The patch also removes the old code for processing SP/NN Change options, since
new code to process these is mostly there already; related references have been
commented out.
The code for processing Change options follows in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch implements insertion of feature negotiation at the server (listening
and request socket) and the client (connecting socket).
In dccp_insert_options(), several statements have been grouped together now
to achieve (it is hoped) better efficiency by reducing the number of tests
each packet has to go through:
- Ack Vectors are sent if the packet is neither a Data or a Request packet;
- a previous issue is corrected - feature negotiation options are allowed
on DataAck packets (5.8).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the earlier insertion routine from options.c, so that
code specific to feature negotiation can remain in feat.c. This is possible
by calling a function already existing in options.c.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that the following sequence of actions will reproduce the
oops:
1. Create a new RFCOMM device (using RFCOMMCREATEDEV ioctl)
2. (Try to) open the device
3. Release the RFCOMM device (using RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl)
At this point, the "/dev/rfcomm*" device is still in use, but it is gone
from the internal list, so the device id can be reused.
4. Create a new RFCOMM device with the same device id as before
And now kobject will complain that the TTY already exists.
(See http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/7/13/89 for a reproducible test-case.)
This patch attempts to correct this by only removing the device from the
internal list of devices at the final unregister stage, so that the id
won't get reused until the device has been completely destructed.
This should be safe as the RFCOMM_TTY_RELEASED bit will be set for the
device and prevent the device from being reopened after it has been
released.
Based on a report from Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Newer GCC versions are a little bit picky about how to deal with format
arguments:
net/bluetooth/hci_sysfs.c: In function ‘hci_register_sysfs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_sysfs.c:418: warning: format not a string literal and no format arguments
It is simple enough to fix and makes the compiler happy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the introduction of CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG it is possible to
allow debugging without having to recompile the kernel. This patch turns
all BT_DBG() calls into pr_debug() to support dynamic debug messages.
As a side effect all CONFIG_BT_*_DEBUG statements are now removed and
some broken debug entries have been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth subsystem was not using the HCI Reset command when doing
device initialization. The Bluetooth 1.0b specification was ambiguous
on how the device firmware was suppose to handle it. Almost every device
was triggering a transport reset at the same time. In case of USB this
ended up in disconnects from the bus.
All modern Bluetooth dongles handle this perfectly fine and a lot of
them actually require that HCI Reset is sent. If not then they are
either stuck in their HID Proxy mode or their internal structures for
inquiry and paging are not correctly setup.
To handle old and new devices smoothly the Bluetooth subsystem contains
a quirk to force the HCI Reset on initialization. However maintaining
such a quirk becomes more and more complicated. This patch turns the
logic around and lets the old devices disable the HCI Reset command.
The only device where the HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET is still needed are the
original Digianswer devices and dongles with an early CSR firmware.
CSR reported that they fixed this for version 12 firmware. The last
official release of version 11 firmware is build ID 115. The first
version 12 candidate was build ID 117.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After adding proper lockdep annotations for Bluetooth protocols the case
when lockdep is disabled produced two compiler warnings:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:60: warning: ‘bt_key_strings’ defined but not used
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:71: warning: ‘bt_slock_key_strings’ defined but not used
Fix both of them by adding a CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC conditional around
them and re-arranging the code a little bit.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
struct hci_dev_list_req {
__u16 dev_num;
struct hci_dev_req dev_req[0]; /* hci_dev_req structures */
};
sizeof(struct hci_dev_list_req) == 4, so the two bytes immediately
following "dev_num" will never be initialized. When this structure
is copied to userspace, these uninitialized bytes are leaked.
Fix by using kzalloc() instead of kmalloc(). Found using kmemcheck.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Impact: make global function static
Fix the following sparse warning:
net/sched/sch_api.c:192:14: warning: symbol 'qdisc_match_from_root' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_nla() currently doesn't allow empty nested attributes. This
makes userspace code unnecessarily complicated when starting and ending
the nested attribute is done by generic upper level code and the inner
attributes are dumped by a module.
Add a special case to accept empty nested attributes. When the nested
attribute is non empty, the same checks as before are performed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing label when CONFIG_PROC_FS=n:
net/sctp/protocol.c: In function 'sctp_proc_init':
net/sctp/protocol.c:106: error: label 'out_nomem' used but not defined
make[3]: *** [net/sctp/protocol.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an implementation of David Miller's suggested fix in:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=470201
It has been updated to use wait_event() instead of
wait_event_interruptible().
Paraphrasing the description from the above report, it makes sendmsg()
block while UNIX garbage collection is in progress. This avoids a
situation where child processes continue to queue new FDs over a
AF_UNIX socket to a parent which is in the exit path and running
garbage collection on these FDs. This contention can result in soft
lockups and oom-killing of unrelated processes.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dannf@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A NULL dereference would occur when trying to delete an addres from a
network device that does not have any Phonet address.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all other gen_estimator functions use bstats and rate_est params
together, and searching for them is optimized now, let's use this also
in gen_estimator_active(). The return type of gen_estimator_active()
is changed to bool, and gen_find_node() parameters to const, btw.
In tcf_act_police_locate() a check for ACT_P_CREATED is added before
calling gen_estimator_active().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be consistent with NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
change NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER to use mBm and U32 instead
of dBm and U8. This is a userspace interface change, but the previous
version had not yet been pushed upstream and there are no userspace
programs using this yet, so there is justification to get this change in
as long as it goes in before the previous version gets out.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We "optimize" away the get_state() hook call on rfkill_toggle_radio
when doing a forced state change. This means the resume path is not
calling get_state() as it should.
Call it manually on the resume handler, as we don't want to mess with
the EPO path by removing the optimization. This has the added benefit
of making it explicit that rfkill->state could have been modified
before we hit the rfkill_toggle_radio() call in the class resume
handler.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
Cc: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rfkill class API requires that the driver connected to a class
call rfkill_force_state() on resume to update the real state of the
rfkill controller, OR that it provides a get_state() hook.
This means there is potentially a hidden call in the resume code flow
that changes rfkill->state (i.e. rfkill_force_state()), so the
previous state of the transmitter was being lost.
The simplest and most future-proof way to fix this is to explicitly
store the pre-sleep state on the rfkill structure, and restore from
that on resume.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
Cc: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a disassoc packet is received from the AP with a reason code of
'leaving the BSS', mac80211 should go into DISABLED state just as it
would do if the AP suddenly went away for some reason, as that is what
will happen shortly after the AP leaves anyway.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is useful information to provide for userspace (e.g., hostapd needs
this to generate Country IE).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 9ea2c74 named "mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API",
the meaning of status.rates[i].count was changed from number of retries
to total number of tries. As a result, the pid rate-setting algorithm fails
because every packet appears to have needed a retransmit.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes minstrel the default rate control algorithm
for mac80211. For more information see:
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Documentation/mac80211/RateControl/minstrel
If someone can come up with a better algorithm they get a prize
(undisclosed).
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous fix for the conntrack creation race (netfilter: ctnetlink:
fix conntrack creation race) missed a GFP_KERNEL allocation that is
now performed while holding a spinlock. Switch to GFP_ATOMIC.
Reported-and-tested-by: Zoltan Borbely <bozo@andrews.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queuing a skb to sk->sk_receive_queue, we can release its dst,
not anymore needed. Since current cpu did the dst_hold(), refcount is
probably still hot int this cpu caches.
This avoids readers to access the original dst to decrement its
refcount, possibly a long time after packet reception. This should
speedup UDP and RAW receive path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "orphan_count", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "sockets_allocated", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Note : We revert commit (248969ae31
net: af_unix can make unix_nr_socks visbile in /proc),
since it is not anymore used after sock_prot_inuse_add() addition
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found that while trying average rate policing, it was possible to
request average rate policing without a rate estimator. This results
in no policing which is harmless but incorrect.
Since policing could be setup in two steps, need to check
in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions gen_new_estimator and gen_replace_estimator can return
errors, but they were being ignored.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow tcf_hash_create to return different errors on estimator failure.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The truesize message check is important enough to make it print "BUG"
to the user console... lets also make it important enough to spit a
backtrace/module list etc so that kerneloops.org can track them.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make
net.core.xfrm_aevent_etime
net.core.xfrm_acq_expires
net.core.xfrm_aevent_rseqth
net.core.xfrm_larval_drop
sysctls per-netns.
For that make net_core_path[] global, register it to prevent two
/proc/net/core antries and change initcall position -- xfrm_init() is called
from fs_initcall, so this one should be fs_initcall at least.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* interaction with userspace -- take netns from userspace socket.
* in ->notify hook take netns either from SA or explicitly passed --
we don't know if SA/SPD flush is coming.
* stub policy migration with init_net for now.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* netns boilerplate
* keep per-netns socket list
* keep per-netns number of sockets
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SA/SPD doesn't pin netns (and it shouldn't), so get rid of them by hand.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SA and SPD flush are executed with NULL SA and SPD respectively, for
these cases pass netns explicitly from userspace socket.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Grab netns either from netlink socket, state or policy.
SA and SPD flush are in init_net for now, this requires little
attention, see below.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns pointer to struct xfrm_policy_afinfo::garbage_collect()
[This needs more thoughts on what to do with dst_ops]
[Currently stub to init_net]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns to xfrm_lookup()/__xfrm_lookup(). For that pass netns
to flow_cache_lookup() and resolver callback.
Take it from socket or netdevice. Stub DECnet to init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netns parameter to xfrm_policy_bysel_ctx(), xfrm_policy_byidx().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per-netns hashes are independently resizeable.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Again, to avoid complications with passing netns when not necessary.
Again, ->xp_net is set-once field, once set it never changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disallow spurious wakeups in __xfrm_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
State GC is per-netns, and this is part of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
km_waitq is going to be made per-netns to disallow spurious wakeups
in __xfrm_lookup().
To not wakeup after every garbage-collected xfrm_state (which potentially
can be from different netns) make state GC list per-netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of this is implicit passing which netns's hashes should be resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hashtables are per-netns, they can be independently resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to get
a) simple "something leaked" check
b) cover possible DoSes when other netns puts many, many xfrm_states
onto a list.
c) not miss "alien xfrm_state" check in some of list iterators in future.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid unnecessary complications with passing netns around.
* set once, very early after allocating
* once set, never changes
For a while create every xfrm_state in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/bluetooth/rfcomm/sock.c: In function ‘rfcomm_sock_ioctl’:
net/bluetooth/rfcomm/sock.c:795: warning: unused variable ‘sk’
perhaps BT_DEBUG() should be improved to do printf format checking
instead of the #ifdef, but that looks quite intrusive: each bluetooth
.c file undefines the macro.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/verbs.c: In function ‘rpcrdma_conn_upcall’:
net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/verbs.c:279: warning: unused variable ‘addr’
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/ax25/sysctl_net_ax25.c:27: warning: ‘min_ds_timeout’ defined but not used
net/ax25/sysctl_net_ax25.c:27: warning: ‘max_ds_timeout’ defined but not used
These are only used in the CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE case.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/dccp/options.c: In function ‘dccp_parse_options’:
net/dccp/options.c:67: warning: ‘value’ may be used uninitialized in this function
is a bogus GCC warning. The compiler does not recognize the relation
between "value" and "mandatory" variables: the code flow can ever reach
the "out_invalid_option:" label if 'mandatory' is set to 1, and when
'mandatory' is non-zero, we'll always have 'value' initialized.
Help out the compiler by annotating the variable.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/dsa/mv88e6060.c: In function ‘mv88e6060_poll_link’:
net/dsa/mv88e6060.c:225: warning: ‘port_status’ may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) error flow
between 'link' and 'port_status'.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c: In function ‘mv88e6xxx_poll_link’:
net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c:361: warning: ‘port_status’ may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) error flow
between 'link' and 'port_status'.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/ipv6/ip6_flowlabel.c: In function ‘ipv6_flowlabel_opt’:
net/ipv6/ip6_flowlabel.c:467: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) error flow
between fl_create() and 'err'.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c: In function ‘hfsc_enqueue’:
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c:1577: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) error flow
between hfsc_classify(), 'cl' and 'err'.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/svc_rdma_transport.c: In function ‘svc_rdma_accept’:
net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/svc_rdma_transport.c:830: warning: ‘dma_mr_acc’ may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) flow connection
between need_dma_mr and dma_mr_acc.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will filter out the uevent not related to the init_net.
Without this patch if a network device is created in a network
namespace with the same name as one network device belonging to the
initial network namespace (eg. eth0), when the network namespace
will die and the network device will be destroyed, an event will
be sent and catched by the udevd daemon. That will result to have
the real network device to be shutdown because the udevd/uevent are
not namespace aware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since pskb_expand_head creates copy of the shared area we
cannot keep any frag ptr past de-cloning. This fixes the
tcpdump recvfrom -EFAULT problem.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() there is no more calling
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() without rtnl_lock(), so qdisc_list_lock
added by commit: f6e0b239a2 "pkt_sched:
Fix qdisc list locking" can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: Optimization
Like done in inet_unhash(), we can avoid taking a chain lock if
socket is not hashed in udp_unhash()
Triggered by close(socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0));
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prot->destroy is not called with BH disabled. So we must add
explicit BH disable around call to sock_prot_inuse_add()
in sctp_destroy_sock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mac80211's ieee80211_register_hw() is often called within the
probe path so it cannot assume the device's driver structure
has been attached yet so to create a workqueue instead of
using driver->name use the wiphy's phy%d name. The name doesn't
really matter anyway.
This should fix sporadic oopses found when we race to beat the
driver pointer setting. Not even sure how this was working properly.
http://www.kerneloops.org/search.php?search=ieee80211_register_hw
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to cfg80211 to allow wireless drivers to inform
us if their firmware can handle regulatory considerations *and*
they cannot map these regulatory domains to an ISO / IEC 3166
alpha2. In these cases we skip the first regulatory hint instead
of expecting the driver to build their own regulatory structure,
providing us with an alpha2, or using the reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds country IE parsing to mac80211 and enables its usage
within the new regulatory infrastructure in cfg80211. We parse
the country IEs only on management beacons for the BSSID you are
associated to and disregard the IEs when the country and environment
(indoor, outdoor, any) matches the already processed country IE.
To avoid following misinformed or outdated APs we build and use
a regulatory domain out of the intersection between what the AP
provides us on the country IE and what CRDA is aware is allowed
on the same country.
A secondary device is allowed to follow only the same country IE
as it make no sense for two devices on a system to be in two
different countries.
In the case the AP is using country IEs for an incorrect country
the user may help compliance further by setting the regulatory
domain before or after the IE is parsed and in that case another
intersection will be performed.
CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY is supported but requires CRDA
present.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lets remain consistent and mark rds with > NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES
number of reg rules as invalid in is_valid_rd().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
kobject_uevent_env() can return an error but it just tells us
if the uvent was built/sent or not, it doesn't tell us anything
about what happened in userspace, whether the udev rule was present
nor does it tell us if CRDA was present or not. So remove
the informative complaint about it assuming it will tell us
such things.
Note that you can determine if CRDA is present after loading cfg80211
by using:
is_old_static_regdom(cfg80211_regdomain)
but this doesn't account for possible user install after initial
boot, and also for when the user uses the static EU regulatory
domain.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When intersecting it is possible that set_regdom() was called
with a regulatory domain which we'll only use as an aid to
build a final regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
So far the __set_regdom() code is pretty generic as the
intersection case is fairly straight forward; this will however
change when 802.11d support is added so lets separate intersection
code for now in preparation for 802.11d support.
This patch only has slight functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have control over the REGDOM_SET_BY_* macros passed
so remove the switch.
This patch has no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have complete control over REGDOM_SET_BY_* enum passed
down to __regulatory_hint() as such there is no need to
account for unexpected REGDOM_SET_BY_*'s, lets just remove
the switch statement as this code does not change and
won't change even when we add 802.11d support.
This patch has no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Regulatory rules with negative frequencies are now
marked as invalid in is_valid_reg_rule().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
fix:
net/wireless/reg.c:348:29: error: macro "if" passed 2 arguments, but takes just 1
triggered by the branch-tracer.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch fixes the kernel trace when user tries to set
ad-hoc mode on non IBSS channel.
e.g iwconfig wlan0 chan 36 mode ad-hoc
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this warning:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ftp.c: In function 'help':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ftp.c:360: warning: 'matchoff' may be used uninitialized in this function
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ftp.c:360: warning: 'matchlen' may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) error flow
between find_pattern(), 'found', 'matchoff' and 'matchlen'.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch let nfmark to be evaluated for routing decision for OUTPUT
packet, in mangle table, when process paquet in NFQUEUE. This patch is
an IPv6 port of Laurent Licour IPv4 one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch let nfmark to be evaluated for routing decision for OUTPUT
packet, in mangle table, when process paquet in NFQUEUE
Until now, only change (in NFQUEUE process) on fields src_addr,
dest_addr and tos could make netfilter to reevalute the routing.
From: Laurent Licour <laurent@licour.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Since the netlink option for DCB is necessary to actually be useful,
simplified the Kconfig option. In addition, added useful help text for the
Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since changeset e79ad711a0 from mainline,
>From David S. Miller,
empty packet can be transmitted on connected socket for datagram protocols.
However, this patch broke a high level application using ROSE network protocol with connected datagram.
Bulletin Board Stations perform bulletins forwarding between BBS stations via ROSE network using a forward protocol.
Now, if for some reason, a buffer in the application software happens to be empty at a specific moment,
ROSE sends an empty packet via unfiltered packet socket.
When received, this ROSE packet introduces perturbations of data exchange of BBS forwarding,
for the application message forwarding protocol is waiting for something else.
We agree that a more careful programming of the application protocol would avoid this situation and we are
willing to debug it.
But, as an empty frame is no use and does not have any meaning for ROSE protocol,
we may consider filtering zero length data both when sending and receiving socket data.
The proposed patch repaired BBS data exchange through ROSE network that were broken since 2.6.22.11 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This caused me to get repeatably:
tcpdump: pcap_loop: recvfrom: Bad address
Happens occassionally when I tcpdump my for-looped test xfers:
while [ : ]; do echo -n "$(date '+%s.%N') "; ./sendfile; sleep 20; done
Rest of the relevant commands:
ethtool -K eth0 tso off
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem drop 4%
tcpdump -n -s0 -i eth0 -w sacklog.all
Running net-next under kvm, connection goes to the same host
(basically just out of kvm). The connection itself works ok
and data gets sent without corruption even with a large
number of tests while tcpdump fails usually within less than
5 tests.
Whether it only happens because of this change or not, I
don't know for sure but it's the only thing with which
I've seen that error. The non-cloned variant works w/o it
for much longer time. I'm yet to debug where the error
actually comes from.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The earlier version was just very basic one which is "playing
safe" by always clearing the hints. However, clearing of a hint
is extremely costly operation with large windows, so it must be
avoided at all cost whenever possible, there is a way with
shifting too achieve not-clearing.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During SACK processing, most of the benefits of TSO are eaten by
the SACK blocks that one-by-one fragment SKBs to MSS sized chunks.
Then we're in problems when cleanup work for them has to be done
when a large cumulative ACK comes. Try to return back to pre-split
state already while more and more SACK info gets discovered by
combining newly discovered SACK areas with the previous skb if
that's SACKed as well.
This approach has a number of benefits:
1) The processing overhead is spread more equally over the RTT
2) Write queue has less skbs to process (affect everything
which has to walk in the queue past the sacked areas)
3) Write queue is consistent whole the time, so no other parts
of TCP has to be aware of this (this was not the case with
some other approach that was, well, quite intrusive all
around).
4) Clean_rtx_queue can release most of the pages using single
put_page instead of previous PAGE_SIZE/mss+1 calls
In case a hole is fully filled by the new SACK block, we attempt
to combine the next skb too which allows construction of skbs
that are even larger than what tso split them to and it handles
hole per on every nth patterns that often occur during slow start
overshoot pretty nicely. Though this to be really useful also
a retransmission would have to get lost since cumulative ACKs
advance one hole at a time in the most typical case.
TODO: handle upwards only merging. That should be rather easy
when segment is fully sacked but I'm leaving that as future
work item (it won't make very large difference anyway since
this current approach already covers quite a lot of normal
cases).
I was earlier thinking of some sophisticated way of tracking
timestamps of the first and the last segment but later on
realized that it won't be that necessary at all to store the
timestamp of the last segment. The cases that can occur are
basically either:
1) ambiguous => no sensible measurement can be taken anyway
2) non-ambiguous is due to reordering => having the timestamp
of the last segment there is just skewing things more off
than does some good since the ack got triggered by one of
the holes (besides some substle issues that would make
determining right hole/skb even harder problem). Anyway,
it has nothing to do with this change then.
I choose to route some abnormal looking cases with goto noop,
some could be handled differently (eg., by stopping the
walking at that skb but again). In general, they either
shouldn't happen at all or are rare enough to make no difference
in practice.
In theory this change (as whole) could cause some macroscale
regression (global) because of cache misses that are taken over
the round-trip time but it gets very likely better because of much
less (local) cache misses per other write queue walkers and the
big recovery clearing cumulative ack.
Worth to note that these benefits would be very easy to get also
without TSO/GSO being on as long as the data is in pages so that
we can merge them. Currently I won't let that happen because
DSACK splitting at fragment that would mess up pcounts due to
sk_can_gso in tcp_set_skb_tso_segs. Once DSACKs fragments gets
avoided, we have some conditions that can be made less strict.
TODO: I will probably have to convert the excessive pointer
passing to struct sacktag_state... :-)
My testing revealed that considerable amount of skbs couldn't
be shifted because they were cloned (most likely still awaiting
tx reclaim)...
[The rest is considering future work instead since I got
repeatably EFAULT to tcpdump's recvfrom when I added
pskb_expand_head to deal with clones, so I separated that
into another, later patch]
...To counter that, I gave up on the fifth advantage:
5) When growing previous SACK block, less allocs for new skbs
are done, basically a new alloc is needed only when new hole
is detected and when the previous skb runs out of frags space
...which now only happens of if reclaim is fast enough to dispose
the clone before the SACK block comes in (the window is RTT long),
otherwise we'll have to alloc some.
With clones being handled I got these numbers (will be somewhat
worse without that), taken with fine-grained mibs:
TCPSackShifted 398
TCPSackMerged 877
TCPSackShiftFallback 320
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKGSO 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBBITS 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBDATA 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKBELOW 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKFIRST 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKPREVBITS 318
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKMSS 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKNOHEAD 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSHIFT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSEQ 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLPCOUNT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLLEN 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEHOLE 12
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is preparatory work for SACK combiner patch which may
have to count TCP state changes for only a part of the skb
because it will intentionally avoids splitting skb to SACKed
and not sacked parts.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sadly enough, this adds possible divide though we try to avoid
it by checking one mss as common case.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I knew already when rewriting the sacktag that this condition
was too conservative, change it now since it prevent lot of
useless work (especially in the sack shifter decision code
that is being added by a later patch). This shouldn't change
anything really, just save some processing regardless of the
shifter.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I always had thought that collapsing up to two at a time was
intentional decision to avoid excessive processing if 1 byte
sized skbs are to be combined for a full mtu, and consecutive
retransmissions would make the size of the retransmittee
double each round anyway, but some recent discussion made me
to understand that was not the case. Thus make collapse work
more and wait less.
It would be possible to take advantage of the shifting
machinery (added in the later patch) in the case of paged
data but that can be implemented on top of this change.
tcp_skb_is_last check is now provided by the loop.
I tested a bit (ss-after-idle-off, fill 4096x4096B xfer,
10s sleep + 4096 x 1byte writes while dropping them for
some a while with netem):
. 16774097:16775545(1448) ack 1 win 46
. 16775545:16776993(1448) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16759617 win 2399
P 16776993:16777217(224) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16762513 win 2399
. ack 16765409 win 2399
. ack 16768305 win 2399
. ack 16771201 win 2399
. ack 16774097 win 2399
. ack 16776993 win 2399
. ack 16777217 win 2399
P 16777217:16777257(40) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16777257 win 2399
P 16777257:16778705(1448) ack 1 win 46
P 16778705:16780153(1448) ack 1 win 46
FP 16780153:16781313(1160) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16778705 win 2399
. ack 16780153 win 2399
F 1:1(0) ack 16781314 win 2399
While without drop-all period I get this:
. 16773585:16775033(1448) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16764897 win 9367
. ack 16767793 win 9367
. ack 16770689 win 9367
. ack 16773585 win 9367
. 16775033:16776481(1448) ack 1 win 46
P 16776481:16777217(736) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16776481 win 9367
. ack 16777217 win 9367
P 16777217:16777218(1) ack 1 win 46
P 16777218:16777219(1) ack 1 win 46
P 16777219:16777220(1) ack 1 win 46
...
P 16777247:16777248(1) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16777218 win 9367
. ack 16777219 win 9367
...
. ack 16777233 win 9367
. ack 16777248 win 9367
P 16777248:16778696(1448) ack 1 win 46
P 16778696:16780144(1448) ack 1 win 46
FP 16780144:16781313(1169) ack 1 win 46
. ack 16780144 win 9367
F 1:1(0) ack 16781314 win 9367
The window seems to be 30-40 segments, which were successfully
combined into: P 16777217:16777257(40) ack 1 win 46
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can reduce pressure on dst entry refcount that slowdown UDP transmit
path on SMP machines. This pressure is visible on RTP servers when
delivering content to mediagateways, especially big ones, handling
thousand of streams. Several cpus send UDP frames to the same
destination, hence use the same dst entry.
This patch makes ip_push_pending_frames() steal the refcount its
callers had to take when filling inet->cork.dst.
This doesnt avoid all refcounting, but still gives speedups on SMP,
on UDP/RAW transmit path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As GRE tries to call the update_pmtu function on skb->dst and
bridge supplies an skb->dst that has a NULL ops field, all is
not well.
This patch fixes this by giving the bridge device an ops field
with an update_pmtu function. For the moment I've left all
other fields blank but we can fill them in later should the
need arise.
Based on report and patch by Philip Craig.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conntrack creation through ctnetlink has two races:
- the timer may expire and free the conntrack concurrently, causing an
invalid memory access when attempting to put it in the hash tables
- an identical conntrack entry may be created in the packet processing
path in the time between the lookup and hash insertion
Hold the conntrack lock between the lookup and insertion to avoid this.
Reported-by: Zoltan Borbely <bozo@andrews.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can reduce pressure on dst entry refcount that slowdown UDP transmit
path on SMP machines. This pressure is visible on RTP servers when
delivering content to mediagateways, especially big ones, handling
thousand of streams. Several cpus send UDP frames to the same
destination, hence use the same dst entry.
This patch makes ip_append_data() eventually steal the refcount its
callers had to take on the dst entry.
This doesnt avoid all refcounting, but still gives speedups on SMP,
on UDP/RAW transmit path
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen_kill_estimator() linear lists lookups are very slow, and e.g. while
deleting a large number of HTB classes soft lockups were reported. Here
is another try to fix this problem: this time internally, with rbtree,
so similarly to Jamal's hashing idea IIRC. (Looking for next hits could
be still optimized, but it's really fast as it is.)
Reported-by: Badalian Vyacheslav <slavon@bigtelecom.ru>
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski points out:
If all child qdiscs of sch_drr are non-work-conserving (e.g. sch_tbf)
drr_dequeue() will busy-loop waiting for skbs instead of leaving the
job for a watchdog. Checking for list_empty() in each loop isn't
necessary either, because this can never be true except the first time.
Using non-work-conserving qdiscs as children of DRR makes no sense,
simply bail out in that case.
Reported-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is still a call to sock_prot_inuse_add() in af_netlink
while in a preemptable section. Add explicit BH disable around
this call.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The message triggers when sending non-FTP data on port 21 or with
certain clients that use multiple syscalls to send the command.
Change to pr_debug() since users have been complaining.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The svc_addsock function adds transport instances without taking a
reference on the sunrpc.ko module, however, the generic transport
destruction code drops a reference when a transport instance
is destroyed.
Add a try_module_get call to the svc_addsock function for transport
instances added by this function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Tested-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_sctp.c: In function 'sctp_packet':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_sctp.c:376: warning: array subscript is above array bounds
gcc doesn't realize that do_basic_checks() guarantees that there is
at least one valid chunk and thus new_state is never SCTP_CONNTRACK_MAX
after the loop. Initialize to SCTP_CONNTRACK_NONE to avoid the warning.
Based on patch by Wu Fengguang <wfg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The rule of calling sock_prot_inuse_add() is that BHs must
be disabled. Some new calls were added where this was not
true and this tiggers warnings as reported by Ilpo.
Fix this by adding explicit BH disabling around those call sites,
or moving sock_prot_inuse_add() call inside an existing BH disabled
section.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linus mentioned we could try to perform long word operations, even
on potentially unaligned addresses, on x86 at least. David mentioned
the HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS test to handle this on all
arches that have efficient unailgned accesses.
I tried this idea and got nice assembly on 32 bits:
158: 33 82 38 01 00 00 xor 0x138(%edx),%eax
15e: 33 8a 34 01 00 00 xor 0x134(%edx),%ecx
164: c1 e0 10 shl $0x10,%eax
167: 09 c1 or %eax,%ecx
169: 74 0b je 176 <eth_type_trans+0x87>
And very nice assembly on 64 bits of course (one xor, one shl)
Nice oprofile improvement in eth_type_trans(), 0.17 % instead of 0.41 %,
expected since we remove 8 instructions on a fast path.
This patch implements a compare_ether_addr_64bits() function, that
uses the CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS ifdef to efficiently
perform the 6 bytes comparison on all capable arches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rule of calling sock_prot_inuse_add() is that BHs must
be disabled. Some new calls were added where this was not
true and this tiggers warnings as reported by Ilpo.
Fix this by adding explicit BH disabling around those call sites.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last step to be able to perform full RCU lookups
in __inet_lookup() : After established/timewait tables, we
add RCU lookups to listening hash table.
The only trick here is that a socket of a given type (TCP ipv4,
TCP ipv6, ...) can now flight between two different tables
(established and listening) during a RCU grace period, so we
must use different 'nulls' end-of-chain values for two tables.
We define a large value :
#define LISTENING_NULLS_BASE (1U << 29)
So that slots in listening table are guaranteed to have different
end-of-chain values than slots in established table. A reader can
still detect it finished its lookup in the right chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch extends existing code:
* Confirm options divide into the confirmed value plus an optional preference
list for SP values. Previously only the preference list was echoed for SP
values, now the confirmed value is added as per RFC 4340, 6.1;
* length and sanity checks are added to avoid illegal memory (or NULL) access.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for Mandatory options is provided by this patch, which will
be used by subsequent feature-negotiation patches.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends the scope of two available functions,
encode|decode_value_var, to work up to 6 (8) bytes, to match maximum
requirements in the RFC.
These functions are going to be used both by general option processing
and feature negotiation code, hence declarations have been put into
feat.h.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides function to query the current TX/RX CCID dynamically,
without reliance on the minisock value, using dynamic information
available in the currently loaded CCID module.
This query function is then used to
(a) provide the getsockopt part for getting/setting CCIDs via sockopts;
(b) replace the current test for "which CCID is in use" in probe.c.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, TX/RX CCIDs can now be changed on a per-connection
basis, which overrides the defaults set by the global sysctl variables
for TX/RX CCIDs.
To make full use of this facility, the remaining patches of this patch
set are needed, which track dependencies and activate negotiated
feature values.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have relevant information for NETLINK protocol, in
/proc/net/protocols, we should use sock_prot_inuse_add() to
update a (percpu and pernamespace) counter of inuse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Use eq_net() in inet_netns_ok() to speedup socket creation if
!CONFIG_NET_NS
2) Reorder the tests about inet_ehash_secret generation (once only)
Use the unlikely() macro when testing if inet_ehash_secret already
generated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove redundant argument comments in files of net/*
Signed-off-by: Qinghuang Feng <qhfeng.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the slub allocator is used, kmem_cache_create() may merge two or more
kmem_cache's into one but the cache name pointer is not updated and
kmem_cache_name() is no longer guaranteed to return the pointer passed
to the former function. This patch stores the kmalloc'ed pointers in the
corresponding request_sock_ops and timewait_sock_ops structures.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12014
Since most (if not all) implementations of TSO and even the in-kernel
software GSO do not update the urgent pointer when splitting a large
segment, it is necessary to turn off TSO/GSO for all outgoing traffic
with the URG pointer set.
Looking at tcp_current_mss (and the preceding comment) I even think
this was the original intention. However, this approach is insufficient,
because TSO/GSO is turned off only for newly created frames, not for
frames which were already pending at the arrival of a message with
MSG_OOB set. These frames were created when TSO/GSO was enabled,
so they may be large, and they will have the urgent pointer set
in tcp_transmit_skb().
With this patch, such large packets will be fragmented again before
going to the transmit routine.
As a side note, at least the following NICs are known to screw up
the urgent pointer in the TCP header when doing TSO:
Intel 82566MM (PCI ID 8086:1049)
Intel 82566DC (PCI ID 8086:104b)
Intel 82541GI (PCI ID 8086:1076)
Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5708 (PCI ID 14e4:164c)
Signed-off-by: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove converting the MAC address to a string by a direct byte
conversion and use %pM instead, since the code is now boilerplate
use a macro to define the show functions, and also use the shorter
__ATTR_RO macro to define the attributes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211 code only remains as a support library for the ipw2100
and ipw2200 drivers. So, move the code and rename it appropriately to
reflects it's true purpose and status.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These bits are shared already between ipw2x00 and hostap, and could
probably be shared both more cleanly and with other drivers. This
commit simply relocates the code to lib80211 and adjusts the drivers
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes unnecessary #include <linux/netdevice.h> from
/net/mac80211/mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch eliminates sparse warnings in pid rate scale algorithm
'debugfs: allow access to signed values' patch hit the dead end
year ago w/o much echo so I guess there is no real need to address this
properly.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh interfaces are currently opened with the FIF_ALLMULTI rx filter flag set,
however there is no BSSID in mesh so BSSID filtering should be disabled by
setting the FIF_OTHER_BSS flag as well. Also explicitly call
ieee80211_configure_filter for mesh.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozbit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds an interface to configure the Backward Congestion Notification
(BCN) feature. In a BCN capabale network, congestion notifications
from congested points out in the network can cause the end station
limit the rate of a given traffic flow.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to get and set
the enable state of the Priority Flow Control (PFC) feature.
Primarily, this is a way to turn off PFC in the driver while DCB
remains enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to query (and set if
supported) the number of traffic classes currently supported by the
device for the two (DCB) features: priority groups (PG) and priority
flow control (PFC).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds to the netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB), allowing
the DCB capabilities supported by a device to be queried.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for Data Center Bridging (DCB) features in the ixgbe
driver and adds an rtnetlink interface for configuring DCB to the
kernel. The DCB feature support included are Priority Grouping (PG) -
which allows bandwidth guarantees to be allocated to groups to traffic
based on the 802.1q priority, and Priority Based Flow Control (PFC) -
which introduces a new MAC control PAUSE frame which works at
granularity of the 802.1p priority instead of the link (IEEE 802.3x).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now TCP & DCCP use RCU lookups, we can convert ehash rwlocks to spinlocks.
/proc/net/tcp and other seq_file 'readers' can safely be converted to 'writers'.
This should speedup writers, since spin_lock()/spin_unlock()
only use one atomic operation instead of two for write_lock()/write_unlock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like IPV4, convert the tunnel virtual devices to use net_device_ops.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to network device ops. Needed to change to directly call
the init routine since two sides share same ops. In the process
found by inspection a device ref count leak if register_netdevice failed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the HIPPI infrastructure for use with net_device_ops.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to ethernet. Convert infrastructure and the one lone FDDI
driver (for the one lone user of that hardware??). Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new network device ops interface.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves neigh_setup and hard_start_xmit into the network device ops
structure. For bisection, fix all the previously converted drivers as well.
Bonding driver took the biggest hit on this.
Added a prefetch of the hard_start_xmit in the fast path to try and reduce
any impact this would have.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a regression reported by Max Kellermann whereby kernel profiling
showed that his clients were spending 45% of their time in
rpcauth_lookup_credcache.
It turns out that although his processes had identical uid/gid/groups,
generic_match() was failing to detect this, because the task->group_info
pointers were not shared. This again lead to the creation of a huge number
of identical credentials at the RPC layer.
The regression is fixed by comparing the contents of task->group_info
if the actual pointers are not identical.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (23 commits)
net: fix tiny output corruption of /proc/net/snmp6
atl2: don't request irq on resume if netif running
ipv6: use seq_release_private for ip6mr.c /proc entries
pkt_sched: fix missing check for packet overrun in qdisc_dump_stab()
smc911x: Fix printf format typo in smc911x driver.
asix: Fix asix-based cards connecting to 10/100Mbs LAN.
mv643xx_eth: fix recycle check bound
mv643xx_eth: fix the order of mdiobus_{unregister, free}() calls
sh: sh_eth: Update to change of mii_bus
TPROXY: supply a struct flowi->flags argument in inet_sk_rebuild_header()
TPROXY: fill struct flowi->flags in udp_sendmsg()
net: ipg.c fix bracing on endian swapping
phylib: Fix auto-negotiation restart avoidance
net: jme.c rxdesc.flags is __le16, other missing endian swaps
phylib: fix phy name example in documentation
net: Do not fire linkwatch events until the device is registered.
phonet: fix compilation with gcc-3.4
ixgbe: fix compilation with gcc-3.4
pktgen: fix multiple queue warning
net: fix ip_mr_init() error path
...
1. Make device driver to allocate memory for netdev.
2. Convert all directly reference of netdev->priv to netdev_priv().
Signed-off-by: Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because "name" is static, it can be occasionally be filled with
somewhat garbage if two processes read /proc/net/snmp6.
Also, remove useless casts and "-1" -- snprintf() correctly terminates it's
output.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ip6mr.c, /proc entries /proc/net/ip6_mr_cache and /proc/net/ip6_mr_vif
are opened with seq_open_private(), thus seq_release_private() should be
used to release them.
Should fix a small memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of xchg() hasn't been necessary since 2.2.something when proper
locking was added to packet schedulers. In the case of classifiers they
mostly weren't even necessary before that since they're mainly used
to assign a NULL pointer to the filter root in the ->destroy path;
the root is destroyed immediately after that.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of xchg() hasn't been necessary since 2.2.something when proper
locking was added to packet schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add classful DRR scheduler as a more flexible replacement for SFQ.
The main difference to the algorithm described in "Efficient Fair Queueing
using Deficit Round Robin" is that this implementation doesn't drop packets
from the longest queue on overrun because its classful and limits are
handled by each individual child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_nest_start() might return NULL, causing a NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes sparse warnings:
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:146:15: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:146:15: expected restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] sin_port
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:146:15: got unsigned short [unsigned] [short] [usertype] <noident>
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:130:6: warning: symbol 'ip_cmsg_recv_dstaddr' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_sk_rebuild_header() does a new route lookup if the dst_entry
associated with a socket becomes stale. However inet_sk_rebuild_header()
didn't use struct flowi->flags, causing the route lookup to
fail for foreign-bound IP_TRANSPARENT sockets, causing an error
state to be set for the sockets in question.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp_sendmsg() didn't fill struct flowi->flags, which means that
the route lookup would fail for non-local IPs even if the
IP_TRANSPARENT sockopt was set.
This prevents sendto() to work properly for UDP sockets, whereas
bind(foreign-ip) + connect() + send() worked fine.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not needed, since creation and removal are done by name.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
SKF_AD_NLATTR allows us to find the first matching attribute in a
stream of netlink attributes from one offset to the end of the
netlink message. This is not suitable to look for a specific
matching inside a set of nested attributes.
For example, in ctnetlink messages, if we look for the CTA_V6_SRC
attribute in a message that talks about an IPv4 connection,
SKF_AD_NLATTR returns the offset of CTA_STATUS which has the same
value of CTA_V6_SRC but outside the nest. To differenciate
CTA_STATUS and CTA_V6_SRC, we would have to make assumptions on the
size of the attribute and the usual offset, resulting in horrible
BSF code.
This patch adds SKF_AD_NLATTR_NEST, which is a variant of
SKF_AD_NLATTR, that looks for an attribute inside the limits of
a nested attributes, but not further.
This patch validates that we have enough room to look for the
nested attributes - based on a suggestion from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares RCU migration of listening_hash table for
TCP/DCCP protocols.
listening_hash table being small (32 slots per protocol), we add
a spinlock for each slot, instead of a single rwlock for whole table.
This should reduce hold time of readers, and writers concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert vlan devices and function pointers to net_device_ops.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to net_device_ops function table pointer for ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to net_device_ops function table.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ethernet devices are converted, the function pointer setup
by eth_setup() need to be done during intialization.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for the network device ops get_stats call to be immutable, the handling
of the default internal network device stats block has to be changed. Add a new
helper function which replaces the old use of internal_get_stats.
Note: change return code to make it clear that the caller should not
go changing the returned statistics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative
operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure.
This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the
new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once.
For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list
still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new
net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers.
After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to
an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable.
Some function pointers aren't moved:
* destructor can't be in net_device_ops because
it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded.
* neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special
consideration
* hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new accept4() system call. The addition of this system call
matches analogous changes in 2.6.27 (dup3(), evenfd2(), signalfd4(),
inotify_init1(), epoll_create1(), pipe2()) which added new system calls
that differed from analogous traditional system calls in adding a flags
argument that can be used to access additional functionality.
The accept4() system call is exactly the same as accept(), except that
it adds a flags bit-mask argument. Two flags are initially implemented.
(Most of the new system calls in 2.6.27 also had both of these flags.)
SOCK_CLOEXEC causes the close-on-exec (FD_CLOEXEC) flag to be enabled
for the new file descriptor returned by accept4(). This is a useful
security feature to avoid leaking information in a multithreaded
program where one thread is doing an accept() at the same time as
another thread is doing a fork() plus exec(). More details here:
http://udrepper.livejournal.com/20407.html "Secure File Descriptor Handling",
Ulrich Drepper).
The other flag is SOCK_NONBLOCK, which causes the O_NONBLOCK flag
to be enabled on the new open file description created by accept4().
(This flag is merely a convenience, saving the use of additional calls
fcntl(F_GETFL) and fcntl (F_SETFL) to achieve the same result.
Here's a test program. Works on x86-32. Should work on x86-64, but
I (mtk) don't have a system to hand to test with.
It tests accept4() with each of the four possible combinations of
SOCK_CLOEXEC and SOCK_NONBLOCK set/clear in 'flags', and verifies
that the appropriate flags are set on the file descriptor/open file
description returned by accept4().
I tested Ulrich's patch in this thread by applying against 2.6.28-rc2,
and it passes according to my test program.
/* test_accept4.c
Copyright (C) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Licensed under the GNU GPLv2 or later.
*/
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/syscall.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#define PORT_NUM 33333
#define die(msg) do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
/**********************************************************************/
/* The following is what we need until glibc gets a wrapper for
accept4() */
/* Flags for socket(), socketpair(), accept4() */
#ifndef SOCK_CLOEXEC
#define SOCK_CLOEXEC O_CLOEXEC
#endif
#ifndef SOCK_NONBLOCK
#define SOCK_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
#endif
#ifdef __x86_64__
#define SYS_accept4 288
#elif __i386__
#define USE_SOCKETCALL 1
#define SYS_ACCEPT4 18
#else
#error "Sorry -- don't know the syscall # on this architecture"
#endif
static int
accept4(int fd, struct sockaddr *sockaddr, socklen_t *addrlen, int flags)
{
printf("Calling accept4(): flags = %x", flags);
if (flags != 0) {
printf(" (");
if (flags & SOCK_CLOEXEC)
printf("SOCK_CLOEXEC");
if ((flags & SOCK_CLOEXEC) && (flags & SOCK_NONBLOCK))
printf(" ");
if (flags & SOCK_NONBLOCK)
printf("SOCK_NONBLOCK");
printf(")");
}
printf("\n");
#if USE_SOCKETCALL
long args[6];
args[0] = fd;
args[1] = (long) sockaddr;
args[2] = (long) addrlen;
args[3] = flags;
return syscall(SYS_socketcall, SYS_ACCEPT4, args);
#else
return syscall(SYS_accept4, fd, sockaddr, addrlen, flags);
#endif
}
/**********************************************************************/
static int
do_test(int lfd, struct sockaddr_in *conn_addr,
int closeonexec_flag, int nonblock_flag)
{
int connfd, acceptfd;
int fdf, flf, fdf_pass, flf_pass;
struct sockaddr_in claddr;
socklen_t addrlen;
printf("=======================================\n");
connfd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (connfd == -1)
die("socket");
if (connect(connfd, (struct sockaddr *) conn_addr,
sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)) == -1)
die("connect");
addrlen = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
acceptfd = accept4(lfd, (struct sockaddr *) &claddr, &addrlen,
closeonexec_flag | nonblock_flag);
if (acceptfd == -1) {
perror("accept4()");
close(connfd);
return 0;
}
fdf = fcntl(acceptfd, F_GETFD);
if (fdf == -1)
die("fcntl:F_GETFD");
fdf_pass = ((fdf & FD_CLOEXEC) != 0) ==
((closeonexec_flag & SOCK_CLOEXEC) != 0);
printf("Close-on-exec flag is %sset (%s); ",
(fdf & FD_CLOEXEC) ? "" : "not ",
fdf_pass ? "OK" : "failed");
flf = fcntl(acceptfd, F_GETFL);
if (flf == -1)
die("fcntl:F_GETFD");
flf_pass = ((flf & O_NONBLOCK) != 0) ==
((nonblock_flag & SOCK_NONBLOCK) !=0);
printf("nonblock flag is %sset (%s)\n",
(flf & O_NONBLOCK) ? "" : "not ",
flf_pass ? "OK" : "failed");
close(acceptfd);
close(connfd);
printf("Test result: %s\n", (fdf_pass && flf_pass) ? "PASS" : "FAIL");
return fdf_pass && flf_pass;
}
static int
create_listening_socket(int port_num)
{
struct sockaddr_in svaddr;
int lfd;
int optval;
memset(&svaddr, 0, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
svaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
svaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
svaddr.sin_port = htons(port_num);
lfd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (lfd == -1)
die("socket");
optval = 1;
if (setsockopt(lfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &optval,
sizeof(optval)) == -1)
die("setsockopt");
if (bind(lfd, (struct sockaddr *) &svaddr,
sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)) == -1)
die("bind");
if (listen(lfd, 5) == -1)
die("listen");
return lfd;
}
int
main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
struct sockaddr_in conn_addr;
int lfd;
int port_num;
int passed;
passed = 1;
port_num = (argc > 1) ? atoi(argv[1]) : PORT_NUM;
memset(&conn_addr, 0, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
conn_addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
conn_addr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
conn_addr.sin_port = htons(port_num);
lfd = create_listening_socket(port_num);
if (!do_test(lfd, &conn_addr, 0, 0))
passed = 0;
if (!do_test(lfd, &conn_addr, SOCK_CLOEXEC, 0))
passed = 0;
if (!do_test(lfd, &conn_addr, 0, SOCK_NONBLOCK))
passed = 0;
if (!do_test(lfd, &conn_addr, SOCK_CLOEXEC, SOCK_NONBLOCK))
passed = 0;
close(lfd);
exit(passed ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
}
[mtk.manpages@gmail.com: rewrote changelog, updated test program]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Cc: <linux-api@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
As spotted by Joe Perches, we should use KERN_INFO in unix_sock_destructor()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument to csum_partial is const void *
casts to char/u8 * are not necessary
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several device drivers try to do things like netif_carrier_off()
before register_netdev() is invoked. This is bogus, but too many
drivers do this to fix them all up in one go.
Reported-by: Folkert van Heusden <folkert@vanheusden.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Converting /proc/net/protocols to be namespace aware is quite easy
and permits us to use sock_prot_inuse_get().
This provides seperate counters for each protocol. For example
we can really count TCPv6 sockets and TCPv4 sockets, while previously,
we had the same value, and this value was not namespace aware.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a preparation to namespace conversion of /proc/net/protocols
In order to have relevant information for PACKET protocols, we should use
sock_prot_inuse_add() to update a (percpu and pernamespace) counter of
inuse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC [M] net/phonet/af_phonet.o
net/phonet/af_phonet.c: In function `pn_socket_create':
net/phonet/af_phonet.c:38: sorry, unimplemented: inlining failed in call to 'phonet_proto_put': function body not available
net/phonet/af_phonet.c:99: sorry, unimplemented: called from here
make[3]: *** [net/phonet/af_phonet.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As number of TX queues in unrelated to number of CPU's we remove this test
and just make sure nxtq never gets exceeded.
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to IPv6 ip6_mr_init() (fixed last week), the order of cleanup
operations in the error/exit section of ip_mr_init() is completely
inversed. It should be the other way around.
Also a del_timer() is missing in the error path.
I should have guessed last week that this same error existed in ipmr.c
too, as ip6mr.c is largely inspired by ipmr.c.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the
use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may
have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset.
Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed
up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that
mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used
by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good
enough" suspend/resume.
Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only
works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or
any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless.
Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because
it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping
functions within the critical section, and now because it's called
by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl
because it is flushed under rtnl.
(cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046)
I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it
entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly.
For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for
the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably
simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get
mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to
connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we
will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer
to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation,
while the suspend operation must be done directly.
Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect
to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short
enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect
that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the
association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data
frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and
have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is
available and requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:46:1: warning: symbol 'nfnetlink_parse_nat_setup_hook' was not declared. Should it be static?
Including the proper header also revealed an incorrect prototype.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c:537:1: warning: symbol 'nfulnl_log_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
Including the proper header also revealed an incorrect prototype.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As for now, the creation and update of conntracks via ctnetlink do not
propagate an event to userspace. This can result in inconsistent situations
if several userspace processes modify the connection tracking table by means
of ctnetlink at the same time. Specifically, using the conntrack command
line tool and conntrackd at the same time can trigger unconsistencies.
This patch also modifies the event cache infrastructure to pass the
process PID and the ECHO flag to nfnetlink_send() to report back
to userspace if the process that triggered the change needs so.
Based on a suggestion from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds module loading for helpers via ctnetlink.
* Creation path: We support explicit and implicit helper assignation. For
the explicit case, we try to load the module. If the module is correctly
loaded and the helper is present, we return EAGAIN to re-start the
creation. Otherwise, we return EOPNOTSUPP.
* Update path: release the spin lock, load the module and check. If it is
present, then return EAGAIN to re-start the update.
This patch provides a refactorized function to lookup-and-set the
connection tracking helper. The function removes the exported symbol
__nf_ct_helper_find as it has not clients anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds the macro MODULE_ALIAS_NFCT_HELPER that defines a
way to provide generic and persistent aliases for the connection
tracking helpers.
This next patch requires this patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch replaces the unnecessary module refcounting with
the read-side locks. With this patch, all the dump and fill_info
function are called under the RCU read lock.
Based on a patch from Fabian Hugelshofer.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch changes the return value if the conntrack has no helper assigned.
Instead of EINVAL, which is reserved for malformed messages, it returns
EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use nf_conntrack_get instead of the direct call to atomic_inc.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch is a preparation to namespace conversion of /proc/net/protocols
In order to have relevant information for SCTP protocols, we should use
sock_prot_inuse_add() to update a (percpu and pernamespace) counter of
inuse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a preparation to namespace conversion of /proc/net/protocols
In order to have relevant information for UNIX protocol, we should use
sock_prot_inuse_add() to update a (percpu and pernamespace) counter of
inuse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, /proc/net/protocols displays socket counts only for TCP/TCPv6
protocols
We can provide unix_nr_socks for free here, this counter being
already maintained in af_unix
Before patch :
# grep UNIX /proc/net/protocols
UNIX 428 -1 -1 NI 0 yes kernel
After patch :
# grep UNIX /proc/net/protocols
UNIX 428 98 -1 NI 0 yes kernel
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike ifconfig, iproute doesn't report an error when setting
an interface up fails:
(example: put wireless network mac80211 interface into repeater mode
with iwconfig but do not set a peer MAC address, it should fail with
-ENOLINK)
without patch:
# ip link set wlan0 up ; echo $?
0
#
with patch:
# ip link set wlan0 up ; echo $?
RTNETLINK answers: Link has been severed
2
#
Propagate the return value from dev_change_flags() to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simply delete ops from list and let list debugging do the job.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a pure cleanup of net/unix/af_unix.c to meet current code
style standards
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This splits the setsockopt calls into two groups, depending on whether an
integer argument (val) is required and whether routines being called do
their own locking.
Some options (such as setting the CCID) use u8 rather than int, so that for
these the test with regard to integer-sizeof can not be used.
The second switch-case statement now only has those statements which need
locking and which make use of `val'.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugene Teo <eugeneteo@kernel.sg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch deprecates the Ack Ratio sysctl, since
* Ack Ratio is entirely ignored by CCID-3 and CCID-4,
* Ack Ratio currently doesn't work in CCID-2 (i.e. is always set to 1);
* even if it would work in CCID-2, there is no point for a user to change it:
- Ack Ratio is constrained by cwnd (RFC 4341, 6.1.2),
- if Ack Ratio > cwnd, the system resorts to spurious RTO timeouts
(since waiting for Acks which will never arrive in this window),
- cwnd is not a user-configurable value.
The only reasonable place for Ack Ratio is to print it for debugging. It is
planned to do this later on, as part of e.g. dccp_probe.
With this patch Ack Ratio is now under full control of feature negotiation:
* Ack Ratio is resolved as a dependency of the selected CCID;
* if the chosen CCID supports it (i.e. CCID == CCID-2), Ack Ratio is set to
the default of 2, following RFC 4340, 11.3 - "New connections start with Ack
Ratio 2 for both endpoints";
* what happens then is part of another patch set, since it concerns the
dynamic update of Ack Ratio while the connection is in full flight.
Thanks to Tomasz Grobelny for discussion leading up to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides feature negotiation for server minimum checksum coverage
which so far has been missing.
Since sender/receiver coverage values range only from 0...15, their
type has also been reduced in size from u16 to u4.
Feature-negotiation options are now generated for both sender and receiver
coverage, i.e. when the peer has `forgotten' to enable partial coverage
then feature negotiation will automatically enable (negotiate) the partial
coverage value for this connection.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous setsockopt interface, which passed socket options via struct
dccp_so_feat, is complicated/difficult to use. Continuing to support it leads to
ugly code since the old approach did not distinguish between NN and SP values.
This patch removes the old setsockopt interface and replaces it with two new
functions to register NN/SP values for feature negotiation.
These are essentially wrappers around the internal __feat_register functions,
with checking added to avoid
* wrong usage (type);
* changing values while the connection is in progress.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a hook to resolve features whose value depends on the choice of
CCID. It is done at the server since it can only be done after the CCID
values have been negotiated; i.e. the client will add its CCID preference
list on the Change options sent in the Request, which will be reconciled
with the local preference list of the server.
The concept is documented on
http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/dccp/notes/feature_negotiation/\
implementation_notes.html#ccid_dependencies
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Technically, patch changes format for modules, but I think nobody cares.
-86dd :ipv6:ipv6_rcv+0x0
+86dd ipv6_rcv+0x0/0x400 [ipv6]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU was added to UDP lookups, using a fast infrastructure :
- sockets kmem_cache use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and dont pay the
price of call_rcu() at freeing time.
- hlist_nulls permits to use few memory barriers.
This patch uses same infrastructure for TCP/DCCP established
and timewait sockets.
Thanks to SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, no slowdown for applications
using short lived TCP connections. A followup patch, converting
rwlocks to spinlocks will even speedup this case.
__inet_lookup_established() is pretty fast now we dont have to
dirty a contended cache line (read_lock/read_unlock)
Only established and timewait hashtable are converted to RCU
(bind table and listen table are still using traditional locking)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a straightforward patch, using hlist_nulls infrastructure.
RCUification already done on UDP two weeks ago.
Using hlist_nulls permits us to avoid some memory barriers, both
at lookup time and delete time.
Patch is large because it adds new macros to include/net/sock.h.
These macros will be used by TCP & DCCP in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case UDP traffic is redirected to a local UDP socket,
the originally addressed destination address/port
cannot be recovered with the in-kernel tproxy.
This patch adds an IP_RECVORIGDSTADDR sockopt that enables
a IP_ORIGDSTADDR ancillary message in recvmsg(). This
ancillary message contains the original destination address/port
of the packet being received.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Greear wrote:
> I have 500 mac-vlans on a system talking to 500 other
> mac-vlans. My problem is that the arp-table gets extremely
> huge because every time an arp-request comes in on all mac-vlans,
> a stale arp entry is added for each mac-vlan. I have filtering
> turned on, but that doesn't help because the neigh_event_ns call
> below will cause a stale neighbor entry to be created regardless
> of whether a replay will be sent or not.
> Maybe the neigh_event code should be below the checks for dont_send,
> and only create check neigh_event_ns if we are !dont_send?
The attached patch makes it work much better for me. The patch
will cause the code to NOT create a stale neighbor entry if we
are not going to respond to the ARP request. The old code
*would* create a stale entry even if we are not going to respond.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the next page of the scm recursion story (the commit
f8d570a4 net: Fix recursive descent in __scm_destroy()).
In function scm_fp_dup(), the INIT_LIST_HEAD(&fpl->list) of newly
created fpl is done *before* the subsequent memcpy from the old
structure and thus the freshly initialized list is overwritten.
But that's OK, since this initialization is not required at all,
since the fpl->list is list_add-ed at the destruction time in any
case (and is unused in other code), so I propose to drop both
initializations, rather than moving it after the memcpy.
Please, correct me if I miss something significant.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During tbench/oprofile sessions, I found that dst_release() was in third position.
CPU: Core 2, speed 2999.68 MHz (estimated)
Counted CPU_CLK_UNHALTED events (Clock cycles when not halted) with a unit mask of 0x00 (Unhalted core cycles) count 100000
samples % symbol name
483726 9.0185 __copy_user_zeroing_intel
191466 3.5697 __copy_user_intel
185475 3.4580 dst_release
175114 3.2648 ip_queue_xmit
153447 2.8608 tcp_sendmsg
108775 2.0280 tcp_recvmsg
102659 1.9140 sysenter_past_esp
101450 1.8914 tcp_current_mss
95067 1.7724 __copy_from_user_ll
86531 1.6133 tcp_transmit_skb
Of course, all CPUS fight on the dst_entry associated with 127.0.0.1
Instead of first checking the refcount value, then decrement it,
we use atomic_dec_return() to help CPU to make the right memory transaction
(ie getting the cache line in exclusive mode)
dst_release() is now at the fifth position, and tbench a litle bit faster ;)
CPU: Core 2, speed 3000.1 MHz (estimated)
Counted CPU_CLK_UNHALTED events (Clock cycles when not halted) with a unit mask of 0x00 (Unhalted core cycles) count 100000
samples % symbol name
647107 8.8072 __copy_user_zeroing_intel
258840 3.5229 ip_queue_xmit
258302 3.5155 __copy_user_intel
209629 2.8531 tcp_sendmsg
165632 2.2543 dst_release
149232 2.0311 tcp_current_mss
147821 2.0119 tcp_recvmsg
137893 1.8767 sysenter_past_esp
127473 1.7349 __copy_from_user_ll
121308 1.6510 ip_finish_output
118510 1.6129 tcp_transmit_skb
109295 1.4875 tcp_v4_rcv
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:60: warning: ‘bt_key_strings’ defined but not used
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:71: warning: ‘bt_slock_key_strings’ defined but not used
this is a lockdep macro problem in the !LOCKDEP case.
We cannot convert it to an inline because the macro works on multiple types,
but we can mark the parameter used.
[ also clean up a misaligned tab in sock_lock_init_class_and_name() ]
[ also remove #ifdefs from around af_family_clock_key strings - which
were certainly added to get rid of the ugly build warnings. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() and changing sch_netem into
classless qdisc there are no more qdisc->ops->requeue() users. This
patch removes this method with its wrappers (qdisc_requeue()), and
also unused qdisc->requeue structure. There are a few minor fixes of
warnings (htb_enqueue()) and comments btw.
The idea to kill ->requeue() and a similar patch were first developed
by David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
security/keys/internal.h
security/keys/process_keys.c
security/keys/request_key.c
Fixed conflicts above by using the non 'tsk' versions.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Attach creds to file structs and discard f_uid/f_gid.
file_operations::open() methods (such as hppfs_open()) should use file->f_cred
rather than current_cred(). At the moment file->f_cred will be current_cred()
at this point.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Inaugurate copy-on-write credentials management. This uses RCU to manage the
credentials pointer in the task_struct with respect to accesses by other tasks.
A process may only modify its own credentials, and so does not need locking to
access or modify its own credentials.
A mutex (cred_replace_mutex) is added to the task_struct to control the effect
of PTRACE_ATTACHED on credential calculations, particularly with respect to
execve().
With this patch, the contents of an active credentials struct may not be
changed directly; rather a new set of credentials must be prepared, modified
and committed using something like the following sequence of events:
struct cred *new = prepare_creds();
int ret = blah(new);
if (ret < 0) {
abort_creds(new);
return ret;
}
return commit_creds(new);
There are some exceptions to this rule: the keyrings pointed to by the active
credentials may be instantiated - keyrings violate the COW rule as managing
COW keyrings is tricky, given that it is possible for a task to directly alter
the keys in a keyring in use by another task.
To help enforce this, various pointers to sets of credentials, such as those in
the task_struct, are declared const. The purpose of this is compile-time
discouragement of altering credentials through those pointers. Once a set of
credentials has been made public through one of these pointers, it may not be
modified, except under special circumstances:
(1) Its reference count may incremented and decremented.
(2) The keyrings to which it points may be modified, but not replaced.
The only safe way to modify anything else is to create a replacement and commit
using the functions described in Documentation/credentials.txt (which will be
added by a later patch).
This patch and the preceding patches have been tested with the LTP SELinux
testsuite.
This patch makes several logical sets of alteration:
(1) execve().
This now prepares and commits credentials in various places in the
security code rather than altering the current creds directly.
(2) Temporary credential overrides.
do_coredump() and sys_faccessat() now prepare their own credentials and
temporarily override the ones currently on the acting thread, whilst
preventing interference from other threads by holding cred_replace_mutex
on the thread being dumped.
This will be replaced in a future patch by something that hands down the
credentials directly to the functions being called, rather than altering
the task's objective credentials.
(3) LSM interface.
A number of functions have been changed, added or removed:
(*) security_capset_check(), ->capset_check()
(*) security_capset_set(), ->capset_set()
Removed in favour of security_capset().
(*) security_capset(), ->capset()
New. This is passed a pointer to the new creds, a pointer to the old
creds and the proposed capability sets. It should fill in the new
creds or return an error. All pointers, barring the pointer to the
new creds, are now const.
(*) security_bprm_apply_creds(), ->bprm_apply_creds()
Changed; now returns a value, which will cause the process to be
killed if it's an error.
(*) security_task_alloc(), ->task_alloc_security()
Removed in favour of security_prepare_creds().
(*) security_cred_free(), ->cred_free()
New. Free security data attached to cred->security.
(*) security_prepare_creds(), ->cred_prepare()
New. Duplicate any security data attached to cred->security.
(*) security_commit_creds(), ->cred_commit()
New. Apply any security effects for the upcoming installation of new
security by commit_creds().
(*) security_task_post_setuid(), ->task_post_setuid()
Removed in favour of security_task_fix_setuid().
(*) security_task_fix_setuid(), ->task_fix_setuid()
Fix up the proposed new credentials for setuid(). This is used by
cap_set_fix_setuid() to implicitly adjust capabilities in line with
setuid() changes. Changes are made to the new credentials, rather
than the task itself as in security_task_post_setuid().
(*) security_task_reparent_to_init(), ->task_reparent_to_init()
Removed. Instead the task being reparented to init is referred
directly to init's credentials.
NOTE! This results in the loss of some state: SELinux's osid no
longer records the sid of the thread that forked it.
(*) security_key_alloc(), ->key_alloc()
(*) security_key_permission(), ->key_permission()
Changed. These now take cred pointers rather than task pointers to
refer to the security context.
(4) sys_capset().
This has been simplified and uses less locking. The LSM functions it
calls have been merged.
(5) reparent_to_kthreadd().
This gives the current thread the same credentials as init by simply using
commit_thread() to point that way.
(6) __sigqueue_alloc() and switch_uid()
__sigqueue_alloc() can't stop the target task from changing its creds
beneath it, so this function gets a reference to the currently applicable
user_struct which it then passes into the sigqueue struct it returns if
successful.
switch_uid() is now called from commit_creds(), and possibly should be
folded into that. commit_creds() should take care of protecting
__sigqueue_alloc().
(7) [sg]et[ug]id() and co and [sg]et_current_groups.
The set functions now all use prepare_creds(), commit_creds() and
abort_creds() to build and check a new set of credentials before applying
it.
security_task_set[ug]id() is called inside the prepared section. This
guarantees that nothing else will affect the creds until we've finished.
The calling of set_dumpable() has been moved into commit_creds().
Much of the functionality of set_user() has been moved into
commit_creds().
The get functions all simply access the data directly.
(8) security_task_prctl() and cap_task_prctl().
security_task_prctl() has been modified to return -ENOSYS if it doesn't
want to handle a function, or otherwise return the return value directly
rather than through an argument.
Additionally, cap_task_prctl() now prepares a new set of credentials, even
if it doesn't end up using it.
(9) Keyrings.
A number of changes have been made to the keyrings code:
(a) switch_uid_keyring(), copy_keys(), exit_keys() and suid_keys() have
all been dropped and built in to the credentials functions directly.
They may want separating out again later.
(b) key_alloc() and search_process_keyrings() now take a cred pointer
rather than a task pointer to specify the security context.
(c) copy_creds() gives a new thread within the same thread group a new
thread keyring if its parent had one, otherwise it discards the thread
keyring.
(d) The authorisation key now points directly to the credentials to extend
the search into rather pointing to the task that carries them.
(e) Installing thread, process or session keyrings causes a new set of
credentials to be created, even though it's not strictly necessary for
process or session keyrings (they're shared).
(10) Usermode helper.
The usermode helper code now carries a cred struct pointer in its
subprocess_info struct instead of a new session keyring pointer. This set
of credentials is derived from init_cred and installed on the new process
after it has been cloned.
call_usermodehelper_setup() allocates the new credentials and
call_usermodehelper_freeinfo() discards them if they haven't been used. A
special cred function (prepare_usermodeinfo_creds()) is provided
specifically for call_usermodehelper_setup() to call.
call_usermodehelper_setkeys() adjusts the credentials to sport the
supplied keyring as the new session keyring.
(11) SELinux.
SELinux has a number of changes, in addition to those to support the LSM
interface changes mentioned above:
(a) selinux_setprocattr() no longer does its check for whether the
current ptracer can access processes with the new SID inside the lock
that covers getting the ptracer's SID. Whilst this lock ensures that
the check is done with the ptracer pinned, the result is only valid
until the lock is released, so there's no point doing it inside the
lock.
(12) is_single_threaded().
This function has been extracted from selinux_setprocattr() and put into
a file of its own in the lib/ directory as join_session_keyring() now
wants to use it too.
The code in SELinux just checked to see whether a task shared mm_structs
with other tasks (CLONE_VM), but that isn't good enough. We really want
to know if they're part of the same thread group (CLONE_THREAD).
(13) nfsd.
The NFS server daemon now has to use the COW credentials to set the
credentials it is going to use. It really needs to pass the credentials
down to the functions it calls, but it can't do that until other patches
in this series have been applied.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap current->cred and a few other accessors to hide their actual
implementation.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Separate the task security context from task_struct. At this point, the
security data is temporarily embedded in the task_struct with two pointers
pointing to it.
Note that the Alpha arch is altered as it refers to (E)UID and (E)GID in
entry.S via asm-offsets.
With comment fixes Signed-off-by: Marc Dionne <marc.c.dionne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
We have some reasons to kill netdev->priv:
1. netdev->priv is equal to netdev_priv().
2. netdev_priv() wraps the calculation of netdev->priv's offset, obviously
netdev_priv() is more flexible than netdev->priv.
But we cann't kill netdev->priv, because so many drivers reference to it
directly.
This patch is a safe convert for netdev->priv to netdev_priv(netdev).
Since all of the netdev->priv is only for read.
But it is too big to be sent in one mail.
I split it to 4 parts and make every part smaller than 100,000 bytes,
which is max size allowed by vger.
Signed-off-by: Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make 9p's RDMA option depend on INET since it uses Infiniband rdma_*
functions and that code depends on INET. Otherwise 9p can try to
use symbols which don't exist.
ERROR: "rdma_destroy_id" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "rdma_connect" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "rdma_create_id" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "rdma_create_qp" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "rdma_resolve_route" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "rdma_disconnect" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "rdma_resolve_addr" [net/9p/9pnet_rdma.ko] undefined!
I used an if/endif block so that the menu items would remain
presented together.
Also correct an article adjective.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 2518c7c2b3 ("[XFRM]: Hash
policies when non-prefixed."), the last use of xfrm_gen_policy() first
argument was removed, but the argument was left behind in the
prototype.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Failure to pass netns_ok check is SILENT, except some MIB counter is
incremented somewhere.
And adding "netns_ok = 1" (after long head-scratching session) is
usually the last step in making some protocol netns-ready...
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two bugs:
1. setsockopt() of anything but a Type 2 routing header should return
EINVAL instead of EPERM. Noticed by Shan Wei
(shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com).
2. setsockopt()/sendmsg() of a Type 2 routing header with invalid
length or segments should return EINVAL. These values are statically
fixed in RFC 3775, unlike the variable Type 0 was.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ieee80211_notify_mac() function uses ieee80211_sta_req_auth() which
in turn calls ieee80211_set_disassoc() which calls a few functions that
need to be able to sleep, so ieee80211_notify_mac() cannot use RCU
locking for the interface list and must use rtnl locking instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In __sock_recv_timestamp() the additional SCM_TIMESTAMP[NS] is used. This
has the same value as SO_TIMESTAMP[NS], so this is a purely cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a minor bug in tcp_htcp.c which has been
highlighted by Lachlan Andrew and Lawrence Stewart. Currently, the
time since the last congestion event, which is stored in variable
last_cong, is reset whenever there is a state change into
TCP_CA_Open. This includes transitions of the type
TCP_CA_Open->TCP_CA_Disorder->TCP_CA_Open which are not associated
with backoff of cwnd. The patch changes last_cong to be updated
only on transitions into TCP_CA_Open that occur after experiencing
the congestion-related states TCP_CA_Loss, TCP_CA_Recovery,
TCP_CA_CWR.
Signed-off-by: Doug Leith <doug.leith@nuim.ie>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using read_pnet() and write_pnet() in neighbour code ease the reading
of code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can shrink size of "struct inet_bind_bucket" by 50%, using
read_pnet() and write_pnet()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides a missing link in the code chain, as several features implicitly
depend and/or rely on the choice of CCID. Most notably, this is the Send Ack Vector
feature, but also Ack Ratio and Send Loss Event Rate (also taken care of).
For Send Ack Vector, the situation is as follows:
* since CCID2 mandates the use of Ack Vectors, there is no point in allowing
endpoints which use CCID2 to disable Ack Vector features such a connection;
* a peer with a TX CCID of CCID2 will always expect Ack Vectors, and a peer
with a RX CCID of CCID2 must always send Ack Vectors (RFC 4341, sec. 4);
* for all other CCIDs, the use of (Send) Ack Vector is optional and thus
negotiable. However, this implies that the code negotiating the use of Ack
Vectors also supports it (i.e. is able to supply and to either parse or
ignore received Ack Vectors). Since this is not the case (CCID-3 has no Ack
Vector support), the use of Ack Vectors is here disabled, with a comment
in the source code.
An analogous consideration arises for the Send Loss Event Rate feature,
since the CCID-3 implementation does not support the loss interval options
of RFC 4342. To make such use explicit, corresponding feature-negotiation
options are inserted which signal the use of the loss event rate option,
as it is used by the CCID3 code.
Lastly, the values of the Ack Ratio feature are matched to the choice of CCID.
The patch implements this as a function which is called after the user has
made all other registrations for changing default values of features.
The table is variable-length, the reserved (and hence for feature-negotiation
invalid, confirmed by considering section 19.4 of RFC 4340) feature number `0'
is used to mark the end of the table.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides a data structure to record which CCIDs are locally supported
and three accessor functions:
- a test function for internal use which is used to validate CCID requests
made by the user;
- a copy function so that the list can be used for feature-negotiation;
- documented getsockopt() support so that the user can query capabilities.
The data structure is a table which is filled in at compile-time with the
list of available CCIDs (which in turn depends on the Kconfig choices).
Using the copy function for cloning the list of supported CCIDs is useful for
feature negotiation, since the negotiation is now with the full list of available
CCIDs (e.g. {2, 3}) instead of the default value {2}. This means negotiation
will not fail if the peer requests to use CCID3 instead of CCID2.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two registration routines, for SP and NN features, are provided by this patch,
replacing a previous routine which was used for both feature types.
These are internal-only routines and therefore start with `__feat_register'.
It further exports the known limits of Sequence Window and Ack Ratio as symbolic
constants.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch limits feature (capability) negotation to the connection setup phase:
1. Although it is theoretically possible to perform feature negotiation at any
time (and RFC 4340 supports this), in practice this is prohibitively complex,
as it requires to put traffic on hold for each new negotiation.
2. As a byproduct of restricting feature negotiation to connection setup, the
feature-negotiation retransmit timer is no longer required. This part is now
mapped onto the protocol-level retransmission.
Details indicating why timers are no longer needed can be found on
http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/dccp/notes/feature_negotiation/\
implementation_notes.html
This patch disables anytime negotiation, subsequent patches work out full
feature negotiation support for connection setup.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->pde isn't actually needed, since name is stashed in ->id.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling
dsa: fix skb->pkt_type when mac address of slave interface differs
net: fix setting of skb->tail in skb_recycle_check()
net: fix /proc/net/snmp as memory corruptor
mac80211: fix a buffer overrun in station debug code
netfilter: payload_len is be16, add size of struct rather than size of pointer
ipv6: fix ip6_mr_init error path
[4/4] dca: fixup initialization dependency
[3/4] I/OAT: fix async_tx.callback checking
[2/4] I/OAT: fix dma_pin_iovec_pages() error handling
[1/4] I/OAT: fix channel resources free for not allocated channels
ssb: Fix DMA-API compilation for non-PCI systems
SSB: hide empty sub menu
vlan: Fix typos in proc output string
[netdrvr] usb/hso: Cleanup rfkill error handling
sfc: Correct address of gPXE boot configuration in EEPROM
el3_common_init() should be __devinit, not __init
hso: rfkill type should be WWAN
mlx4_en: Start port error flow bug fix
af_key: mark policy as dead before destroying
Before commit b6c40d68ff ("net: only
invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could
sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's
allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them
in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged
almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't
caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more
apparent.
Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or
promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan
driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to
fix this.
Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen
<linux@ddcrew.com>.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a dsa slave interface has a mac address that differs from that
of the master interface, eth_type_trans() won't explicitly set
skb->pkt_type back to PACKET_HOST -- we need to do this ourselves
before calling eth_type_trans().
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since skb_reset_tail_pointer() reads skb->data, we need to set
skb->data before calling skb_reset_tail_pointer(). This was causing
spurious skb_over_panic()s from skb_put() being called on a recycled
skb that had its skb->tail set to beyond where it should have been.
Bug report from Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmpmsg_put() can happily corrupt kernel memory, using a static
table and forgetting to reset an array index in a loop.
Remove the static array since its not safe without proper locking.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/mac80211/debugfs_sta.c
The trailing zero was written to state[4], it's out of bounds.
Signed-off-by: Jianjun Kong <jianjun@zeuux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing pktgen, I found that sometimes my configurations from
previous runs would be left over, particularly when going from a test
with 8 threads down to a test with 4 threads.
This adds new functionality to pktgen where you can call
pgset "reset"
and it will be just like you just insmod'ed pktgen again.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
payload_len is a be16 value, not cpu_endian, also the size of a ponter
to a struct ipv6hdr was being added, not the size of the struct itself.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The order of cleanup operations in the error/exit section of ip6_mr_init()
is completely inversed. It should be the other way around.
Also a del_timer() is missing in the error path.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As regulatory_request gets bigger there will be more questions
of what things means, so clarify documenation for it and
keep track of the special alpha2 codes we use internally
and on the userspace regulatory agents.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are certain scenerios where we require intersecting
two regulatory domains. This adds intersection support.
When we enable 802.11d support we will use this to intersect
the regulatory domain from the AP's country IE and what our
regulatory agent believes is correct for a country.
This patch enables intersection for now in the case where
the last regdomain was set by a country IE which was parsed
and the user then wants to set the regulatory domain. Since
we don't support country IE parsing yet this code path will not
be hit, however this allows us to pave the way for 11d support.
Intersection code has been tested in userspace with CRDA.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A regulatory rule is invalid when the frequency difference
between the end of the frequency range and the start is 0.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the addition of basic rate set and TX queue parameter
configuration and confirmation that power save buffering is
working again, mac80211 is now in state that allows AP mode to be
used without major problems. Consequently, it is time to allow this
mode to be enabled without having to patch the kernel.
AP mode requires hostapd for management frame processing and as such,
configuring this mode is only allowed through cfg80211 (not with
iwconfig and WEXT).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In previous code all the rates were marked as basic.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set TX queue
parameters (txop, cwmin, cwmax, aifs).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set which rates are
in the basic rate set.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a helper function that, given a bitmap of basic
rates and a bitrate returns the response rate for this rate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes two current compilation problems. They showed up
with CONFIG_IEEE80211_DEBUG defined.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send a notification to the driver on succesful
reception of an ADDBA response, add IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no
driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's
unlikely that any hardware design that does require the
SSID will play well with mac80211.
This also removes support for setting the SSID in master
mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a constant from the 802.11 specification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch prints reason code for deauth/dissoc frames to give users
more ideas what's happened for the disconnection.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously I assumed that the receive queues of candidates don't
change during the GC. This is only half true, nothing can be received
from the queues (see comment in unix_gc()), but buffers could be added
through the other half of the socket pair, which may still have file
descriptors referring to it.
This can result in inc_inflight_move_tail() erronously increasing the
"inflight" counter for a unix socket for which dec_inflight() wasn't
previously called. This in turn can trigger the "BUG_ON(total_refs <
inflight_refs)" in a later garbage collection run.
Fix this by only manipulating the "inflight" counter for sockets which
are candidates themselves. Duplicating the file references in
unix_attach_fds() is also needed to prevent a socket becoming a
candidate for GC while the skb that contains it is not yet queued.
Reported-by: Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Use htonl rather than ntohl on a u32.
net/tipc/name_table.c:557:2: warning: cast to restricted __be32
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classifier should cover the most common use case and will work
without any special configuration.
The principle of the classifier is to directly access the
task_struct via get_current(). In order for this to work,
classification requests from softirqs must be ignored. This is
not a problem because the vast majority of packets in softirq
context are not assigned to a task anyway. For this to work, a
mechanism is needed to trace softirq context.
This repost goes back to the method of relying on the number of
nested bh disable calls for the sake of not adding too much
complexity and the option to come up with something more reliable
if actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was recently hunting a bug that occurred in network namespace
cleanup. In looking at the code it became apparrent that we have
and will continue to have cases where if we have anything going
on in a network namespace there will be assumptions that the
loopback device is present. Things like sending igmp unsubscribe
messages when we bring down network devices invokes the routing
code which assumes that at least the loopback driver is present.
Therefore to avoid magic initcall ordering hackery that is hard
to follow and hard to get right insert a call to register the
loopback device directly from net_dev_init(). This guarantes
that the loopback device is the first device registered and
the last network device to go away.
But do it carefully so we register the loopback device after
we clear dev_boot_phase.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@maxwell.aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to setup the network namespace state before we register
the notifier. Otherwise if a network device is already registered
we get a nasty NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@maxwell.aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/phonet/af_phonet.c:38:36: error: marked inline, but without a definition
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:63:10: warning: incorrect type in return expression (different base types)
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:63:10: expected int
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:63:10: got restricted __be16 [usertype] <noident>
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:65:10: warning: incorrect type in return expression (different base types)
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:65:10: expected int
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:65:10: got restricted __be16 [usertype] <noident>
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:124:16: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:124:16: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] protocol
net/phonet/pep-gprs.c:124:16: got unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] protocol
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_policy_destroy() will oops if not dead policy is passed to it.
On error path in pfkey_compile_policy() exactly this happens.
Oopsable for CAP_NET_ADMIN owners.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's called from __init code only. And__devinit in generic networking code
is pretty strange :^)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Fix recursive descent in __scm_destroy().
iwl3945: fix deadlock on suspend
iwl3945: do not send scan command if channel count zero
iwl3945: clear scanning bits upon failure
ath5k: correct handling of rx status fields
zd1211rw: Add 2 device IDs
Fix logic error in rfkill_check_duplicity
iwlagn: avoid sleep in softirq context
iwlwifi: clear scanning bits upon failure
Revert "ath5k: honor FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC in STA mode"
tcp: Fix recvmsg MSG_PEEK influence of blocking behavior.
netfilter: netns ct: walk netns list under RTNL
ipv6: fix run pending DAD when interface becomes ready
net/9p: fix printk format warnings
net: fix packet socket delivery in rx irq handler
xfrm: Have af-specific init_tempsel() initialize family field of temporary selector
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
net/9p: fix printk format warnings
unsigned fid->fid cannot be negative
9p: rdma: remove duplicated #include
p9: Fix leak of waitqueue in request allocation path
9p: Remove unneeded free of fcall for Flush
9p: Make all client spin locks IRQ safe
9p: rdma: Set trans prior to requesting async connection ops
__scm_destroy() walks the list of file descriptors in the scm_fp_list
pointed to by the scm_cookie argument.
Those, in turn, can close sockets and invoke __scm_destroy() again.
There is nothing which limits how deeply this can occur.
The idea for how to fix this is from Linus. Basically, we do all of
the fput()s at the top level by collecting all of the scm_fp_list
objects hit by an fput(). Inside of the initial __scm_destroy() we
keep running the list until it is empty.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__scm_destroy() walks the list of file descriptors in the scm_fp_list
pointed to by the scm_cookie argument.
Those, in turn, can close sockets and invoke __scm_destroy() again.
There is nothing which limits how deeply this can occur.
The idea for how to fix this is from Linus. Basically, we do all of
the fput()s at the top level by collecting all of the scm_fp_list
objects hit by an fput(). Inside of the initial __scm_destroy() we
keep running the list until it is empty.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
> I'll have a prod at why the [hso] rfkill stuff isn't working next
Ok, I believe this is due to the addition of rfkill_check_duplicity in
rfkill and the fact that test_bit actually returns a negative value
rather than the postive one expected (which is of course equally true).
So when the second WLAN device (the hso device, with the EEE PC WLAN
being the first) comes along rfkill_check_duplicity returns a negative
value and so rfkill_register returns an error. Patch below fixes this
for me.
Signed-Off-By: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds better IPv6 failover support for bonding devices,
especially when in active-backup mode and there are only IPv6 addresses
configured, as reported by Alex Sidorenko.
- Creates a new file, net/drivers/bonding/bond_ipv6.c, for the
IPv6-specific routines. Both regular bonds and VLANs over bonds
are supported.
- Adds a new tunable, num_unsol_na, to limit the number of unsolicited
IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements that are sent on a failover event.
Default is 1.
- Creates two new IPv6 neighbor discovery functions:
ndisc_build_skb()
ndisc_send_skb()
These were required to support VLANs since we have to be able to
add the VLAN id to the skb since ndisc_send_na() and friends
shouldn't be asked to do this. These two routines are basically
__ndisc_send() split into two pieces, in a slightly different order.
- Updates Documentation/networking/bonding.txt and bumps the rev of bond
support to 3.4.0.
On failover, this new code will generate one packet:
- An unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisement, which helps the switch
learn that the address has moved to the new slave.
Testing has shown that sending just the NA results in pretty good
behavior when in active-back mode, I saw no lost ping packets for example.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
I have been tracking for a while a case where when the
network namespace exits the cleanup gets stck in an
endless precessess of:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 3
It turns out that if you listen on a multicast address an unsubscribe
packet is sent when the network device goes down. If you shutdown
the network namespace without carefully cleaning up this can trigger
the unsubscribe packet to be sent over the loopback interface while
the network namespace is going down.
All of which is fine except when we drop the packet and forget to
free it leaking the skb and the dst entry attached to. As it
turns out the dst entry hold a reference to the idev which holds
the dev and keeps everything from being cleaned up. Yuck!
By fixing my earlier thinko and add the needed kfree_skb and everything
cleans up beautifully.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was recently hunting a bug that occurred in network namespace
cleanup. In looking at the code it became apparrent that we have
and will continue to have cases where if we have anything going
on in a network namespace there will be assumptions that the
loopback device is present. Things like sending igmp unsubscribe
messages when we bring down network devices invokes the routing
code which assumes that at least the loopback driver is present.
Therefore to avoid magic initcall ordering hackery that is hard
to follow and hard to get right insert a call to register the
loopback device directly from net_dev_init(). This guarantes
that the loopback device is the first device registered and
the last network device to go away.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When physical devices are inside of network namespace and that
network namespace terminates we can not make them go away. We
have to keep them and moving them to the initial network namespace
is the best we can do.
For virtual devices left in a network namespace that is exiting
we have no need to preserve them and we now have the infrastructure
that allows us to delete them. So delete virtual devices when we
exit a network namespace. Keeping the necessary user space clean up
after a network namespace exits much more tractable.
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix printk format warnings in net/9p.
Built cleanly on 7 arches.
net/9p/client.c:820: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:820: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:867: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:867: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:932: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:932: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 6 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:982: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:982: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1025: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1025: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 7 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 12 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 8 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 13 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 7 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 12 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 8 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 13 has type 'u64'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Removed duplicated #include <rdma/ib_verbs.h> in
net/9p/trans_rdma.c.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
If a T or R fcall cannot be allocated, the function returns an error
but neglects to free the wait queue that was successfully allocated.
If it comes through again a second time this wq will be overwritten
with a new allocation and the old allocation will be leaked.
Also, if the client is subsequently closed, the close path will
attempt to clean up these allocations, so set the req fields to
NULL to avoid duplicate free.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
T and R fcall are reused until the client is destroyed. There does
not need to be a special case for Flush
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The client lock must be IRQ safe. Some of the lock acquisition paths
took regular spin locks.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The RDMA connection manager is fundamentally asynchronous.
Since the async callback context is the client pointer, the
transport in the client struct needs to be set prior to calling
the first async op.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Vito Caputo noticed that tcp_recvmsg() returns immediately from
partial reads when MSG_PEEK is used. In particular, this means that
SO_RCVLOWAT is not respected.
Simply remove the test. And this matches the behavior of several
other systems, including BSD.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some net devices types, an IPv6 address configured while the
interface was down can stay 'tentative' forever, even after the interface
is set up. In some case, pending IPv6 DADs are not executed when the
device becomes ready.
I observed this while doing some tests with kvm. If I assign an IPv6
address to my interface eth0 (kvm driver rtl8139) when it is still down
then the address is flagged tentative (IFA_F_TENTATIVE). Then, I set
eth0 up, and to my surprise, the address stays 'tentative', no DAD is
executed and the address can't be pinged.
I also observed the same behaviour, without kvm, with virtual interfaces
types macvlan and veth.
Some easy steps to reproduce the issue with macvlan:
1. ip link add link eth0 type macvlan
2. ip -6 addr add 2003::ab32/64 dev macvlan0
3. ip addr show dev macvlan0
...
inet6 2003::ab32/64 scope global tentative
...
4. ip link set macvlan0 up
5. ip addr show dev macvlan0
...
inet6 2003::ab32/64 scope global tentative
...
Address is still tentative
I think there's a bug in net/ipv6/addrconf.c, addrconf_notify():
addrconf_dad_run() is not always run when the interface is flagged IF_READY.
Currently it is only run when receiving NETDEV_CHANGE event. Looks like
some (virtual) devices doesn't send this event when becoming up.
For both NETDEV_UP and NETDEV_CHANGE events, when the interface becomes
ready, run_pending should be set to 1. Patch below.
'run_pending = 1' could be moved below the if/else block but it makes
the code less readable.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed a contention on udp_memory_allocated on regular UDP applications.
While tcp_memory_allocated is seldom used, it appears each incoming UDP frame
is currently touching udp_memory_allocated when queued, and when received by
application.
One possible solution is to use sk_mem_reclaim_partial() instead of
sk_mem_reclaim(), so that we keep a small reserve (less than one page)
of memory for each UDP socket.
We did something very similar on TCP side in commit
9993e7d313
([TCP]: Do not purge sk_forward_alloc entirely in tcp_delack_timer())
A more complex solution would need to convert prot->memory_allocated to
use a percpu_counter with batches of 64 or 128 pages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix printk format warnings in net/9p.
Built cleanly on 7 arches.
net/9p/client.c:820: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:820: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:867: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:867: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:932: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:932: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 6 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:982: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:982: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1025: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1025: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 7 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 12 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 8 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1227: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 13 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 7 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 12 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 8 has type 'u64'
net/9p/client.c:1252: warning: format '%llx' expects type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 13 has type 'u64'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This inserts the required de-allocation routines for memory allocated
by feature negotiation in the socket destructors, replacing
dccp_feat_clean() in one instance.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides feature-negotiation initialisation for both DCCP sockets
and DCCP request_sockets, to support feature negotiation during
connection setup.
It also resolves a FIXME regarding the congestion control
initialisation.
Thanks to Wei Yongjun for help with the IPv6 side of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds list initial fields and list management functions for the
new feature negotiation implementation.
Thanks to Arnaldo for suggestions and improvements.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A lookup table for feature-negotiation information, extracted from RFC
4340/42, is provided by this patch. All currently known features can
be found in this table, along with their feature location, their
default value, and type.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares for the new and extended feature-negotiation
routines.
The following feature-negotiation data structures are provided:
* a container for the various (SP or NN) values,
* symbolic state names to track feature states,
* an entry struct which holds all current information together,
* elementary functions to fill in and process these structures.
Entry structs are arranged as FIFO for the following reason: RFC 4340
specifies that if multiple options of the same type are present, they
are processed in the order of their appearance in the packet; which
means that this order needs to be preserved in the local data
structure (the later insertion code also respects this order).
The struct list_head has been chosen for the following reasons: the most
frequent operations are
* add new entry at tail (when receiving Change or setting socket
options);
* delete entry (when Confirm has been received);
* deep copy of entire list (cloning from listening socket onto
request socket).
The NN value has been set to 64 bit, which is a currently sufficient
upper limit (Sequence Window feature has 48 bit).
Thanks to Arnaldo, who contributed the streamlined layout of the entry
struct.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changes to deliver hardware accelerated VLAN packets to packet
sockets (commit bc1d0411) caused a warning for non-NAPI drivers.
The __vlan_hwaccel_rx() function is called directly from the drivers
RX function, for non-NAPI drivers that means its still in RX IRQ
context:
[ 27.779463] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 27.779509] WARNING: at kernel/softirq.c:136 local_bh_enable+0x37/0x81()
...
[ 27.782520] [<c0264755>] netif_nit_deliver+0x5b/0x75
[ 27.782590] [<c02bba83>] __vlan_hwaccel_rx+0x79/0x162
[ 27.782664] [<f8851c1d>] atl1_intr+0x9a9/0xa7c [atl1]
[ 27.782738] [<c0155b17>] handle_IRQ_event+0x23/0x51
[ 27.782808] [<c015692e>] handle_edge_irq+0xc2/0x102
[ 27.782878] [<c0105fd5>] do_IRQ+0x4d/0x64
Split hardware accelerated VLAN reception into two parts to fix this:
- __vlan_hwaccel_rx just stores the VLAN TCI and performs the VLAN
device lookup, then calls netif_receive_skb()/netif_rx()
- vlan_hwaccel_do_receive(), which is invoked by netif_receive_skb()
in softirq context, performs the real reception and delivery to
packet sockets.
Reported-and-tested-by: Ramon Casellas <ramon.casellas@cttc.es>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding MIGRATE support to strongSwan, Andreas Steffen noticed that
the selectors provided in XFRM_MSG_ACQUIRE have their family field
uninitialized (those in MIGRATE do have their family set).
Looking at the code, this is because the af-specific init_tempsel()
(called via afinfo->init_tempsel() in xfrm_init_tempsel()) do not set
the value.
Reported-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
xfrm: Fix xfrm_policy_gc_lock handling.
niu: Use pci_ioremap_bar().
bnx2x: Version Update
bnx2x: Calling netif_carrier_off at the end of the probe
bnx2x: PCI configuration bug on big-endian
bnx2x: Removing the PMF indication when unloading
mv643xx_eth: fix SMI bus access timeouts
net: kconfig cleanup
fs_enet: fix polling
XFRM: copy_to_user_kmaddress() reports local address twice
SMC91x: Fix compilation on some platforms.
udp: Fix the SNMP counter of UDP_MIB_INERRORS
udp: Fix the SNMP counter of UDP_MIB_INDATAGRAMS
drivers/net/smc911x.c: Fix lockdep warning on xmit.
In net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_rule.c, the function warn_if_extra_mangle was added
in commit 5b1158e909 (2006-12-02). I have a DNAT
target in the OUTPUT chain than changes connections with dst 2.0.0.1 to another
address which I'll substitute with 66.102.9.99 below.
On every boot I get the following message:
[ 146.252505] NAT: no longer support implicit source local NAT
[ 146.252517] NAT: packet src 66.102.9.99 -> dst 2.0.0.1
As far as I can tell from reading the function doing this, it should warn if the
source IP for the route to 66.102.9.99 is different from 2.0.0.1 but that is not
the case. It doesn't make sense to check the DNAT target against the local route
source.
Either the function should be changed to correctly check the route, or it should
be removed entirely as it's been nearly 2 years since it was added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Arlott <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Now that ebt_unregister_table() can be called during netns stop, and module
pinning scheme can't prevent netns stop, do table cleanup by hand.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* return ebt_table from ebt_register_table(), module code will save it into
per-netns data for unregistration
* duplicate ebt_table at the very beginning of registration -- it's added into
list, so one ebt_table wouldn't end up in many lists (and each netns has
different one)
* introduce underscored tables in individial modules, this is temporary to not
break bisection.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* propagate netns from userspace, register table in passed netns
* remporarily register every ebt_table in init_net
P. S.: one needs to add ".netns_ok = 1" to igmp_protocol to test with
ebtables(8) in netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies xt_NFLOG to suppress the call to nf_log_packet()
function. The call of this wrapper in xt_NFLOG was causing NFLOG to
use the first initialized module. Thus, if ipt_ULOG is loaded before
nfnetlink_log all NFLOG rules are treated as plain LOG rules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The generic packet receive code takes care of setting
netdev->last_rx when necessary, for the sake of the
bonding ARP monitor.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All these individual parsing functions never return an error,
so they can be void.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Based upon a lockdep trace by Simon Arlott.
xfrm_policy_kill() can be called from both BH and
non-BH contexts, so we have to grab xfrm_policy_gc_lock
with BH disabling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed duplicated #include <rdma/ib_verbs.h> in net/9p/trans_rdma.c
and #include <linux/thread_info.h> in net/socket.c
Signed-off-by: Jianjun Kong <jianjun@zeuux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I want to compile out proc_* and sysctl_* handlers totally and
stub them to NULL depending on config options, however usage of &
will prevent this, since taking adress of NULL pointer will break
compilation.
So, drop & in front of every ->proc_handler and every ->strategy
handler, it was never needed in fact.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch gets about 1.25% back on tbench regression.
My change to NAPI for multiqueue support changed the time limit on
network receive processing. Under sustained loads like tbench, this
can cause the receiver to reschedule prematurely.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the 'supports_ipv6' scheduler flag since all schedulers now
support IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IPv6 support to LBLC and LBLCR schedulers. These were the last
schedulers without IPv6 support, but we might want to keep the
supports_ipv6 flag in the case of future schedulers without IPv6
support.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since gso_skb is re-used for qdisc_peek_dequeued(), and this skb is
counted in the qdisc->q.qlen, it has to be kfreed during qdisc_reset()
when qlen is zeroed.
With help from David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding support for MIGRATE/KMADDRESS in strongSwan (as specified
in draft-ebalard-mext-pfkey-enhanced-migrate-00), Andreas Steffen
noticed that XFRMA_KMADDRESS attribute passed to userland contains the
local address twice (remote provides local address instead of remote
one).
This bug in copy_to_user_kmaddress() affects only key managers that use
native XFRM interface (key managers that use PF_KEY are not affected).
For the record, the bug was in the initial changeset I posted which
added support for KMADDRESS (13c1d18931
'xfrm: MIGRATE enhancements (draft-ebalard-mext-pfkey-enhanced-migrate)').
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Reported-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP packets received in udpv6_recvmsg() are not only IPv6 UDP packets, but
also have IPv4 UDP packets, so when do the counter of UDP_MIB_INERRORS in
udpv6_recvmsg(), we should check whether the packet is a IPv6 UDP packet
or a IPv4 UDP packet.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If UDP echo is sent to xinetd/echo-dgram, the UDP reply will be received
at the sender. But the SNMP counter of UDP_MIB_INDATAGRAMS will be not
increased, UDP6_MIB_INDATAGRAMS will be increased instead.
Endpoint A Endpoint B
UDP Echo request ----------->
(IPv4, Dst port=7)
<---------- UDP Echo Reply
(IPv4, Src port=7)
This bug is come from this patch cb75994ec3.
It do counter UDP[6]_MIB_INDATAGRAMS until udp[v6]_recvmsg. Because
xinetd used IPv6 socket to receive UDP messages, thus, when received
UDP packet, the UDP6_MIB_INDATAGRAMS will be increased in function
udpv6_recvmsg() even if the packet is a IPv4 UDP packet.
This patch fixed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IPv6 support to SH and DH schedulers. I hope this simple IPv6 address
hashing is good enough. The 128 bit are just XORed into 32 before hashing
them like an IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (33 commits)
af_unix: netns: fix problem of return value
IRDA: remove double inclusion of module.h
udp: multicast packets need to check namespace
net: add documentation for skb recycling
key: fix setkey(8) policy set breakage
bpa10x: free sk_buff with kfree_skb
xfrm: do not leak ESRCH to user space
net: Really remove all of LOOPBACK_TSO code.
netfilter: nf_conntrack_proto_gre: switch to register_pernet_gen_subsys()
netns: add register_pernet_gen_subsys/unregister_pernet_gen_subsys
net: delete excess kernel-doc notation
pppoe: Fix socket leak.
gianfar: Don't reset TBI<->SerDes link if it's already up
gianfar: Fix race in TBI/SerDes configuration
at91_ether: request/free GPIO for PHY interrupt
amd8111e: fix dma_free_coherent context
atl1: fix vlan tag regression
SMC91x: delete unused local variable "lp"
myri10ge: fix stop/go mmio ordering
bonding: fix panic when taking bond interface down before removing module
...
After removing netem classful functionality we are sure its inner
qdisc is tfifo, so we can replace qdisc->ops->requeue() method with
open code. After this patch there are no more ops->requeue() users.
The idea of this patch is by Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy noticed that: "a lot of the functionality of netem
requires the inner tfifo anyways and rate-limiting is usually done
on top of netem. So I would suggest so either hard-wire the tfifo
qdisc or at least make the assumption that inner qdiscs are
work-conserving.", and later: "- a lot of other qdiscs still don't
work as inner qdiscs of netem [...]".
So, according to his suggestion, this patch removes classful options
of netem. The main reason of this change is to remove ops->requeue()
method, which is currently used only by netem.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clean up net/unix/af_unix.c garbage.c sysctl_net_unix.c
Signed-off-by: Jianjun Kong <jianjun@zeuux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix problem of return value
net/unix/af_unix.c: unix_net_init()
when error appears, it should return 'error', not always return 0.
Signed-off-by: Jianjun Kong <jianjun@zeuux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current UDP multicast delivery is not namespace aware.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Corey Minyard spotted a missing memory barrier in udp_lib_get_port()
We need to make sure a reader cannot read the new 'sk->sk_next' value
and previous value of 'sk->sk_hash'. Or else, an item could be deleted
from a chain, and inserted into another chain. If new chain was empty
before the move, 'next' pointer is NULL, and lockless reader can
not detect it missed following items in original chain.
This patch is temporary, since we expect an upcoming patch
to introduce another way of handling the problem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC4301 Section 7.1 says:
"7.1. Tunnel Mode SAs that Carry Initial and Non-Initial Fragments
All implementations MUST support tunnel mode SAs that are configured
to pass traffic without regard to port field (or ICMP type/code or
Mobility Header type) values. If the SA will carry traffic for
specified protocols, the selector set for the SA MUST specify the
port fields (or ICMP type/code or Mobility Header type) as ANY. An
SA defined in this fashion will carry all traffic including initial
and non-initial fragments for the indicated Local/Remote addresses
and specified Next Layer protocol(s)."
But for IPv6, fragment is treated as a protocol. This change catches
protocol transported in fragmented packet. In IPv4, there is no
problem.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 04a4bb55bc ("net: add
skb_recycle_check() to enable netdriver skb recycling") added a
method for network drivers to recycle skbuffs, but while use of
this mechanism was documented in the commit message, it should
really have been added as a docbook comment as well -- this
patch does that.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it is, all instances of ->release() for files that have ->fasync()
need to remember to evict file from fasync lists; forgetting that
creates a hole and we actually have a bunch that *does* forget.
So let's keep our lives simple - let __fput() check FASYNC in
file->f_flags and call ->fasync() there if it's been set. And lose that
crap in ->release() instances - leaving it there is still valid, but we
don't have to bother anymore.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when
renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function is only used once, move it closer to its caller.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function has a few WARNs that may eventually trigger
when an AP sends rogue beacons, those must be removed. Some
of the comments in the function are also inappropriate as
this function is concerned with the global hint, not a per-
wiphy thing (which a multidomain flag on a wiphy would imply).
I'm convinced that we don't need to do anything to implement
multi-domain capability as 802.11-2007 specifies it because
it makes only two things mandatory:
* starting of BSS/IBSS must have country information
(this can easily be done with a mac80211 patch)
* a STA must adopt the country information (we already have
the framework for this)
But we don't have anything implemented anyway for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code needs to be split out and cleaned up, so as a
first step remove the capability, to add it back in a
subsequent patch as a separate function. Also remove the
publically facing return value of the function and the
wiphy argument. A number of internal functions go from
being generic helpers to just being used for alpha2
setting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The regdom struct is given to the core, so it might as well
free it in error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation
do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now
in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ
changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that
set ampdu_queues.
This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eliminate the vif.type check in ieee80211_rx_h_action. This check is
unnecessary (these action frames can be handled by all interface types) and
currently prevents, for example, AP interfaces from handling BACK action frames
such as ADDBA and DELBA requests.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A warning would be printed for every packet that
is transmitted if the rate control information isn't
setup. Change this to WARN_ON_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do not know what max power to allow until a device is targeting
a channel, therefore only allow changing tx power if a channel is defined.
Also make use of the channel's max power setting as defined by
regulatory rules before allowing the user to use the requested power
setting. If the user asked us to figure it out we use the max allowed
by regulatory.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch add a check on the return value of dev_alloc_skb() in
ieee80211_sta_join_ibss() in net/mac80211/mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is unnecessary and of questionable value. Also remove
is_empty_ssid, as it is also unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We never clearly defined the semantics of the sta_notify callback
and it was originally posted for iwlwifi which still doesn't use
it at all. With the recent HT rework ath9k started relying on it,
but I made a mistake there in that I made ath9k assume the HT
information has already been filled in at sta_notify time. This
isn't a hard thing to do, so do it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We really only need to know the last request at each point in time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This mutex is wrong, we use cfg80211_drv_mutex (which should
possibly be renamed to just cfg80211_mutex) everywhere except
in one place, fix that and get rid of the extra mutex.
Also get rid of a spurious regulatory_requests list definition.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function requires an internal lock to be held, so it cannot
be published to other modules in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The two new commands are NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS and
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS. There is a new attribute enum,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, which enumerates the various mesh configuration
parameters.
Moved struct mesh_config from mac80211/ieee80211_i.h to net/cfg80211.h.
nl80211_get_mesh_params and nl80211_set_mesh_params unpack the netlink messages
and ask the driver to get or set the configuration. This is done via two new
function stubs, get_mesh_params and set_mesh_params, in struct cfg80211_ops.
Signed-off-by: Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed that when for some reason [1] the probe or auth times
out, wpa_supplicant doesn't realise this and only tries the next
AP when it runs into its own timeout, which is ten seconds, and
that's quite long. Fix this by making mac80211 notify userspace
that it didn't associate.
[1] my wrt350n in mixed B/G/HT mode often runs into this, maybe
it's because one of the antennas is broken off and for whatever
reason it decides to use that antenna to transmit the response
frames (auth, probe); I do see beacons fine so it's not totally
broken. Works fine in pure-G mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"Clearing" the rate control algorithm is pointless, none of
the algorithms actually uses this operation and it's not even
invoked properly for all channel switching. Also, there's no
need to since rate control algorithms work per station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch enhances minstrel's performance for non-MRR setups,
by preventing it from sampling slower rates with >95% success
probability and by putting at least 1 non-sample frame between
several sample frames.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NLA_NESTED attributes cannot be empty, but we want to be able to
specify "no flags" (empty attribute) vs. "no change" (no attribute).
Therefore, remove the NLA_NESTED policy so it can work as an empty
attribute.
I guess I should have used a u32 for these flags instead, but we're
stuck with it now. Haven't noticed earlier because of a bug in iw...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes CONFIG_IEEE80211 invisible. The drivers that require it
(ipw2100, ipw2200, hostap) select it, and everybody else really
shouldn't even think about using it. Also, since there really is
no point in compiling anything without crypto support these days,
remove the crypto options and just enable them, leaving only the
debugging option which only shows up when a driver is select that
requires it. This makes it hard to enable, but most people wouldn't
want to anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how
convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for
everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now
taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control,
most drivers don't support that though.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just to catch bugs when changing mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've
(partially) fixed:
* it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP,
hence has no chance of working as an AP
* it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS
* channel sanity checking is left to the drivers
* it generally lets the driver control too much
HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than
one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently.
Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be
wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht().
Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs:
* mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any
more since the refactoring
* iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff
mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA
* ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API
I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into
struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities,
but I see no cleaner solution for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can
access it during ->tx without having to store it in
the private data or similar. No driver updates because
this is only for when they want to start using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback
with a new flag to change retry limits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This exports the local HT capabilities in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I've come to think that not providing sequence numbers for
the normal STA mode case was a mistake, at least two drivers
now had to implement code they wouldn't otherwise need, and
I believe at76_usb and adm8211 might be broken.
This patch makes mac80211 assign a sequence number to all
those frames that need one except beacons. That means that
if a driver only implements modes that do not do beaconing
it need not worry about the sequence number.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Limit the number of "expensive" rfkill workqueue operations per second, in
order to not hog system resources too much when faced with a rogue source
of rfkill input events.
The old rfkill-input code (before it was refactored) had such a limit in
place. It used to drop new events that were past the rate limit. This
behaviour was not implemented as an anti-DoS measure, but rather as an
attempt to work around deficiencies in input device drivers which would
issue multiple KEY_FOO events too soon for a given key FOO (i.e. ones that
do not implement mechanical debouncing properly).
However, we can't really expect such issues to be worked around by every
input handler out there, and also by every userspace client of input
devices. It is the input device driver's responsability to do debouncing
instead of spamming the input layer with bogus events.
The new limiter code is focused only on anti-DoS behaviour, and tries to
not lose events (instead, it coalesces them when possible).
The transmitters are updated once every 200ms, maximum. Care is taken not
to delay a request to _enter_ rfkill transmitter Emergency Power Off (EPO)
mode.
If mistriggered (e.g. by a jiffies counter wrap), the code delays processing
*once* by 200ms.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfkill_resume() would always restore the rfkill controller state to its
pre-suspend state.
Now that we know when we are under EPO, kick the rfkill controller to
SOFT_BLOCKED state instead of to its pre-suspend state when it is resumed
while EPO mode is active.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add of software-based sanity to rfkill and rfkill-input so that it can
reproduce what hardware-based EPO switches do, blocking all transmitters
and locking down any further attempts to unblock them until the switch is
deactivated.
rfkill-input is responsible for issuing the EPO control requests, like
before.
While an rfkill EPO is active, all transmitters are locked to one of the
BLOCKED states and all attempts to change that through the rfkill API
(userspace and kernel) will be either ignored or return -EPERM errors.
The lock will be released upon receipt of EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL ON by
rfkill-input, or should modular rfkill-input be unloaded.
This makes rfkill and rfkill-input extend the operation of an existing
wireless master kill switch to all wireless devices in the system, even
those that are not under hardware or firmware control.
Since the above is the expected operational behavior for the master rfkill
switch, the EPO lock functionality is not optional.
Also, extend rfkill-input to allow for three different behaviors when it
receives an EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL ON input event. The user can set which
behavior he wants through the master_switch_mode parameter:
master_switch_mode = 0: EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL ON just unlocks rfkill
controller state changes (so that the rfkill userspace and kernel APIs can
now be used to change rfkill controller states again), but doesn't change
any of their states (so they will all remain blocked). This is the safest
mode of operation, as it requires explicit operator action to re-enable a
transmitter.
master_switch_mode = 1: EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL ON causes rfkill-input to
attempt to restore the system to the state before the last EV_SW
SW_RFKILL_ALL OFF event, or to the default global states if no EV_SW
SW_RFKILL_ALL OFF ever happened. This is the recommended mode of
operation for laptops.
master_switch_mode = 2: tries to unblock all rfkill controllers (i.e.
enable all transmitters) when an EV_SW SW_RFKILL_ALL ON event is received.
This is the default mode of operation, as it mimics the previous behavior
of rfkill-input.
In order to implement these features in a clean way, the entire event
handling of rfkill-input was refactored into a single worker function.
Protection against input event DoS (repeatedly firing rfkill events for
rfkill-input to process) was removed during the code refactoring. It will
be added back in a future patch.
Note that with these changes, rfkill-input doesn't need to explicitly
handle any radio types for which KEY_<radio type> or SW_<radio type> events
do not exist yet.
Code to handle EV_SW SW_{WLAN,WWAN,BLUETOOTH,WIMAX,...} was added as it
might be needed in the future (and its implementation is not that obvious),
but is currently #ifdef'd out to avoid wasting resources.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export the the global switch states to rfkill-input. This is needed to
properly implement KEY_* handling without disregarding the initial state.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Apparently, many applications don't expect to get EAGAIN from fd read/write
operations, since POSIX doesn't mandate it.
Use mutex_lock_killable instead of mutex_lock_interruptible, which won't
cause issues.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration
actually changed, e.g. channel etc.
No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are
expected to act on this if they want to.
Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often
we configure something else.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch cleans up a number of things:
* the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information
information elements
* variable names that are hard to understand
* mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused
enable_ht parameter
* mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht
* mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie
to an information element _contents_ rather than the
whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds
access bug fixed!)
* mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON
checking
* a few minor other things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes unused definition of struct sta_attribute
in net/mac80211/ieee80211_i.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP
properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of
some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Warn when ieee80211_hw_config returns an error, it shouldn't
happen; remove a number of printks that would happen in such
a case and one printk that is user-triggerable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This isn't used by anyone, if we ever need it we can add
it back, until then it's useless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Nothing very interesting, some checkpatch inspired stuff,
some other things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These parameters shouldn't be configurable via debugfs, if they
need to be configurable nl80211 support has to be added, if not
then they don't need to be writable here either.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code uses static variables and thus cannot be kept.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds qdisc_peek_dequeued() wrapper to emulate peek method
with qdisc->dequeue() and storing "peeked" skb in qdisc->gso_skb until
dequeuing. This is mainly for compatibility reasons not to break some
strange configs because peeking is expected for non-work-conserving
parent qdiscs to query work-conserving child qdiscs.
This implementation requires using qdisc_dequeue_peeked() wrapper
instead of directly calling qdisc->dequeue() for all qdiscs ever
querried with qdisc->ops->peek() or qdisc_peek_dequeued().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use qdisc->ops->peek() instead of ->dequeue() & ->requeue() pair.
After this patch the only remaining user of qdisc->ops->requeue() is
netem_enqueue(). Based on ideas of Herbert Xu, Patrick McHardy and
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc->ops->peek() implementation for work-conserving qdiscs.
With feedback from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just as a demonstration how easy adding a peek operation to the
work-conserving qdiscs actually is. It doesn't need to keep or change
any internal state in many cases thanks to the guarantee that the
packet will either be dequeued or, if another packet arrives, the
upper qdisc will immediately ->peek again to reevaluate the state.
(This is only slightly modified Patrick's patch.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed that, under certain conditions, ESRCH can be leaked from the
xfrm layer to user space through sys_connect. In particular, this seems
to happen reliably when the kernel fails to resolve a template either
because the AF_KEY receive buffer being used by racoon is full or
because the SA entry we are trying to use is in XFRM_STATE_EXPIRED
state.
However, since this could be a transient issue it could be argued that
EAGAIN would be more appropriate. Besides this error code is not even
documented in the man page for sys_connect (as of man-pages 3.07).
Signed-off-by: Fernando Luis Vazquez Cao <fernando@oss.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_pernet_gen_device() can't be used is nf_conntrack_pptp module is
also used (compiled in or loaded).
Right now, proto_gre_net_exit() is called before nf_conntrack_pptp_net_exit().
The former shutdowns and frees GRE piece of netns, however the latter
absolutely needs it to flush keymap. Oops is inevitable.
Switch to shiny new register_pernet_gen_subsys() to get correct ordering in
netns ops list.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns ops which are registered with register_pernet_gen_device() are
shutdown strictly before those which are registered with
register_pernet_subsys(). Sometimes this leads to opposite (read: buggy)
shutdown ordering between two modules.
Add register_pernet_gen_subsys()/unregister_pernet_gen_subsys() for modules
which aren't elite enough for entry in struct net, and which can't use
register_pernet_gen_device(). PPTP conntracking module is such one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
SUNRPC: Fix potential race in put_rpccred()
SUNRPC: Fix rpcauth_prune_expired
NFS: Convert nfs_attr_generation_counter into an atomic_long
SUNRPC: Respond promptly to server TCP resets
Enable netlabel auditing functions only when CONFIG_AUDIT is set
Signed-off-by: Manish Katiyar <mkatiyar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Fix the compiler warnings below, thanks to Andrew Morton for finding them.
net/netlabel/netlabel_mgmt.c: In function `netlbl_mgmt_listentry':
net/netlabel/netlabel_mgmt.c:268: warning: 'ret_val' might be used
uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
gcc warns when using the # modifier with the %p format specifier,
so we can't use this to omit the colons when needed, introduces
%pi6 instead.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Corey Minyard found a race added in commit 271b72c7fa
(udp: RCU handling for Unicast packets.)
"If the socket is moved from one list to another list in-between the
time the hash is calculated and the next field is accessed, and the
socket has moved to the end of the new list, the traversal will not
complete properly on the list it should have, since the socket will
be on the end of the new list and there's not a way to tell it's on a
new list and restart the list traversal. I think that this can be
solved by pre-fetching the "next" field (with proper barriers) before
checking the hash."
This patch corrects this problem, introducing a new
sk_for_each_rcu_safenext() macro.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch mimics commit 57413ebc4e
(tcp: calculate tcp_mem based on low memory instead of all memory)
The udp_mem array which contains limits on the total amount of memory
used by UDP sockets is calculated based on nr_all_pages. On a 32 bits
x86 system, we should base this on the number of lowmem pages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goals are :
1) Optimizing handling of incoming Unicast UDP frames, so that no memory
writes should happen in the fast path.
Note: Multicasts and broadcasts still will need to take a lock,
because doing a full lockless lookup in this case is difficult.
2) No expensive operations in the socket bind/unhash phases :
- No expensive synchronize_rcu() calls.
- No added rcu_head in socket structure, increasing memory needs,
but more important, forcing us to use call_rcu() calls,
that have the bad property of making sockets structure cold.
(rcu grace period between socket freeing and its potential reuse
make this socket being cold in CPU cache).
David did a previous patch using call_rcu() and noticed a 20%
impact on TCP connection rates.
Quoting Cristopher Lameter :
"Right. That results in cacheline cooldown. You'd want to recycle
the object as they are cache hot on a per cpu basis. That is screwed
up by the delayed regular rcu processing. We have seen multiple
regressions due to cacheline cooldown.
The only choice in cacheline hot sensitive areas is to deal with the
complexity that comes with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU or give up on RCU."
- Because udp sockets are allocated from dedicated kmem_cache,
use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU can help here.
Theory of operation :
---------------------
As the lookup is lockfree (using rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock()),
special attention must be taken by readers and writers.
Use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is tricky too, because a socket can be freed,
reused, inserted in a different chain or in worst case in the same chain
while readers could do lookups in the same time.
In order to avoid loops, a reader must check each socket found in a chain
really belongs to the chain the reader was traversing. If it finds a
mismatch, lookup must start again at the begining. This *restart* loop
is the reason we had to use rdlock for the multicast case, because
we dont want to send same message several times to the same socket.
We use RCU only for fast path.
Thus, /proc/net/udp still takes spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets are hashed in a 128 slots hash table.
This hash table is protected by *one* rwlock.
This rwlock is readlocked each time an incoming UDP message is handled.
This rwlock is writelocked each time a socket must be inserted in
hash table (bind time), or deleted from this table (close time)
This is not scalable on SMP machines :
1) Even in read mode, lock() and unlock() are atomic operations and
must dirty a contended cache line, shared by all cpus.
2) A writer might be starved if many readers are 'in flight'. This can
happen on a machine with some NIC receiving many UDP messages. User
process can be delayed a long time at socket creation/dismantle time.
This patch prepares RCU migration, by introducing 'struct udp_table
and struct udp_hslot', and using one spinlock per chain, to reduce
contention on central rwlock.
Introducing one spinlock per chain reduces latencies, for port
randomization on heavily loaded UDP servers. This also speedup
bindings to specific ports.
udp_lib_unhash() was uninlined, becoming to big.
Some cleanups were done to ease review of following patch
(RCUification of UDP Unicast lookups)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Open code NIP6_FMT in the one call inside sscanf and one user
of NIP6() that could use %p6 in the netfilter code.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables more ethtool information. The speed and settings of the
underlying device are propagated up. This makes services like SNMP that
use ethtool to get speed setting, work when managing a vlan, without adding
silly heurtistics into SNMP daemon.
For the driver info, just use existing driver strings.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The define in kernel.h can be done away with at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new_mapping() implementation to the netlink xfrm_mgr to notify
address/port changes detected in UDP encapsulated ESP packets.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
call_rcu() will unconditionally rewrite RCU head anyway.
Applies to
struct neigh_parms
struct neigh_table
struct net
struct cipso_v4_doi
struct in_ifaddr
struct in_device
rt->u.dst
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when testing the new pktgen module with multiple queues and ixgbe with:
pgset "flag QUEUE_MAP_CPU"
I found that I was getting errors in dmesg like:
pktgen: WARNING: QUEUE_MAP_CPU disabled because CPU count (8) exceeds number
<4>pktgen: WARNING: of tx queues (8) on eth15
you'll note, 8 really doesn't exceed 8.
This patch seemed to fix the logic errors and also the attempts at
limiting line length in printk (which didn't work anyway)
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to be careful when we try to unhash the credential in
put_rpccred(), because we're not holding the credcache lock, so the call to
rpcauth_unhash_cred() may fail if someone else has looked the cred up, and
obtained a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We need to make sure that we don't remove creds from the cred_unused list
if they are still under the moratorium, or else they will never get
garbage collected.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If the server sends us an RST error while we're in the TCP_ESTABLISHED
state, then that will not result in a state change, and so the RPC client
ends up hanging forever (see
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=11154)
We can intercept the reset by setting up an sk->sk_error_report callback,
which will then allow us to initiate a proper shutdown and retry...
We also make sure that if the send request receives an ECONNRESET, then we
shutdown too...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
To make testing of the network namespace simpler allow
the network namespace code and the sysfs code to be
compiled and run at the same time. To do this only
virtual devices are allowed in the additional network
namespaces and those virtual devices are not placed
in the kobject tree.
Since virtual devices don't actually do anything interesting
hardware wise that needs device management there should
be no loss in keeping them out of the kobject tree and
by implication sysfs. The gain in ease of testing
and code coverage should be significant.
Changelog:
v2: As pointed out by Benjamin Thery it only makes sense to call
device_rename in the initial network namespace for now.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Tested-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts pretty much everything to print_mac. There were
a few things that had conflicts which I have just dropped for
now, no harm done.
I've built an allyesconfig with this and looked at the files
that weren't built very carefully, but it's a huge patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer
used at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a patch to provide on demand route cache rebuilding. Currently, our
route cache is rebulid periodically regardless of need. This introduced
unneeded periodic latency. This patch offers a better approach. Using code
provided by Eric Dumazet, we compute the standard deviation of the average hash
bucket chain length while running rt_check_expire. Should any given chain
length grow to larger that average plus 4 standard deviations, we trigger an
emergency hash table rebuild for that net namespace. This allows for the common
case in which chains are well behaved and do not grow unevenly to not incur any
latency at all, while those systems (which may be being maliciously attacked),
only rebuild when the attack is detected. This patch take 2 other factors into
account:
1) chains with multiple entries that differ by attributes that do not affect the
hash value are only counted once, so as not to unduly bias system to rebuilding
if features like QOS are heavily used
2) if rebuilding crosses a certain threshold (which is adjustable via the added
sysctl in this patch), route caching is disabled entirely for that net
namespace, since constant rebuilding is less efficient that no caching at all
Tested successfully by me.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialise correctly last fields, so tasks can be actually executed.
On some architectures the initial jiffies value is not zero, so later
all rfkill incorrectly decides that rfkill_*.last is in future.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David Miller noticed that commit
33ad798c92 '(tcp: options clean up')
did not move the req->cookie_ts check.
This essentially disabled commit 4dfc281702
'[Syncookies]: Add support for TCP options via timestamps.'.
This restores the original logic.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a potential error packet loop.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default for the regulatory compatibility option is wrong;
if you picked the default you ended up with a non-functional wifi
system (at least I did on Fedora 9 with iwl4965).
I don't think even the October 2008 releases of the various distros
has the new userland so clearly the default is wrong, and also
we can't just go about deleting this in 2.6.29...
Change the default to "y" and also adjust the config text a little to
reflect this.
This patch fixes regression #11859
With thanks to Johannes Berg for the diagnostics
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (29 commits)
tcp: Restore ordering of TCP options for the sake of inter-operability
net: Fix disjunct computation of netdev features
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state
sctp: Add check for the TSN field of the SHUTDOWN chunk
sctp: Drop ICMP packet too big message with MTU larger than current PMTU
p54: enable 2.4/5GHz spectrum by eeprom bits.
orinoco: reduce stack usage in firmware download path
ath5k: fix suspend-related oops on rmmod
[netdrvr] fec_mpc52xx: Implement polling, to make netconsole work.
qlge: Fix MSI/legacy single interrupt bug.
smc911x: Make the driver safer on SMP
smc911x: Add IRQ polarity configuration
smc911x: Allow Kconfig dependency on ARM
sis190: add identifier for Atheros AR8021 PHY
8139x: reduce message severity on driver overlap
igb: add IGB_DCA instead of selecting INTEL_IOATDMA
igb: fix tx data corruption with transition to L0s on 82575
ehea: Fix memory hotplug support
netdev: DM9000: remove BLACKFIN hacking in DM9000 netdev driver
...
This is not our bug! Sadly some devices cannot cope with the change
of TCP option ordering which was a result of the recent rewrite of
the option code (not that there was some particular reason steming
from the rewrite for the reordering) though any ordering of TCP
options is perfectly legal. Thus we restore the original ordering
to allow interoperability with/through such broken devices and add
some warning about this trap. Since the reordering just happened
without any particular reason, this change shouldn't cost us
anything.
There are already couple of known failure reports (within close
proximity of the last release), so the problem might be more
wide-spread than a single device. And other reports which may
be due to the same problem though the symptoms were less obvious.
Analysis of one of the case revealed (with very high probability)
that sack capability cannot be negotiated as the first option
(SYN never got a response).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Aldo Maggi <sentiniate@tiscali.it>
Tested-by: Aldo Maggi <sentiniate@tiscali.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'v28-range-hrtimers-for-linus-v2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (37 commits)
hrtimers: add missing docbook comments to struct hrtimer
hrtimers: simplify hrtimer_peek_ahead_timers()
hrtimers: fix docbook comments
DECLARE_PER_CPU needs linux/percpu.h
hrtimers: fix typo
rangetimers: fix the bug reported by Ingo for real
rangetimer: fix BUG_ON reported by Ingo
rangetimer: fix x86 build failure for the !HRTIMERS case
select: fix alpha OSF wrapper
select: fix alpha OSF wrapper
hrtimer: peek at the timer queue just before going idle
hrtimer: make the futex() system call use the per process slack value
hrtimer: make the nanosleep() syscall use the per process slack
hrtimer: fix signed/unsigned bug in slack estimator
hrtimer: show the timer ranges in /proc/timer_list
hrtimer: incorporate feedback from Peter Zijlstra
hrtimer: add a hrtimer_start_range() function
hrtimer: another build fix
hrtimer: fix build bug found by Ingo
hrtimer: make select() and poll() use the hrtimer range feature
...
My change
commit e2a6b85247
net: Enable TSO if supported by at least one device
didn't do what was intended because the netdev_compute_features
function was designed for conjunctions. So what happened was that
it would simply take the TSO status of the last constituent device.
This patch extends it to support both conjunctions and disjunctions
under the new name of netdev_increment_features.
It also adds a new function netdev_fix_features which does the
sanity checking that usually occurs upon registration. This ensures
that the computation doesn't result in an illegal combination
since this checking is absent when the change is initiated via
ethtool.
The two users of netdev_compute_features have been converted.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once an endpoint has reached the SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED state,
it MUST NOT send a SHUTDOWN in response to a ULP request.
The Cumulative TSN Ack of the received SHUTDOWN chunk
MUST be processed.
This patch fix to process Cumulative TSN Ack of the received
SHUTDOWN chunk in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SHUTDOWN is received in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state, enpoint should enter
the SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED state and check the Cumulative TSN Ack field of
the SHUTDOWN chunk (RFC 4960 Section 9.2). If the SHUTDOWN chunk can
acknowledge all of the send DATA chunks, SHUTDOWN-ACK should be sent.
But now endpoint just silently discarded the SHUTDOWN chunk.
SHUTDOWN received in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state can happend when the last
SACK is lost by network, or the SHUTDOWN chunk can acknowledge all of
the received DATA chunks. The packet sequence(SACK lost) is like this:
Endpoint A Endpoint B ULP
(ESTABLISHED) (ESTABLISHED)
<----------- DATA
<--- shutdown
Enter SHUTDOWN-PENDING state
SACK ----lost---->
SHUTDOWN(*1) ------------>
<----------- SHUTDOWN-ACK
(*1) silently discarded now.
This patch fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state as the same
as ESTABLISHED state.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SHUTDOWN chunk is received Cumulative TSN Ack beyond the max tsn currently
send, SHUTDOWN chunk be accepted and the association will be broken. New data
is send, but after received SACK it will be drop because TSN in SACK is less
than the Cumulative TSN, data will be retrans again and again even if correct
SACK is received.
The packet sequence is like this:
Endpoint A Endpoint B ULP
(ESTABLISHED) (ESTABLISHED)
<----------- DATA (TSN=x-1)
<----------- DATA (TSN=x)
SHUTDOWN -----------> (Now Cumulative TSN=x+1000)
(TSN=x+1000)
<----------- DATA (TSN=x+1)
SACK -----------> drop the SACK
(TSN=x+1)
<----------- DATA (TSN=x+1)(retrans)
This patch fix this problem by terminating the association and respond to
the sender with an ABORT.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ICMP packet too big message is received with MTU larger than current
PMTU, SCTP will still accept this ICMP message and sync the PMTU of assoc
with the wrong MTU.
Endpoing A Endpoint B
(ESTABLISHED) (ESTABLISHED)
ICMP --------->
(packet too big, MTU too larger)
sync PMTU
This patch fixed the problem by drop that ICMP message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sparse warnings were introduced by patches accepted during the merge
window which weren't caught. This patch fixes those warnings.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the RDMA transport provider for 9P. It allows
mounts to be performed over iWARP and IB capable network interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lionkov@lanl.gov>
Fixes build problem with 9p when building with debug disabled.
Also contains some fixes for warnings which pop up when
CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
While looking for the recent "sack issue" I also read all eff_sacks
usage that was played around by some relevant commit. I found
out that there's another thing that is asking for a fix (unrelated
to the "sack issue" though).
This feature has probably very little significance in practice.
Opposite direction timeout with bidirectional tcp comes to me as
the most likely scenario though there might be other cases as
well related to non-data segments we send (e.g., response to the
opposite direction segment). Also some ACK losses or option space
wasted for other purposes is necessary to prevent the earlier
SACK feedback getting to the sender.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs: (26 commits)
9p: add more conservative locking
9p: fix oops in protocol stat parsing error path.
9p: fix device file handling
9p: Improve debug support
9p: eliminate depricated conv functions
9p: rework client code to use new protocol support functions
9p: remove unnecessary tag field from p9_req_t structure
9p: remove 9p fcall debug prints
9p: add new protocol support code
9p: encapsulate version function
9p: move dirread to fs layer
9p: adjust 9p vfs write operation
9p: move readn meta-function from client to fs layer
9p: consolidate read/write functions
9p: drop broken unused error path from p9_conn_create()
9p: make rpc code common and rework flush code
9p: use the rcall structure passed in the request in trans_fd read_work
9p: apply common request code to trans_fd
9p: apply common tagpool handling to trans_fd
9p: move request management to client code
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netfilter: replace old NF_ARP calls with NFPROTO_ARP
netfilter: fix compilation error with NAT=n
netfilter: xt_recent: use proc_create_data()
netfilter: snmp nat leaks memory in case of failure
netfilter: xt_iprange: fix range inversion match
netfilter: netns: use NFPROTO_NUMPROTO instead of NUMPROTO for tables array
netfilter: ctnetlink: remove obsolete NAT dependency from Kconfig
pkt_sched: sch_generic: Fix oops in sch_teql
dccp: Port redirection support for DCCP
tcp: Fix IPv6 fallout from 'Port redirection support for TCP'
netdev: change name dropping error codes
ipvs: Update CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 description and help text
(Supplements: ee999d8b95)
NFPROTO_ARP actually has a different value from NF_ARP, so ensure all
callers use the new value so that packets _do_ get delivered to the
registered hooks.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the compilation of ctnetlink when the NAT support
is not enabled.
/home/benh/kernels/linux-powerpc/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c:819: warning: enum nf_nat_manip_type\u2019 declared inside parameter list
/home/benh/kernels/linux-powerpc/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c:819: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Reported-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reported by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inverted IPv4 v1 and IPv6 v0 matches don't match anything since 2.6.25-rc1!
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ctnetlink doesn't have any NAT module depenencies anymore,
we can also remove them from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After these commands:
# modprobe sch_teql
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 root teql0
# tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
we get an oops in teql_destroy() when spin_lock is taken from a null
qdisc_sleeping pointer. It's because at the moment teql0 dev haven't
been activated yet, and a qdisc_root_sleeping() is pointing to noop
qdisc's netdev_queue with qdisc_sleeping uninitialized. This patch
fixes this both for noop and noqueue netdev_queues to avoid similar
problems in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit a3116ac5c2 from 1st October ("tcp: Port
redirection support for TCP") broke DCCP skb lookup by changing inet_csk_clone,
which is used by DCCP to generate the child socket after the handshake.
This patch updates DCCP to use 'loc_port' instead of 'sport', which fixes the
problem, and thus inheriting port redirection support via the new interface.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tcp: Port redirection support for TCP' (a3116ac5c) added a new member
to inet_request_sock() which inet_csk_clone() makes use of but failed
to add proper initialization to the IPv6 syncookie code and missed a
couple of places where the new member should be used instead of
inet_sk(sk)->sport.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If changename notifier returns an error code, it gets incorrectly
cleared during rollback so the error is never returned to the user.
Found while testing similar code for MTU changes.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a URL to further info to the CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 Kconfig help
text. Also, I think it should be ok to remove the "DANGEROUS" label in the
description line at this point to get people to try it out and find all
the bugs ;) It's still marked as experimental, of course.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the reorganization some of the multi-theaded locking assumptions were
accidently relaxed. This patch moves us back towards a more conservative
locking strategy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
When we get an error on parsing a stat due to a protocol bug,
we can generate an oops during cleanup because we didn't
initialize the string pointers in the stat structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The new debug support lacks some of the information that the previous fcprint
code provided -- this patch focuses on better presentation of debug data along
with more helpful debug along error paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Remove depricated conv functions which have been replaced with new
protocol routines.
This patch also reworks the one instance of the file-system code which
directly calls conversion routines (to accomplish unpacking dirreads).
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that the new protocol functions are in place, this patch switches
the client code to using the new support code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
One of the current debug options allows users to get a verbose dump of fcalls.
This isn't really necessary as correctly parsed protocol frames can be printed
as part of the code in the client functions. The consolidated printfcalls
structure would require new entries to be added for every extension. This
patch removes the debug print methods and their use.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This adds a new protocol processing support code based on Anthony Liguori's
9p library code. This code performs protocol marshalling/unmarshalling using
printf like strings to represent protocol elements. It is my intent to use
them to replace the current functions in conv.c as well as the
p9_create_* functions.
This should make the client implementation much more clear, and also make it
much easier to add new protocol extensions by limiting the number of places
in which changes need to be made.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Alsmot all 9P client wire functions have their own (set of) functions.
Tversion is an exception as its encapsulated into the client_create code.
This patch moves the protocol specifics of this to a function to match the
rest of the code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently reading a directory is implemented in the client code.
This function is not actually a wire operation, but a meta operation
which calls read operations and processes the results.
This patch moves this functionality to the fs layer and calls component
wire operations instead of constructing their packets. This provides a
cleaner separation and will help when we reorganize the client functions
and protocol processing methods.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There are a couple of methods in the client code which aren't actually
wire operations. To keep things organized cleaner, these operations are
being moved to the fs layer.
This patch moves the readn meta-function (which executes multiple wire
reads until a buffer is full) to the fs layer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently there are two separate versions of read and write. One for
dealing with user buffers and the other for dealing with kernel buffers.
There is a tremendous amount of code duplication in the otherwise
identical versions of these functions. This patch adds an additional
user buffer parameter to read and write and conditionalizes handling of
the buffer on whether the kernel buffer or the user buffer is populated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Post p9_fd_poll() error path which checks m->poll_waddr[i] for PTR_ERR
value has the following problems.
* It's completely unused. Error value is set iff NULL @wait_address
has been specified to p9_pollwait() which is guaranteed not to
happen.
* It dereferences @m after deallocating it (introduced by 571ffeaf and
spotted by Raja R Harinath.
* It returned the wrong value on error. It should return
poll_waddr[i] but it returnes poll_waddr (introduced by 571ffeaf).
* p9_mux_poll_stop() doesn't handle PTR_ERR value. It will try to
operate on the PTR_ERR value as if it's a normal pointer and cause
oops.
As the error path is bogus in the first place, there's no reason to
hold onto it. Kill it.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Raja R Harinath <harinath@hurrynot.org>
This code moves the rpc function to the common client base,
reorganizes the flush code to be more simple and stable, and
makes the necessary adjustments to the underlying transports
to adapt to the new structure.
This reduces the overall amount of code duplication between the
transports and should make adding new transports more straightforward.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch reworks the read_work function to enable it to directly use a passed
in rcall structure. This should help allow us to remove unnecessary copies
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The virtio transport uses a simplified request management system
that I want to use for all transports. This patch adapts and moves the
exisiting code for managing requests to the client common code.
Later patches will apply these mechanisms to the other transports.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The current trans_fd rpc mechanisms use a dynamic callback mechanism which
introduces a lot of complexity which only accomodates a single special case.
This patch removes much of that complexity in favor of a simple exception
mechanism to deal with flushes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently, trans_fd has two structures (p9_req and p9_mux-rpc)
which contain mostly duplicate data.
This patch consolidates these two structures and removes p9_mux_rpc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cleanup files by reordering functions in order to remove need for
unnecessary function prototypes.
There are no code changes here, just functions being moved around and
prototypes being eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that we are passing client state into the transport modules, remove
duplicate state which is present in transport private structures.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Right now there is a transport module structure which provides per-transport
type functions and data and a transport structure which contains per-instance
public data as well as function pointers to instance specific functions.
This patch moves public transport visible instance data to the client
structure (which in some cases had duplicate data) and consolidates the
functions into the transport module structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
trans_fd used pool of upto 100 pollers to monitor the r/w fds. The
approach makes sense in userspace back when the only available
interfaces were poll(2) and select(2). As each event monitor -
trigger - handling iteration took O(n) where `n' is the number of
watched fds, it makes sense to spread them to many pollers such that
the `n' can be divided by the number of pollers. However, this
doesn't make any sense in kernel because persistent edge triggered
event monitoring is how the whole thing is implemented in the kernel
in the first place.
This patch converts trans_fd to use single poller which watches all
the fds instead of the poll of pollers approach. All the fds are
registered for monitoring on creation and only the fds with pending
events are scanned when something happens much like how epoll is
implemented.
This change makes trans_fd fd monitoring more efficient and simpler.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Remove CONFIG_KMOD from net/ (towards removing CONFIG_KMOD entirely)
ipv4: Add a missing rcu_assign_pointer() in routing cache.
[netdrvr] ibmtr: PCMCIA IBMTR is ok on 64bit
xen-netfront: Avoid unaligned accesses to IP header
lmc: copy_*_user under spinlock
[netdrvr] myri10ge, ixgbe: remove broken select INTEL_IOATDMA
* git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (53 commits)
NFS: Fix a resolution problem with nfs_inode->cache_change_attribute
NFS: Fix the resolution problem with nfs_inode_attrs_need_update()
NFS: Changes to inode->i_nlinks must set the NFS_INO_INVALID_ATTR flag
RPC/RDMA: ensure connection attempt is complete before signalling.
RPC/RDMA: correct the reconnect timer backoff
RPC/RDMA: optionally emit useful transport info upon connect/disconnect.
RPC/RDMA: reformat a debug printk to keep lines together.
RPC/RDMA: harden connection logic against missing/late rdma_cm upcalls.
RPC/RDMA: fix connect/reconnect resource leak.
RPC/RDMA: return a consistent error, when connect fails.
RPC/RDMA: adhere to protocol for unpadded client trailing write chunks.
RPC/RDMA: avoid an oops due to disconnect racing with async upcalls.
RPC/RDMA: maintain the RPC task bytes-sent statistic.
RPC/RDMA: suppress retransmit on RPC/RDMA clients.
RPC/RDMA: fix connection IRD/ORD setting
RPC/RDMA: support FRMR client memory registration.
RPC/RDMA: check selected memory registration mode at runtime.
RPC/RDMA: add data types and new FRMR memory registration enum.
RPC/RDMA: refactor the inline memory registration code.
NFS: fix nfs_parse_ip_address() corner case
...
Some code here depends on CONFIG_KMOD to not try to load
protocol modules or similar, replace by CONFIG_MODULES
where more than just request_module depends on CONFIG_KMOD
and and also use try_then_request_module in ebtables.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt_intern_hash() is doing an update of a RCU guarded hash chain
without using rcu_assign_pointer() or equivalent barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core-2.6: (46 commits)
UIO: Fix mapping of logical and virtual memory
UIO: add automata sercos3 pci card support
UIO: Change driver name of uio_pdrv
UIO: Add alignment warnings for uio-mem
Driver core: add bus_sort_breadthfirst() function
NET: convert the phy_device file to use bus_find_device_by_name
kobject: Cleanup kobject_rename and !CONFIG_SYSFS
kobject: Fix kobject_rename and !CONFIG_SYSFS
sysfs: Make dir and name args to sysfs_notify() const
platform: add new device registration helper
sysfs: use ilookup5() instead of ilookup5_nowait()
PNP: create device attributes via default device attributes
Driver core: make bus_find_device_by_name() more robust
usb: turn dev_warn+WARN_ON combos into dev_WARN
debug: use dev_WARN() rather than WARN_ON() in device_pm_add()
debug: Introduce a dev_WARN() function
sysfs: fix deadlock
device model: Do a quickcheck for driver binding before doing an expensive check
Driver core: Fix cleanup in device_create_vargs().
Driver core: Clarify device cleanup.
...
name and nlen parameters passed to ->strategy hook are unused, remove
them. In general ->strategy hook should know what it's doing, and don't
do something tricky for which, say, pointer to original userspace array
may be needed (name).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> [ networking bits ]
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Danny ter Haar <dth@cistron.nl>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Base infrastructure to enable per-module debug messages.
I've introduced CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG, which when enabled centralizes
control of debugging statements on a per-module basis in one /proc file,
currently, <debugfs>/dynamic_printk/modules. When, CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG,
is not set, debugging statements can still be enabled as before, often by
defining 'DEBUG' for the proper compilation unit. Thus, this patch set has no
affect when CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG is not set.
The infrastructure currently ties into all pr_debug() and dev_dbg() calls. That
is, if CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG is set, all pr_debug() and dev_dbg() calls
can be dynamically enabled/disabled on a per-module basis.
Future plans include extending this functionality to subsystems, that define
their own debug levels and flags.
Usage:
Dynamic debugging is controlled by the debugfs file,
<debugfs>/dynamic_printk/modules. This file contains a list of the modules that
can be enabled. The format of the file is as follows:
<module_name> <enabled=0/1>
.
.
.
<module_name> : Name of the module in which the debug call resides
<enabled=0/1> : whether the messages are enabled or not
For example:
snd_hda_intel enabled=0
fixup enabled=1
driver enabled=0
Enable a module:
$echo "set enabled=1 <module_name>" > dynamic_printk/modules
Disable a module:
$echo "set enabled=0 <module_name>" > dynamic_printk/modules
Enable all modules:
$echo "set enabled=1 all" > dynamic_printk/modules
Disable all modules:
$echo "set enabled=0 all" > dynamic_printk/modules
Finally, passing "dynamic_printk" at the command line enables
debugging for all modules. This mode can be turned off via the above
disable command.
[gkh: minor cleanups and tweaks to make the build work quietly]
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Use offsetof() instead of home-brewed version.
Based upon initial patch by Steven Whitehouse and suggestions
by Ben Hutchings.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Problem observed:
In IPv6, in the presence of multiple routers candidates to
default gateway in one segment, each sending a different
value of preference, the Linux hosts connected to the
segment weren't selecting the right one in all the
combinations possible of LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH preference.
This patch changes two files:
include/linux/icmpv6.h
Get the "router_pref" bitfield in the right place
(as RFC4191 says), named the bit left with this fix as
"home_agent" (RFC3775 say that's his function)
net/ipv6/ndisc.c
Corrects the binary logic behind the updating of the
router preference in the flags of the routing table
Result:
With this two fixes applied, the default route used by
the system was to consistent with the rules mentioned
in RFC4191 in case of changes in the value of preference
in router advertisements
Signed-off-by: Pedro Ribeiro <pribeiro@net.ipl.pt>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I've reported, ath9k currently fails utterly when fragmentation
is enabled. This makes ath9k "support" hardware fragmentation by
not supporting fragmentation at all to avoid the double-free issue.
The patch also changes mac80211 to report errors from the driver
operation to userspace.
That hack in ath9k should be removed once the rate control algorithm
it has is fixed, and we can at that time consider removing the hw
fragmentation support entirely since it's not used by any driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_bss_info_update() can return NULL. Verify that this is not the
case before calling ieee802111_rx_bss_put() which would trigger an oops
in interrupt context in atomic_dec_and_lock().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If something goes wrong creating the debugfs dir or when
debugfs is not compiled in, the current code might lead to
trouble; make it more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If, for some reason, a netdev has no debugfs dir, we shouldn't
try to rename that dir.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no checking that the HT IEs are of the right length
which can be used by an attacker to cause an out-of-bounds
access by sending a too short HT information/capability IE.
Fix it by simply pretending those IEs didn't exist when too
short.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When debugfs_create_dir fails, sta_info_debugfs_add_work will not
terminate because it will find the same station again and again.
This is possible whenever debugfs fails for whatever reason; one
reason is a race condition in mac80211, unfortunately we cannot
do much about it, so just document it, it just means some station
may be missing from debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid: (55 commits)
HID: build drivers for all quirky devices by default
HID: add missing blacklist entry for Apple ATV ircontrol
HID: add support for Bright ABNT2 brazilian device
HID: Don't let Avermedia Radio FM800 be handled by usb hid drivers
HID: fix numlock led on Dell device 0x413c/0x2105
HID: remove warn() macro from usb hid drivers
HID: remove info() macro from usb HID drivers
HID: add appletv IR receiver quirk
HID: fix a lockup regression when using force feedback on a PID device
HID: hiddev.h: Fix example code.
HID: hiddev.h: Fix mixed space and tabs in example code.
HID: convert to dev_* prints
HID: remove hid-ff
HID: move zeroplus FF processing
HID: move thrustmaster FF processing
HID: move pantherlord FF processing
HID: fix incorrent length condition in hidraw_write()
HID: fix tty<->hid deadlock
HID: ignore iBuddy devices
HID: report descriptor fix for remaining MacBook JIS keyboards
...
Move connecting from usbhid to the hid layer and fix also hidp in
that manner.
This removes all the ignore/force hidinput/hiddev connecting quirks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Move ignore quirks from usbhid-quirks into hid-core code. Also don't output
warning when ENODEV is error code in usbhid and try ordinal input in hidp
when that error is returned.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Next step for complete hid bus, this patch includes:
- call parser either from probe or from hid-core if there is no probe.
- add ll_driver structure and centralize some stuff there (open, close...)
- split and merge usb_hid_configure and hid_probe into several functions
to allow hooks/fixes between them
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Make a bus from hid core. This is the first step for converting all the
quirks and separate almost-drivers into real drivers attached to this bus.
It's implemented to change behaviour in very tiny manner, so that no driver
needs to be changed this time.
Also add generic drivers for both usb and bt into usbhid or hidp
respectively which will bind all non-blacklisted device. Those blacklisted
will be either grabbed by special drivers or by nobody if they are broken at
the very rude base.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
* 'for-2.6.28' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (59 commits)
svcrdma: Fix IRD/ORD polarity
svcrdma: Update svc_rdma_send_error to use DMA LKEY
svcrdma: Modify the RPC reply path to use FRMR when available
svcrdma: Modify the RPC recv path to use FRMR when available
svcrdma: Add support to svc_rdma_send to handle chained WR
svcrdma: Modify post recv path to use local dma key
svcrdma: Add a service to register a Fast Reg MR with the device
svcrdma: Query device for Fast Reg support during connection setup
svcrdma: Add FRMR get/put services
NLM: Remove unused argument from svc_addsock() function
NLM: Remove "proto" argument from lockd_up()
NLM: Always start both UDP and TCP listeners
lockd: Remove unused fields in the nlm_reboot structure
lockd: Add helper to sanity check incoming NOTIFY requests
lockd: change nlmclnt_grant() to take a "struct sockaddr *"
lockd: Adjust nlmsvc_lookup_host() to accomodate AF_INET6 addresses
lockd: Adjust nlmclnt_lookup_host() signature to accomodate non-AF_INET
lockd: Support non-AF_INET addresses in nlm_lookup_host()
NLM: Convert nlm_lookup_host() to use a single argument
svcrdma: Add Fast Reg MR Data Types
...
This patch removes the module dependency between ctnetlink and
nf_nat by means of an indirect call that is initialized when
nf_nat is loaded. Now, nf_conntrack_netlink only requires
nf_conntrack and nfnetlink.
This patch puts nfnetlink_parse_nat_setup_hook into the
nf_conntrack_core to avoid dependencies between ctnetlink,
nf_conntrack_ipv4 and nf_conntrack_ipv6.
This patch also introduces the function ctnetlink_change_nat
that is only invoked from the creation path. Actually, the
nat handling cannot be invoked from the update path since
this is not allowed. By introducing this function, we remove
the useless nat handling in the update path and we avoid
deadlock-prone code.
This patch also adds the required EAGAIN logic for nfnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nir Tzachar <nir.tzachar@gmail.com> reported a warning when sending
fragments over loopback with NAT:
[ 6658.338121] WARNING: at net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_standalone.c:89 nf_nat_fn+0x33/0x155()
The reason is that defragmentation is skipped for already tracked connections.
This is wrong in combination with NAT and ip_conntrack actually had some ifdefs
to avoid this behaviour when NAT is compiled in.
The entire "optimization" may seem a bit silly, for now simply restoring the
lost #ifdef is the easiest solution until we can come up with something better.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some m68k configs, I get:
| net/rfkill/rfkill-input.c: In function 'rfkill_start':
| net/rfkill/rfkill-input.c:208: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type
As the incomplete type is `struct task_struct', including <linux/sched.h> fixes
it.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Clean up the various different email addresses of mine listed in the code
to a single current and valid address. As Dave says his network merges
for 2.6.28 are now done this seems a good point to send them in where
they won't risk disrupting real changes.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
git commit 45cec1bac0
"dsa: Need to select PHYLIB." causes this build bug on s390:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `phy_stop_interrupts':
/home/heicarst/linux-2.6/drivers/net/phy/phy.c:631: undefined reference to `free_irq'
/home/heicarst/linux-2.6/drivers/net/phy/phy.c:646: undefined reference to `enable_irq'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `phy_start_interrupts':
/home/heicarst/linux-2.6/drivers/net/phy/phy.c:601: undefined reference to `request_irq'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `phy_interrupt':
/home/heicarst/linux-2.6/drivers/net/phy/phy.c:528: undefined reference to `disable_irq_nosync'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `phy_change':
/home/heicarst/linux-2.6/drivers/net/phy/phy.c:674: undefined reference to `enable_irq'
/home/heicarst/linux-2.6/drivers/net/phy/phy.c:692: undefined reference to `disable_irq'
PHYLIB has alread a depend on !S390, however select PHYLIB at DSA overrides
that unfortunately. So add a depend on !S390 to DSA as well.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LD net/ipv6/ipv6.o
WARNING: net/ipv6/ipv6.o(.text+0xd8): Section mismatch in reference from the function inet6_net_init() to the function .init.text:ipv6_init_mibs()
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems that skb goes into void unless something magic happened
in pskb_expand_head in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a much better version of a previous patch to make the parser
tables constant. Rather than changing the typedef, we put the "const" in
all the various places where its required, allowing the __initconst
exception for nfsroot which was the cause of the previous trouble.
This was posted for review some time ago and I believe its been in -mm
since then.
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <aviro@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding()
is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled:
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding':
rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup'
rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add'
as this code construct:
if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif))
CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding);
still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in.
Protect these places with an #ifdef.
commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.")
solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The file(s) below do not use LINUX_VERSION_CODE nor KERNEL_VERSION.
net/netfilter/nf_tproxy_core.c
This patch removes the said #include <version.h>.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unwind loop iterates down to -1 instead of stopping at 0 and ends up
accessing ->frags[-1].
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed duplicated include <linux/list.h> in
net/wireless/core.c.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Brown paper bag error of calling memset with sizeof(p) instead
of sizeof(*p).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linus noted a build failure case:
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_xmit.c: In function 'ip_vs_tunnel_xmit':
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_xmit.c:616: error: implicit declaration of function 'ip_select_ident'
The proper include file (net/ip.h) is being included in ip_vs_xmit.c to get
that declaration. So the only possible case where this can happen is if
CONFIG_INET is not enabled.
This seems to be purely a missing dependency in the ipvs/Kconfig file IP_VS
entry.
Also, while we're here, remove the out of date "EXPERIMENTAL" string in the
IP_VS config help header line. IP_VS no longer depends upon CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deleting an SPD entry using SADB_X_SPDDELETE, c.data.byid is not
initialized to zero in pfkey_spddelete(). Thus, key_notify_policy()
responds with a PF_KEY message of type SADB_X_SPDDELETE2 instead of
SADB_X_SPDDELETE.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias.brunner@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RPC/RDMA connection logic could return early from reconnection
attempts, leading to additional spurious retries.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The RPC/RDMA code had a constant 5-second reconnect backoff, and
always performed it, even when re-establishing a connection to a
server after the RPC layer closed it due to being idle. Make it
an geometric backoff (up to 30 seconds), and don't delay idle
reconnect.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The send marshaling code split a particular dprintk across two
lines, which makes it hard to extract from logfiles.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add defensive timeouts to wait_for_completion() calls in RDMA
address resolution, and make them interruptible. Fix the timeout
units to milliseconds (formerly jiffies) and move to private header.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The RPC/RDMA code can leak RDMA connection manager endpoints in
certain error cases on connect. Don't signal unwanted events,
and be certain to destroy any allocated qp.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The xprt_connect call path does not expect such errors as ECONNREFUSED
to be returned from failed transport connection attempts, otherwise it
translates them to EIO and signals fatal errors. For example, mount.nfs
prints simply "internal error". Translate all such errors to ENOTCONN
from RPC/RDMA to match sockets behavior.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The RPC/RDMA protocol allows clients and servers to avoid RDMA
operations for data which is purely the result of XDR padding.
On the client, automatically insert the necessary padding for
such server replies, and optionally don't marshal such chunks.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
RDMA disconnects yield an upcall from the RDMA connection manager,
which can race with rpc transport close, e.g. on ^C of a mount.
Ensure any rdma cm_id and qp are fully destroyed before continuing.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
- use typeful helpers for IFLA_GRE_LOCAL/IFLA_GRE_REMOTE
- replace magic value by FIELD_SIZEOF
- use MODULE_ALIAS_RTNL_LINK macro
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An RPC/RDMA client cannot retransmit on an unbroken connection,
doing so violates its flow control with the server.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This logic sets the connection parameter that configures the local device
and informs the remote peer how many concurrent incoming RDMA_READ
requests are supported. The original logic didn't really do what was
intended for two reasons:
- The max number supported by the device is typically smaller than
any one factor in the calculation used, and
- The field in the connection parameter structure where the value is
stored is a u8 and always overflows for the default settings.
So what really happens is the value requested for responder resources
is the left over 8 bits from the "desired value". If the desired value
happened to be a multiple of 256, the result was zero and it wouldn't
connect at all.
Given the above and the fact that max_requests is almost always larger
than the max responder resources supported by the adapter, this patch
simplifies this logic and simply requests the max supported by the device,
subject to a reasonable limit.
This bug was found by Jim Schutt at Sandia.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Configure, detect and use "fastreg" support from IB/iWARP verbs
layer to perform RPC/RDMA memory registration.
Make FRMR the default memreg mode (will fall back if not supported
by the selected RDMA adapter).
This allows full and optimal operation over the cxgb3 adapter, and others.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
At transport creation, check for, and use, any local dma lkey.
Then, check that the selected memory registration mode is in fact
supported by the RDMA adapter selected for the mount. Fall back
to best alternative if not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Refactor the memory registration and deregistration routines.
This saves stack space, makes the code more readable and prepares
to add the new FRMR registration methods.
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <talpey@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add the necessary NetLabel support for the new CIPSO mapping,
CIPSO_V4_MAP_LOCAL, which allows full LSM label/context support.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch accomplishes three minor tasks: add a new tag type for local
labeling, rename the CIPSO_V4_MAP_STD define to CIPSO_V4_MAP_TRANS and
replace some of the CIPSO "magic numbers" with constants from the header
file. The first change allows CIPSO to support full LSM labels/contexts,
not just MLS attributes. The second change brings the mapping names inline
with what userspace is using, compatibility is preserved since we don't
actually change the value. The last change is to aid readability and help
prevent mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Previous work enabled the use of address based NetLabel selectors, which while
highly useful, brought the potential for additional per-packet overhead when
used. This patch attempts to solve that by applying NetLabel socket labels
when sockets are connect()'d. This should alleviate the per-packet NetLabel
labeling for all connected sockets (yes, it even works for connected DGRAM
sockets).
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch builds upon the new NetLabel address selector functionality by
providing the NetLabel KAPI and CIPSO engine support needed to enable the
new packet-based labeling. The only new addition to the NetLabel KAPI at
this point is shown below:
* int netlbl_skbuff_setattr(skb, family, secattr)
... and is designed to be called from a Netfilter hook after the packet's
IP header has been populated such as in the FORWARD or LOCAL_OUT hooks.
This patch also provides the necessary SELinux hooks to support this new
functionality. Smack support is not currently included due to uncertainty
regarding the permissions needed to expand the Smack network access controls.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch extends the NetLabel traffic labeling capabilities to individual
packets based not only on the LSM domain but the by the destination address
as well. The changes here only affect the core NetLabel infrastructre,
changes to the NetLabel KAPI and individial protocol engines are also
required but are split out into a different patch to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Create an ordered IP address linked list mechanism similar to the core
kernel's linked list construct. The idea behind this list functionality
is to create an extensibile linked list ordered by IP address mask to
ease the matching of network addresses. The linked list is ordered with
larger address masks at the front of the list and shorter address masks
at the end to facilitate overriding network entries with individual host
or subnet entries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
NetLabel has always had a list of backpointers in the CIPSO DOI definition
structure which pointed to the NetLabel LSM domain mapping structures which
referenced the CIPSO DOI struct. The rationale for this was that when an
administrator removed a CIPSO DOI from the system all of the associated
NetLabel LSM domain mappings should be removed as well; a list of
backpointers made this a simple operation.
Unfortunately, while the backpointers did make the removal easier they were
a bit of a mess from an implementation point of view which was making
further development difficult. Since the removal of a CIPSO DOI is a
realtively rare event it seems to make sense to remove this backpointer
list as the optimization was hurting us more then it was helping. However,
we still need to be able to track when a CIPSO DOI definition is being used
so replace the backpointer list with a reference count. In order to
preserve the current functionality of removing the associated LSM domain
mappings when a CIPSO DOI is removed we walk the LSM domain mapping table,
removing the relevant entries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
At some point I think I messed up and dropped the calls to netlbl_skbuff_err()
which are necessary for CIPSO to send error notifications to remote systems.
This patch re-introduces the error handling calls into the SELinux code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
After some discussions with the Smack folks, well just Casey, I now have a
better idea of what Smack wants out of NetLabel in the future so I think it
is now safe to do some API "pruning". If another LSM comes along that
needs this functionality we can always add it back in, but I don't see any
LSMs on the horizon which might make use of these functions.
Thanks to Rami Rosen who suggested removing netlbl_cfg_cipsov4_del() back
in February 2008.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Fix a few sparse warnings. One dealt with a RCU lock being held on error,
another dealt with an improper type caused by a signed/unsigned mixup while
the rest appeared to be caused by using rcu_dereference() in a
list_for_each_entry_rcu() call. The latter probably isn't a big deal, but
I derive a certain pleasure from knowing that the net/netlabel is nice and
clean.
Thanks to James Morris for pointing out the issues and demonstrating how
to run sparse.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
This patch fix error with CONFIG_TCP_MD5SIG disabled.
Signed-off-by: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at UDP port randomization, I noticed it
was litle bit pessimistic, not looking at type of sockets
(IPV6/IPV4) and not looking at bound addresses if any.
We should perform same tests than when binding to a
specific port.
This permits a cleanup of udp_lib_get_port()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
$ codiff tcp_ipv6.o.old tcp_ipv6.o.new
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c:
tcp_v6_md5_hash_hdr | -144
tcp_v6_send_ack | -585
tcp_v6_send_reset | -540
3 functions changed, 1269 bytes removed, diff: -1269
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c:
tcp_v6_send_response | +791
1 function changed, 791 bytes added, diff: +791
tcp_ipv6.o.new:
4 functions changed, 791 bytes added, 1269 bytes removed, diff: -478
I choose to leave the reset related netns comment in place (not
the one that is killed) as I cannot understand its English so
it's a bit hard for me to evaluate its usefulness :-).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maybe it's just me but I guess those md5 people made a mess
out of it by having *_md5_hash_* to use daddr, saddr order
instead of the one that is natural (and equal to what csum
functions use). For the segment were sending, the original
addresses are reversed so buff's saddr == skb's daddr and
vice-versa.
Maybe I can finally proceed with unification of some code
after fixing it first... :-)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The T5 timer is the timer for the over-all shutdown procedure. If
this timer expires, then shutdown procedure has not completed and we
ABORT the association. We should update SCTP_MIB_ABORTED and
SCTP_MIB_CURRESTAB when aborting.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ABORT chunks require authentication and a protocol violation
is triggered, we do not tear down the association. Subsequently,
we should not increment SCTP_MIB_ABORTED.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC3873 defined SCTP_MIB_CURRESTAB:
sctpCurrEstab OBJECT-TYPE
SYNTAX Gauge32
MAX-ACCESS read-only
STATUS current
DESCRIPTION
"The number of associations for which the current state is
either ESTABLISHED, SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED or SHUTDOWN-PENDING."
REFERENCE
"Section 4 in RFC2960 covers the SCTP Association state
diagram."
If the T4 RTO timer expires many times(timeout), the association will enter
CLOSED state, so we should dec the number of SCTP_MIB_CURRESTAB, not inc the
number of SCTP_MIB_CURRESTAB.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the RX/TX byte counters for IPIP, GRE and SIT more
consistent. Previously we included the external IP headers on the
way out but not when the packet is inbound.
The new scheme is to count payload only in both directions. For
IPIP and SIT this simply means the exclusion of the external IP
header. For GRE this means that we exclude the GRE header as
well.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Ethernet over GRE encapsulation.
This is exposed to user-space with a new link type of "gretap"
instead of "gre". It will create an ARPHRD_ETHER device in
lieu of the usual ARPHRD_IPGRE.
Note that to preserver backwards compatibility all Transparent
Ethernet Bridging packets are passed to an ARPHRD_IPGRE tunnel
if its key matches and there is no ARPHRD_ETHER device whose
key matches more closely.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a netlink interface that will eventually displace
the existing ioctl interface. It utilises the elegant rtnl_link_ops
mechanism.
This also means that user-space no longer needs to rely on the
tunnel interface being of type GRE to identify GRE tunnels. The
identification can now occur using rtnl_link_ops.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the dev->mtu setting out of ipgre_tunnel_bind_dev.
This is in prepartion of using rtnl_link where we'll need to make
the MTU setting conditional on whether the user has supplied an
MTU. This also requires the move of the ipgre_tunnel_bind_dev
call out of the dev->init function so that we can access the user
parameters later.
This patch also adds a check to prevent setting the MTU below
the minimum of 68.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have dev->needed_headroom, we can use it instead of
having a bogus dev->hard_header_len. This also allows us to
include dev->hard_header_len in the MTU computation so that when
we do have a meaningful hard_harder_len in future it is included
automatically in figuring out the MTU.
Incidentally, this fixes a bug where we ignored the needed_headroom
field of the underlying device in calculating our own hard_header_len.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the Marvell 88E6060 switch chip. This chip only
supports the Header and Trailer tagging formats, and we use it in
Trailer mode since that mode is slightly easier to handle than
Header mode.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is
another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a
distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the
receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the Marvell 88E6131 switch chip. This chip only
supports the original (ethertype-less) DSA tagging format.
On the 88E6131, there is a PHY Polling Unit (PPU) which has exclusive
access to each of the PHYs's MII management registers. If we want to
talk to the PHYs from software, we have to disable the PPU and wait
for it to complete its current transaction before we can do so, and we
need to re-enable the PPU afterwards to make sure that the switch will
notice changes in link state and speed on the individual ports as they
occur.
Since disabling the PPU is rather slow, and since MII management
accesses are typically done in bursts, this patch keeps the PPU disabled
for 10ms after a software access completes. This makes handling the
PPU slightly more complex, but speeds up something like running ethtool
on one of the switch slave interfaces from ~300ms to ~30ms on typical
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the
Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added
support for, but only the original DSA tagging format.
The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the
Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not
have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that
is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in
eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet.
This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in
if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is
selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver
instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format.
If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the
packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cb7f6a7b71 ("IPVS: Move IPVS to
net/netfilter/ipvs") has left a stray file in the old location of ipvs.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More breakage :-), part of timestamps just were previously
overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gabs array in the sctp_tsnmap structure is only used
in one place, sctp_make_sack(). As such, carrying the
array around in the sctp_tsnmap and thus directly in
the sctp_association is rather pointless since most
of the time it's just taking up space. Now, let
sctp_make_sack create and populate it and then throw
it away when it's done.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tsn map currently use is 4K large and is stuck inside
the sctp_association structure making memory references REALLY
expensive. What we really need is at most 4K worth of bits
so the biggest map we would have is 512 bytes. Also, the
map is only really usefull when we have gaps to store and
report. As such, starting with minimal map of say 32 TSNs (bits)
should be enough for normal low-loss operations. We can grow
the map by some multiple of 32 along with some extra room any
time we receive the TSN which would put us outside of the map
boundry. As we close gaps, we can shift the map to rebase
it on the latest TSN we've seen. This saves 4088 bytes per
association just in the map alone along savings from the now
unnecessary structure members.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed sysctl_local_port_range[] and its associated seqlock
sysctl_local_port_range_lock were on separate cache lines.
Moreover, sysctl_local_port_range[] was close to unrelated
variables, highly modified, leading to cache misses.
Moving these two variables in a structure can help data
locality and moving this structure to read_mostly section
helps sharing of this data among cpus.
Cleanup of extern declarations (moved in include file where
they belong), and use of inet_get_local_port_range()
accessor instead of direct access to ports values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current UDP port allocation is suboptimal.
We select the shortest chain to chose a port (out of 512)
that will hash in this shortest chain.
First, it can lead to give not so ramdom ports and ease
give attackers more opportunities to break the system.
Second, it can consume a lot of CPU to scan all table
in order to find the shortest chain.
Third, in some pathological cases we can fail to find
a free port even if they are plenty of them.
This patch zap the search for a short chain and only
use one random seed. Problem of getting long chains
should be addressed in another way, since we can
obtain long chains with non random ports.
Based on a report and patch from Vitaly Mayatskikh
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the last change of requeuing there is no info about such
incidents in tc stats. This patch updates the counter, but we should
consider this should differ from previous stats because of additional
checks preventing to repeat this. On the other hand, previous stats
didn't include requeuing of gso_segmented skbs.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking for some common code I came across difference
in checksum calculation between tcp_v6_send_(reset|ack) I
couldn't explain. I checked both v4 and v6 and found out that
both seem to have the same "feature". I couldn't find anything
in rfc nor anywhere else which would state that md5 option
should be ignored like it was in case of reset so I came to
a conclusion that this is probably a genuine bug. I suspect
that addition of md5 just was fooled by the excessive
copy-paste code in those functions and the reset part was
never tested well enough to find out the problem.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of extensions are completely family-independent, so squash some code.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Using ->family in struct xt_*_param, multiple struct xt_{match,target}
can be squashed together.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
By passing in the family through which extensions were invoked, a bit
of data space can be reclaimed. The "family" member will be added to
the parameter structures and the check functions be adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for target extensions' destroy functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for target extensions' checkentry functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for target extensions' target functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for match extensions' destroy functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for match extensions' checkentry functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function signatures for Xtables extensions have grown over time.
It involves a lot of typing/replication, and also a bit of stack space
even if they are not used. Realize an NFWS2008 idea and pack them into
structs. The skb remains outside of the struct so gcc can continue to
apply its optimizations.
This patch does this for match extensions' match functions.
A few ambiguities have also been addressed. The "offset" parameter for
example has been renamed to "fragoff" (there are so many different
offsets already) and "protoff" to "thoff" (there is more than just one
protocol here, so clarify).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
ip6t_LOG does certainly not depend on the filter table.
(Also, move it so that menuconfig still displays it correctly.)
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It used to be that {ip,ip6,etc}_tables called extension->checkentry
themselves, but this can be moved into the xtables core.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Usually -EINVAL is used when checkentry fails (see *_tables).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Ebtables ORs (1 << NF_BR_NUMHOOKS) into the hook mask to indicate that
the extension was called from a base chain. So this also needs to be
present in the extensions' ->hooks.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function signatures will be changed to match those of Xtables, and
the datalen argument will be gone. ebt_among unfortunately relies on
it, so we need to obtain it somehow.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The TPROXY target implements redirection of non-local TCP/UDP traffic to local
sockets. Additionally, it's possible to manipulate the packet mark if and only
if a socket has been found. (We need this because we cannot use multiple
targets in the same iptables rule.)
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add iptables 'socket' match, which matches packets for which a TCP/UDP
socket lookup succeeds.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The iptables tproxy core is a module that contains the common routines used by
various tproxy related modules (TPROXY target and socket match)
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Netfilter connection tracking requires all IPv4 packets to be defragmented.
Both the socket match and the TPROXY target depend on this functionality, so
this patch separates the Netfilter IPv4 defrag hooks into a separate module.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
From kernel perspective, allow entrance in nf_hook_slow().
Stuff which uses nf_register_hook/nf_register_hooks, but otherwise not netns-ready:
DECnet netfilter
ipt_CLUSTERIP
nf_nat_standalone.c together with XFRM (?)
IPVS
several individual match modules (like hashlimit)
ctnetlink
NOTRACK
all sorts of queueing and reporting to userspace
L3 and L4 protocol sysctls, bridge sysctls
probably something else
Anyway critical mass has been achieved, there is no reason to hide netfilter any longer.
From userspace perspective, allow to manipulate all sorts of
iptables/ip6tables/arptables rules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Same story as with iptable_filter, iptables_raw tables.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
First, allow entry in notifier hook.
Second, start conntrack cleanup in netns to which netdevice belongs.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add init_net checks to not remove kmem_caches twice and so on.
Refactor functions to split code which should be executed only for
init_net into one place.
ip_ct_attach and ip_ct_destroy assignments remain separate, because
they're separate stages in setup and teardown.
NOTE: NOTRACK code is in for-every-net part. It will be made per-netns
after we decidce how to do it correctly.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Note, sysctl table is always duplicated, this is simpler and less
special-cased.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Heh, last minute proof-reading of this patch made me think,
that this is actually unneeded, simply because "ct" pointers will be
different for different conntracks in different netns, just like they
are different in one netns.
Not so sure anymore.
[Patrick: pointers will be different, flushing can only be done while
inactive though and thus it needs to be per netns]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is cleaner, we already know conntrack to which event is relevant.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Conntrack code will use it for
a) removing expectations and helpers when corresponding module is removed, and
b) removing conntracks when L3 protocol conntrack module is removed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Again, it's deducible from skb, but we're going to use it for
nf_conntrack_checksum and statistics, so just pass it from upper layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It's deducible from skb->dev or skb->dst->dev, but we know netns at
the moment of call, so pass it down and use for finding and creating
conntracks.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
What is confirmed connection in one netns can very well be unconfirmed
in another one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make per-netns a) expectation hash and b) expectations count.
Expectations always belongs to netns to which it's master conntrack belong.
This is natural and doesn't bloat expectation.
Proc files and leaf users are stubbed to init_net, this is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Take netns from skb->dst->dev. It should be safe because, they are called
from LOCAL_OUT hook where dst is valid (though, I'm not exactly sure about
IPVS and queueing packets to userspace).
[Patrick: its safe everywhere since they already expect skb->dst to be set]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* make per-netns conntrack hash
Other solution is to add ->ct_net pointer to tuplehashes and still has one
hash, I tried that it's ugly and requires more code deep down in protocol
modules et al.
* propagate netns pointer to where needed, e. g. to conntrack iterators.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Sysctls and proc files are stubbed to init_net's one. This is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Conntrack (struct nf_conn) gets pointer to netns: ->ct_net -- netns in which
it was created. It comes from netdevice.
->ct_net is write-once field.
Every conntrack in system has ->ct_net initialized, no exceptions.
->ct_net doesn't pin netns: conntracks are recycled after timeouts and
pinning background traffic will prevent netns from even starting shutdown
sequence.
Right now every conntrack is created in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One comment: #ifdefs around #include is necessary to overcome amazing compile
breakages in NOTRACK-in-netns patch (see below).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Now that dev_net() exists, the usefullness of them is even less. Also they're
a big problem in resolving circular header dependencies necessary for
NOTRACK-in-netns patch. See below.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a match or target is looked up using xt_find_{match,target},
Xtables will also search the NFPROTO_UNSPEC module list. This allows
for protocol-independent extensions (like xt_time) to be reused from
other components (e.g. arptables, ebtables).
Extensions that take different codepaths depending on match->family
or target->family of course cannot use NFPROTO_UNSPEC within the
registration structure (e.g. xt_pkttype).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The netfilter subsystem only supports a handful of protocols (much
less than PF_*) and even non-PF protocols like ARP and
pseudo-protocols like PF_BRIDGE. By creating NFPROTO_*, we can earn a
few memory savings on arrays that previously were always PF_MAX-sized
and keep the pseudo-protocols to ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This updates xt_recent to support the IPv6 address family.
The new /proc/net/xt_recent directory must be used for this.
The old proc interface can also be configured out.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with other modules (such as ipt_state), ipt_recent.h is changed
to forward definitions to (IOW include) xt_recent.h, and xt_recent.c
is changed to use the new constant names.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
and (try to) consistently use u_int8_t for the L3 family.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Because of rounding, in certain conditions, i.e. when in congestion
avoidance state rho is smaller than 1/128 of the current cwnd, TCP
Hybla congestion control starves and the cwnd is kept constant
forever.
This patch forces an increment by one segment after #send_cwnd calls
without increments(newreno behavior).
Signed-off-by: Daniele Lacamera <root@danielinux.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benjamin Thery tracked down a bug that explains many instances
of the error
unregister_netdevice: waiting for %s to become free. Usage count = %d
It turns out that netdev_run_todo can dead-lock with itself if
a second instance of it is run in a thread that will then free
a reference to the device waited on by the first instance.
The problem is really quite silly. We were trying to create
parallelism where none was required. As netdev_run_todo always
follows a RTNL section, and that todo tasks can only be added
with the RTNL held, by definition you should only need to wait
for the very ones that you've added and be done with it.
There is no need for a second mutex or spinlock.
This is exactly what the following patch does.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add mc_count to struct in_device and updates
increment/decrement/initilaize of this field in IPv4 and in IPv6.
- Also printing the vfs /proc entry (/proc/net/igmp) is adjusted to
use the new mc_count.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Ali Saidi <saidi@engin.umich.edu>
When TCP receive copy offload is enabled it's possible that
tcp_rcv_established() will cause two acks to be sent for a single
packet. In the case that a tcp_dma_early_copy() is successful,
copied_early is set to true which causes tcp_cleanup_rbuf() to be
called early which can send an ack. Further along in
tcp_rcv_established(), __tcp_ack_snd_check() is called and will
schedule a delayed ACK. If no packets are processed before the delayed
ack timer expires the packet will be acked twice.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk> reported a bug when setting a VLAN
device down that is in promiscous mode:
When the VLAN device is set down, the promiscous count on the real
device is decremented by one by vlan_dev_stop(). When removing the
promiscous flag from the VLAN device afterwards, the promiscous
count on the real device is decremented a second time by the
vlan_change_rx_flags() callback.
The root cause for this is that the ->change_rx_flags() callback is
invoked while the device is down. The synchronization is meant to mirror
the behaviour of the ->set_rx_mode callbacks, meaning the ->open function
is responsible for doing a full sync on open, the ->close() function is
responsible for doing full cleanup on ->stop() and ->change_rx_flags()
is meant to do incremental changes while the device is UP.
Only invoke ->change_rx_flags() while the device is UP to provide the
intended behaviour.
Tested-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jdb@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Despite the fact that cloned rpc clients won't have the cl_autobind flag
set, they may still find themselves calling rpcb_getport_async(). For this
to happen, it suffices for a _parent_ rpc_clnt to use autobinding, in which
case any clone may find itself triggering the !xprt_bound() case in
call_bind().
The correct fix for this is to walk back up the tree of cloned rpc clients,
in order to find the parent that 'owns' the transport, either because it
has clnt->cl_autobind set, or because it originally created the
transport...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Basically, try_module_get here are pretty useless. Any other module using
this API will pin sunrpc in memory due using exported symbols.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The content of init_ipv6_mibs/cleanup_ipv6_mibs will be moved to new
calls one by one next.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
idev has been stored on seq->private. NULL has been stored for global
statistics.
The situation is changed with net namespace. We need to store pointer to
struct net and the only place is seq->private. So, we'll have for
/proc/net/dev_snmp6/* and for /proc/net/snmp6 pointers of two different
types stored in the same field.
This effectively requires to separate seq_ops of these files.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple, comsolidate sockstat6 staff in one place, at the beginning of
the file. Right now sockstat6_seq_open/sockstat6_seq_fops looks like an
intrusion in the middle of snmp6 code.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm quite sure that if I give this function in its old format
for you to inspect, you start to wonder what is the type of
demanded or if it's a global variable.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It all started from me noticing that this urgent check in
tcp_clean_rtx_queue is unnecessarily inside the loop. Then
I took a longer look to it and found out that the users of
urg_mode can trivially do without, well almost, there was
one gotcha.
Bonus: those funny people who use urg with >= 2^31 write_seq -
snd_una could now rejoice too (that's the only purpose for the
between being there, otherwise a simple compare would have done
the thing). Not that I assume that the rest of the tcp code
happily lives with such mind-boggling numbers :-). Alas, it
turned out to be impossible to set wmem to such numbers anyway,
yes I really tried a big sendfile after setting some wmem but
nothing happened :-). ...Tcp_wmem is int and so is sk_sndbuf...
So I hacked a bit variable to long and found out that it seems
to work... :-)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add some packet-split receive hooks.
For one this allows to do NUMA node affine page allocs. Later on these
hooks will be extended to do emergency reserve allocations for
fragments.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap calling sk->sk_backlog_rcv() in a function. This will allow extending the
generic sk_backlog_rcv behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes that ip6_route_net_init() does all of the route init code.
There used to be a race between ip6_route_net_init() and ip6_net_init()
and someone relying on the combined result was left out cold.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_route_net_init() error handling looked less than solid, fix 'er up.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket cached in the skb if it's present.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use the cached socket reference in the skb during input
processing we add a new set of lookup functions that receive the skb on
their argument list.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use the cached socket reference in the skb during input
processing we add a new set of lookup functions that receive the skb on
their argument list.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The association response IEs are sent to userland with an IWEVCUSTOM
event, which unfortunately is limited to a little more than 100 bytes
of IE information with the encoding used. Many APs send so much
IE information that this message overflows. When the IWEVCUSTOM
event is too large, the kernel doesn't send it to userland anyway --
better just not to send it.
An attempt was made by Jouni Malinen to correct this issue by
converting to use IWEVASSOCREQIE and IWEVASSOCRESPIE messages instead
("mac80211: Use IWEVASSOCREQIE instead of IWEVCUSTOM"). Unfortunately,
that caused a problem due to 32-/64-bit interactions on some systems and
was reverted after the 'userland ABI' rule was invoked. That leaves
us with this option instead of a proper fix, at least until we move
to a cfg80211-based solution.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry
if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how
many alternate rate selections the driver supports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later.
Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The LED state was not being updated by rfkill_force_state(), which
will cause regressions in wireless drivers that had old-style rfkill
support and are updated to use rfkill_force_state().
The LED state was not being updated when a change was detected through
the rfkill->get_state() hook, either.
Move the LED trigger update calls into notify_rfkill_state_change(),
where it should have been in the first place. This takes care of both
issues above.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- This patch (against the linux-wireless-next git tree) removes a
redundant check in ieee80211_master_start_xmit (net/mac80211/tx.c)
and adjust indentation in this method accordingly.
In this method, there is no need to call again the
ieee80211_is_data() method; this is checked immediately before, in the
"if" command (we will not enter this block unless ieee80211_is_data()
is true, so that the "and" (&&) condition in that "if" command will be
fullfilled ).
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes doubly defined variables in ieee80211_master_start_xmit
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
